QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2008

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Rosetta Stone Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware   7372   043837082
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1101 Wilson Blvd.
Suite 1130
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Michael C. Wu
General Counsel
1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Brian P. Fenske
Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
Telephone: (713) 651-5557
Fax: (713) 651-5246
  Brent B. Siler
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
One Freedom Square
11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190-5656
Telephone: (703) 456-8000
Fax: (703) 456-8100


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

Large accelerated filer  o , Accelerated filer  o , Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)  ý , or Smaller reporting company  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share

  $115,000,000   $4,520

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued September 23, 2008

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

          Shares

GRAPHIC

Rosetta Stone Inc.

COMMON STOCK


Rosetta Stone Inc. is offering               shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering               shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the public offering price will be between $               and $               per share.


We will apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "RST."


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.


PRICE $           A SHARE


 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
 
Proceeds to
Company
 
Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

  $   $   $   $

Total

  $              $              $              $           

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                         , 2008.


MORGAN STANLEY   WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY

JEFFERIES & COMPANY

PIPER JAFFRAY

 

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.

                           , 2008



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

 
11

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 
33

Use of Proceeds

 
34

Dividend Policy

 
34

Capitalization

 
35

Dilution

 
37

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 
39

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
42

Business

 
72

Management

 
88

Executive Compensation

 
94

Related Party Transactions

 
108

Principal and Selling Stockholders

 
110

Description of Capital Stock

 
112

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

 
116

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 
119

Underwriters

 
121

Legal Matters

 
125

Experts

 
125

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 
125

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-1


        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or a free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Until                      , 2008 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ROSETTA STONE INC.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States.

        We grew our revenue from our predecessor's $15.5 million in 2003 to $137.3 million in 2007, representing a 73% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic.

Approaches to Language Learning

        The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation.

        Traditional language instruction has ignored this natural human experience and ability, and has focused on rote memorization, grammar explanation and word translation, often in a classroom setting. Students in this environment may learn a new language sufficiently to pass examinations but often do not achieve conversational fluency. Many students view this method as ineffective and boring. While self-study alternatives are generally more affordable and convenient than classroom instruction, many of them rely on this grammar-translation method, often using passive media such as audio and books, which are not interactive and do not provide feedback.

1


        In contrast, immersion instruction, in which only the target language is spoken, leverages the natural human ability to learn languages. Immersion learning has historically been provided through classroom courses, private lessons and in-country immersion programs. These options, however, are often expensive and require students to commute to classrooms or travel to other countries to obtain the immersion experience.

Our Industry

        According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

        The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

        The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on grammar and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

        We believe that language learners seek a trusted name brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

The Rosetta Stone Solution

        Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our interactive language learning solutions enable our customers to learn a language on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one tutoring alternatives. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a

2



rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

        Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

        Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities. We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software.

        Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, The O List in the June 2007 issue of O, The Oprah Magazine, and other software related awards from MacUser Magazine , McGraw-Hill and PC Magazine.

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe our competitive strengths include:

         Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

         Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all four editions of our solutions.

3


         Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our advertising includes a call to action that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to directly attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate more than 150 kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. In our institutional markets, our sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders.

         Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of the brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and as a trusted choice for language learning.

         Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our solutions and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2008, revealed that 86% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions and 69% have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

         Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to hand-held devices and we also intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

         Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages, new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

         Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We also intend to continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

         Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2007 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services worldwide was spent

4



outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. A decline in demand for our language learning solutions or language learning in general could impair our ability to generate revenue and compromise our profitability, as could the growth of free language learning software and online services and intense competition in our industry. Because approximately 78% of our revenue was generated from consumer sales in 2007, adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, may also adversely affect our sales. If we do not keep pace with technological developments and consumer preferences, demand for our products and services could decline.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2005 and acquired our predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., in January 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, Virginia 22209 and our telephone number is 800-788-0822. Our corporate website address is www.RosettaStone.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

        For convenience in this prospectus, "Rosetta Stone," "we," "us," "our" and "Successor" refer to Rosetta Stone Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted. Predecessor refers to Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

        We have a number of registered marks, including Rosetta Stone ®, Rosetta World ®, Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success ® and design, Dynamic Immersion ®, The Fastest Way to Learn a Language Guaranteed. ®, the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design and Rosettastone.com ®. We have applied to register our Adaptive Recall , Audio Companion , the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success and SharedTalk trademarks. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies. All trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

5


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by Rosetta Stone

                   shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                 shares
 

Total common stock offered

 

                 shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under our credit facilities, which was approximately $11.6 million as of June 30, 2008, and we intend to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"RST"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2008. Such number of shares excludes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

6



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 represent the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, all of the outstanding stock of which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006, and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited Successor consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in these expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

        We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008:

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

7


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 51,511   $ 71,848  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     7,993     11,479  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     59,504     83,327  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     7,759     9,998  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     558     1,083  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     8,317     11,081  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     51,187     72,246  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     28,314     39,782  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     6,453     8,290  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     14,505     17,384  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     49,272     65,456  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     1,915     6,790  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     372     314  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (696 )   (521 )
 

Other income

    134     3     60     154     34     112  
                           
     

Total other income (expense)

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (290 )   (95 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     1,625     6,695  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  
                           

Net income (loss)

    6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     399     2,929  

Preferred stock accretion

            (159 )   (80 )   (40 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 359   $ 2,929  
                           

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.29   $ 2.02  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.03   $ 0.23  
                           

Other Data:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 6,404   $ 11,020  
                           

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     70     69  

Research and development

            128     360     139     217  

General and administrative

            373     776     298     455  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           
 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 508   $ 742  
                           

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 613   $ 13  

Sales and marketing

            4,113     3,596     2,080     1,501  
                           
 

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 2,693   $ 1,514  
                           

8


 

 
  As of June 30, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,958   $     $    

Total assets

    113,192              

Deferred revenue

    13,446              

Notes payable and capital lease obligation

    11,618              

Total stockholders' equity

    66,905              

        We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and acquired in-process research and development. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The table below provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

        We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

        Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:

        Although adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not

9



consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

        The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 399   $ 2,929  

Interest expense (income), net

    (38 )       947     658     324     207  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  

Depreciation and amortization

    729     10     6,515     7,769     3,947     3,376  

Stock-based compensation

        5,930     561     1,327     508     742  

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 6,404   $ 11,020  
                           

10



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Because we generate all of our revenue from language learning solutions, a decline in demand for our language learning solutions or for language learning solutions in general could cause our revenue to decline.

        In the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the six months ended June 30, 2008, we generated substantially all of our revenue from our language learning solutions, and we expect that we will continue to depend upon language learning solutions for substantially all of our revenue in the foreseeable future. Because we are dependent on our language learning solutions, factors such as changes in consumer preferences for these products may have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we offered multiple product categories. If consumer interest in our language learning software products declines, or if consumer interest in learning foreign languages in general declines, we would likely experience a significant loss of sales. Some of the potential developments that could negatively affect interest in and demand for language learning software products include:

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is generated from our consumer business, if we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences, our Rosetta Stone brand, sales and customer relationships may be harmed.

        Demand for our language learning software products and related services, and for consumer products and services in general, is subject to rapidly changing consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences. Therefore, our success depends upon our ability to:

11


        A decline in consumer demand for our solutions, or any failure on our part to satisfy changing consumer preferences, could harm our business and profitability.

We depend on discretionary consumer spending in the consumer segment of our business. Adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, airport traffic or consumer confidence, may compromise our ability to generate revenue.

        The success of our business depends to a significant extent upon discretionary consumer spending, which is subject to a number of factors, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence, employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation and taxation. Adverse trends in any of these economic indicators may cause consumer spending to decline, which could hurt our sales and profitability. We depend on the continued popularity of malls as shopping destinations and the ability of mall anchor tenants and other attractions to generate customer traffic for our retail mall-based kiosks. We also depend on continued airline travel to generate traffic for our retail kiosks located in airports. Any decrease in mall or airport traffic could adversely affect the sales from our kiosks and our profitability and financial condition.

Intense competition in our industry may hinder our ability to generate revenue and may hurt our margins.

        The market for foreign language learning solutions is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and intensely competitive, and we expect both product and pricing competition to persist and intensify. Increased competition could cause reduced revenue, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), a subsidiary of CBS Corporation, Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide, a subsidiary of Walt Disney Company, and McGraw-Hill Education, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as greater name recognition worldwide. The resources of these competitors also may enable them to respond more rapidly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, reduce prices to win new customers and offer free language learning software or online services. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.

        As the market for foreign language solutions continues to develop, a number of other companies with greater resources than ours could attempt to enter the market or increase their presence by acquiring or forming strategic alliances with our competitors or our distributors or by introducing their own competing products. These companies and their products may be superior to any of our current competition. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete effectively with any of these new entrants to the market.

        As we expand into foreign markets, we expect that we will experience competition from local foreign language learning companies that have strong brand recognition and more experience in selling to local consumers and a better understanding of local marketing, sales channels and consumer preferences.

        Our success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive forces, to adapt to technological advances, to develop more advanced products more rapidly and less expensively than our competitors, to continue to develop an international sales network, to adapt to changing consumer preferences and to educate potential customers about the benefits of using our solutions rather than our competitors' products and services. Existing or new competitors could introduce new products and

12



services with superior features and functionality at lower prices. This could impair our ability to sell our products and services.

Demand for paid language learning solutions such as ours could decline if effective language learning solutions become available for free.

        Presently there are a number of free online language websites offering limited vocabulary lists and grammar explanations and tips. Many of these websites offer free language practice opportunities with other language learners. In addition, there are some online services offering limited free lessons, learning tools and social interaction in foreign languages. If these free products become more sophisticated and competitive or gain widespread acceptance by the public, demand for our solutions could decline. In addition, government agencies have from time to time evaluated programs offering free language learning solutions. If government agencies implement such initiatives, our business and financial results may be harmed.

Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures.

        Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures, including our ability to:

        Our planned marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of product and brand name awareness, and we may not be able to increase our net sales at the same rate as we increase our advertising expenditures.

        Much of our radio, television and print advertising has been through the purchase of "remnant" advertising segments. These segments are random time slots and publication dates that have remained unsold and are offered at discounts to advertisers who are willing to be flexible with respect to time slots. There is a limited supply of this type of advertising and the availability of such advertising may decline or the cost of such advertising may increase. In addition, if we increase our marketing budget we cannot assure you that we can increase the amount of remnant advertising at the discounted prices we have obtained in the past. If any of these events occur, we may be forced to purchase time slots and publication dates at higher prices, which will increase our costs.

Our business depends on our Rosetta Stone brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may be harmed.

        We believe that market awareness of our Rosetta Stone brand in the United States has contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the Rosetta Stone brand is critical to maintaining our competitive advantage. As we continue to grow in size,

13



expand our products and services and extend our geographic reach, maintaining the quality and consistency of our language learning solutions, and thus the quality of our brand, may be more difficult. In addition, software piracy and trademark infringement may harm our Rosetta Stone brand by undermining our reputation for quality software programs.

We depend on search engines and other online sources to attract visitors to our websites, and if we are unable to attract these visitors and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner, our business and financial results may be harmed.

        Our success depends on our ability to attract online consumers to our websites and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner. We depend, in part, on search engines and other online sources for our website traffic. We are included in search results as a result of both paid search listings, where we purchase specific search terms that will result in the inclusion of our listing, and algorithmic searches that depend upon the searchable content on our sites. Search engines and other online sources revise their algorithms from time to time in an attempt to optimize their search results.

        If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for website traffic were to modify its general methodology for how it displays our websites, resulting in fewer consumers clicking through to our websites, our sales could suffer. If any free search engine on which we rely begins charging fees for listing or placement, or if one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for purchased listings, modifies or terminates its relationship with us, our expenses could rise, we could lose customers and traffic to our websites could decrease.

Our expansion into international markets may not succeed and imposes special risks.

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue both for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Our business strategy contemplates continued expansion into international markets. We are currently expanding our direct sales channels in Europe and Asia through our offices in London and Tokyo. In addition, we are expanding our indirect sales channels in Europe, Asia and Latin America through retailer and distributor arrangements with third parties. If we are unable to expand our international operations successfully and in a timely manner, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be impaired. Such expansion may be more difficult or take longer than we anticipate, and we may not be able to successfully market, sell, deliver and support our products and services internationally.

        Our international operations and our efforts to increase sales in international markets are subject to a number of risks that are in addition to or different than those affecting our U.S. operations, including:

14


        The effects of any of the risks described above could reduce our future revenue from our international operations and could harm our overall business, revenue and financial results.

Our expansion into new web-based services may not succeed and may harm our business, financial results and reputation.

        We are developing new web-based services that extend our existing language learning solutions with opportunities for practice including with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide these web-based services primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented, free peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with www.sharedtalk.com. We will devote capital, personnel and management attention to developing these new services. These services will present new management and marketing challenges that differ from the challenges we face in our existing business. We cannot assure you that these services will be successful or that they will be profitable, or if they are profitable, that they will provide an adequate return on capital expended. If we are not successful in developing these new services, our business, financial results and reputation may be harmed.

Product returns could exceed our estimates, which would diminish our reported revenue.

        We offer consumers who purchase our packaged software and audio practice products directly from us an unconditional full money-back six-month guarantee. We also permit some of our retailers and distributors to return packaged products, subject to limitations. We establish revenue reserves for packaged product returns based on historical experience, estimated channel inventory levels and the timing of new product introductions and other factors. If packaged product returns exceed our reserve estimates, the excess would offset reported revenue, which could hurt our reported financial results.

15


If the recognition by schools and other institutions of the value of technology-based education does not continue to grow, our ability to generate revenue from institutions could be impaired.

        Our success depends in part upon the continued adoption by institutions and potential customers of technology-based education initiatives. Some academics and educators oppose online education in principle and have expressed concerns regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that can result from offering courses online. If the acceptance of technology-based education does not grow our ability to continue to grow our institutional business could be impaired.

If there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of colleges, universities, schools, other education providers, armed forces or government agencies, we could lose revenue.

        Many of our institutional customers are colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, other education providers, armed forces and government agencies who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, or other education providers or for armed forces or government agencies that use our products and services could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of our products and services, to exercise their right to terminate licenses, or to decide not to renew licenses, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours would also cause us to lose revenue and could hurt our overall gross margins.

Some of our institutional business faces a lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle for our solutions, which could delay new sales.

        We face a lengthy sales cycle between our initial contact with some potential institutional customers and the signing of license agreements with these customers. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of such institutional sales. A delay in or failure to complete license transactions could cause us to lose revenue, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in our potential institutional customers' decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:


If we are unable to continually enhance our products and services and adapt them to technological changes and customer needs, including the emergence of new computing devices and more sophisticated online services, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

        We need to anticipate, develop and introduce new products, services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis that keeps pace with technological developments and changing customer needs. For example, the number of individuals who access the internet through devices other than a personal computer, such as personal digital assistants, mobile telephones, televisions and set-top box devices, has increased dramatically, and this trend is likely to continue. Our products and services were designed for rich, graphical environments such as those available on desktop and laptop computers. The lower resolution, functionality and memory associated with alternative devices currently available may make the use of our products and services through such devices difficult. Because each manufacturer or distributor may establish unique technical standards for its devices, our products and services may not

16



work or be viewable on these devices. We have no experience to date in operating versions of our products and services developed or optimized for users of alternative devices, and new devices and new platforms are continually being released. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing versions of our products and services for use on these alternative devices, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such versions. If we fail to develop or sell products and services that respond to these or other technological developments and changing customer needs cost effectively, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may experience difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption in our operations.

        We have experienced rapid growth in our business in recent periods, which has strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. Our total revenue increased from $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 for our Predecessor to $137.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. From December 31, 2005 to June 30, 2008, we increased the number of our employees from approximately 380 to 1,100, and increased the number of kiosks selling our products from 47 to 141.

        We anticipate that continued growth of our operations will be required to satisfy increasing consumer and institutional demand and to avail ourselves of new market opportunities. The expanding scope of our business and growth in the number of our employees, customers and sales locations will continue to place a significant strain on our management team, information technology systems and other resources. To properly manage our growth, we need to hire and retain personnel, upgrade our existing operational, management and financial and reporting systems, including warehouse management and inventory control, improve our business processes and controls and identify and develop relationships with additional retailers and distributors. We may also be required to expand our distribution facilities and our operational facilities or add new facilities, which could require significant capital expenditures. Failure to effectively manage our growth in a cost-effective manner could result in difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption of our operations.

        Our rapid growth also makes it difficult for us to adequately predict the expenditures we will need to make in the future. If we do not make the necessary overhead expenditures to accommodate our future growth, we may not be successful in executing our growth strategy.

Our revenue is subject to seasonal and quarterly variations, which could cause our financial results to fluctuate significantly.

        We have experienced, and we believe we will continue to experience, substantial seasonal and quarterly variations in our revenue and net income. These variations are primarily related to increased sales of our products and services to consumers in the fourth quarter during the holiday selling season as well as higher sales to governmental and educational institutions in the second and third quarters. We sell to a significant number of our retailers, distributors and institutional customers on a purchase order basis and we receive orders when these customers need products and services. As a result, their orders are typically not evenly distributed throughout the year. Our quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of holidays and advertising initiatives, changes in our products, services and advertising initiatives and changes in those of our competitors. Budgetary constraints of our institutional customers may also cause our quarterly results to fluctuate.

        As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our results of operations between different quarters are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons are

17



not reliable as indicators of our future performance. In addition, these fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flows. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the future may differ from the expectations of market analysts and investors. This could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

Because a significant portion of our sales are made to or through retailers and distributors, none of which have any obligation to sell our products, the failure or inability of these parties to sell our products effectively could hurt our revenue growth and profitability.

        We rely on retailers and distributors, together with our direct sales force, to sell our products. Our sales to retailers are highly concentrated on a small group, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We expect that our arrangements with these retailers and distributors will continue to generate significant revenue for us. Sales to or through our retailers and distributors accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, and 15% of our revenue for the six month period ended June 30, 2008.

        We have no control over the amount of products that these retailers purchase from us or sell on our behalf, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them, and they have no obligation to offer or sell our products or to give us any particular shelf space or product placement within their stores. Thus, there is no guarantee that this source of revenue will continue at the same level as it has in the past or that these retailers will not promote competitors' products over our products or enter into exclusive relationships with competitors. Any material adverse change in the principal commercial terms, material decrease in the volume of sales generated by our larger retailers or distributors or major disruption or termination of a relationship with these retailers and distributors could result in a potentially significant decline in our revenue and profitability. Furthermore, product display locations and promotional activities that retailers undertake can affect the sales of our products. The fact that we also sell our products directly could cause retailers or distributors to reduce their efforts to promote our products or stop selling our products altogether. In addition, if one or more of such retailers or distributors were unable to meet their obligations with respect to accounts payable to us, we could be forced to write off such accounts.

Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility could cause significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

        Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. We could experience significant interruption in the operation of this facility or damage or destruction of our inventory due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems or other events. If a material portion of our inventory were to be damaged or destroyed, we might be unable to meet our contractual obligations which could cause us significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

The loss of key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.

        Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. We rely on our executive officers and senior management to execute our existing business plans and to identify and pursue new opportunities. We rely on our technical and development personnel for product innovation. We generally do not have employment agreements with our personnel and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.

18


        Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may fail to retain our key employees or attract or retain other highly qualified personnel in the future. Many of our employees are located in Harrisonburg, Virginia, a city that does not have a large pool of qualified replacement personnel. The lack of qualified local replacement personnel may make it more difficult to quickly find replacement personnel and may increase the costs of identifying and relocating replacement personnel to Harrisonburg.

        In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with increased prices or increased sales volume.

If we are unable to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff our kiosks, or to identify suitable locations and negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms, we could lose revenue, our costs could increase and profitability could decline.

        As of December 31, 2005, we had 47 kiosks selling our products directly to consumers. As of June 30, 2008, we had increased the number of kiosks selling our products to 141. In order to successfully grow this sales channel we must be able to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff these kiosks. These kiosks are small and widely dispersed, and, as such, are operated without substantial hands-on management or oversight by us. As a result, we depend on our kiosk sales personnel to effectively manage sales, customer issues and reporting of financial transactions from these kiosks. The opening and success of new kiosks will depend upon various additional factors, including our ability to identify suitable locations and our ability to negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms and labor costs. Specifically, we must identify and negotiate cost-effective site licenses for kiosk locations that will generate sufficient consumer demand. Many of these site licenses contain terms and conditions that are highly favorable to licensors including allowing licensors to cancel them on short notice, sometimes as little as thirty days, and broad indemnification terms in favor of licensors. If competition for kiosk space increases, license rates may increase and other terms may become even less favorable to us, resulting in lower profitability. Our failure to properly manage the expansion of this sales channel could cause us to lose revenue and increase our expenses.

Failure to maintain the availability of the systems, networks, databases and software required to operate and deliver our internet-based products and services could damage our reputation and cause us to lose revenue.

        We rely on internal systems and external systems, networks and databases maintained by us and third-party providers to process customer orders; handle customer service requests; and host and deliver our internet-based language learning solutions and our SharedTalk online peer-to-peer collaborative and interactive community. Any damage, interruption or failure of our systems, networks and databases could prevent us from processing customer orders and result in degradation or interruptions in delivery of our products and services. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect against interruptions in the availability of our e-commerce websites and internet-based products and services, we do occasionally experience unplanned outages or technical difficulties. In addition, we do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems. We do not maintain real-time back-up of all of our data, and in the event of system disruptions, we could experience loss of data which could cause us to lose customers and could harm our reputation and cause us to face unexpected liabilities and expenses. If we continue to expand our business, we will put additional strains on these systems. We may also need to grow, reconfigure or relocate our data centers in response to changing business needs, which may be costly and lead to unplanned disruptions of service.

19


Our possession and use of personal information presents risks and expenses that could harm our business. Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of such data, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation.

        Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our online e-commerce systems and our online administration tools for our institutional business store proprietary and confidential customer, employee and other sensitive data, such as names, addresses, other personal information and credit card numbers. We and our vendors use commercially available encryption technology to transmit personal information when taking orders. We use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information. However, third parties may be able to circumvent these security and business measures by developing and deploying viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that are designed to attack or attempt to infiltrate our systems and networks. In addition, employee error, malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy. We employ contractors, temporary and part-time employees who may have access to the personal information of customers and employees. It is possible such individuals could circumvent our controls, which could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy.

        Possession and use of personal information in conducting our business subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breach, restrict our use of personal information and hinder our ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations.

        If third parties improperly obtain and use the personal information of our customers or employees, we may be required to expend significant resources to resolve these problems. A major breach of our network security and systems could have serious negative consequences for our businesses, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for our products and services, harm to our reputation and brand and loss of our ability to accept and process customer credit card orders.

We are exposed to risks associated with credit card and payment fraud and with credit card processing, which could cause us to lose revenue.

        Many of our customers use credit cards or automated payment systems to pay for our products and services. We have suffered losses, and may continue to suffer losses, as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit cards or other fraudulent payment data. For example, under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions if we do not obtain a cardholder's signature, a frequent practice in internet sales. We employ technology solutions to help us detect fraudulent transactions. However, the failure to detect or control payment fraud could cause us to lose sales and revenue.

Any significant interruptions in the operations of our call center or third-party call centers could cause us to lose sales and disrupt our ability to process orders and deliver our solutions in a timely manner.

        We rely on both an in-house call center and third-party call centers to sell our solutions, respond to customer service and technical support requests and process orders. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to receive and process orders and provide products and services, which could result in lost and cancelled sales and damage to our brand and reputation.

        As we grow, we will need more capacity from those existing call centers or we will need to identify and contract with new call centers. We may not be able to continue to locate and contract for call

20



center capacity on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, the rates those call centers charge us may increase or those call centers may not continue to provide service at the current levels.

        We structure our marketing and advertising to drive potential customers to our call centers and websites to purchase our solutions. If our call center operators do not convert inquiries into sales at expected rates, our ability to generate revenue could be impaired. Training and retaining qualified call center operators is challenging due to the expansion of our product and service offerings and the seasonality of our business. If we do not adequately train our call center operators, they will not convert inquiries into sales at an acceptable rate.

        Our call center employs a large number of personnel and historically has been subject to a high turnover rate among employees. We may have to terminate employees from time to time as our business changes and labor demands shift among our facilities. Any significant increase in labor costs, deterioration of employee relations, slowdowns or work stoppages at any of our locations, employee turnover or otherwise, could harm our business and profitability. In addition, high employee turnover could increase our exposure to employee-related litigation. Likewise, the third-party call centers we utilize face similar issues.

If any of our products contain defects or errors or if new product releases or services are delayed, our reputation could be harmed, resulting in significant costs to us and impairing our ability to sell our solutions.

        If our products contain defects, errors or security vulnerabilities, our reputation could be harmed, which could result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. In the past, we have encountered product development delays due to errors or defects. We would expect that, despite our testing, errors will be found in new products and product enhancements in the future. Significant errors in our products or services could lead to, among other things:

        In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our contracts with customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management's attention and adversely affect the market's perception of us and our products and services. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms, or at all, we could face significant financial losses.

If we fail to comply with any of the wide variety of government regulations to which we are subject, our business, reputation, sales and profitability could be harmed.

        We are subject to a wide variety of government regulations relating to various aspects of our business and operations, including:

21



        The adoption of new laws or the application of existing laws may expose us to significant liabilities and additional operational requirements, which could decrease the demand for our service and increase our cost of doing business. In addition, changes such as an increase in the taxation of online sales could harm our profitability. If we are found to be in violation of any laws or regulations, we could become subject to fines, penalties, damages or other sanctions, as well as potential adverse public relations.

Our sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces subject us to special risks that could adversely affect our business.

        We derive a portion of our revenue from sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces. Government sales entail a variety of risks including:


If we fail to effectively upgrade our information technology systems, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

        As part of our efforts to continue improving our internal control over financial reporting, we plan to continue to upgrade our existing financial information technology systems in order to automate several controls that are currently performed manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in productivity, as personnel become familiar with new systems. In addition, our management information systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and as our business needs change, which could prolong difficulties we experience with systems transitions, and we may not always employ the most effective systems for our purposes. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our management information systems or respond to changes in our business needs, we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, as a result of the

22



automation of these manual processes, the data produced may cause us to question the accuracy of previously reported financial results.

Our software products must interoperate with computer operating systems of our institutional customers. If we are unable to ensure that our products interoperate properly with institutional customer systems, our business could be harmed.

        Our products must interoperate with our institutional customers' computer systems, including student learning management systems. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these systems. Changes in operating systems, the technologies we incorporate into our products or the computer systems our institutional customers use may damage our business.

As our product and service offerings become more complex our reported revenue may become less predictable.

        Our planned expansion of products and services will generate more varied sources of revenue than our existing business. The accounting policies that apply to these sources of revenue may be more complex than those that apply to our traditional products and services. In addition, we may change the manner in which we sell our software licenses, and such change could cause delays in revenue recognition in accordance with accounting standards. Under these accounting standards, even if we deliver products and services to, and collect cash from, a customer in a given fiscal period, we may be required to defer recognizing revenue from the sale of such product or service until a future period when all the conditions necessary for revenue recognition have been satisfied. Conditions that can cause delays in revenue recognition include software arrangements that have undelivered elements for which we have not yet established vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, requirements that we deliver services for significant enhancements or modifications to customize our software for a particular customer or material customer acceptance criteria.

Many of our expenses are fixed and many are based, in significant part, on our expectations of our future revenue and incurred prior to the sale of our products and services. Therefore, any significant decline in revenue for any period could have an immediate impact on our margins, net income and financial results for the period.

        Our expense levels are based, in significant part, on our estimates of future revenue and many of these expenses are fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenue falls short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of revenue in relation to our estimates could have an immediate effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows, we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our product development, technical support, sales and marketing and administrative organizations. Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenue sufficient to cover the additional expenses.

We may engage in future acquisitions or investments that present many risks, and we may not realize the anticipated financial and strategic goals for any of these transactions.

        In the future, we may acquire or make strategic investments in other companies. Acquisitions and investments involve a number of difficulties that present risks to our business, including the following:

23



        These factors could be more acute in the case of a larger acquisition or multiple acquisitions in a short period of time. Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits from acquisitions in the form of increased sales and earnings, there may be a delay between the time when the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred and the time when we recognize such benefits. In addition to the risks of completed acquisitions, from time to time, we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions or investments that are not ultimately consummated. These negotiations could still result in significant diversion of management time as well as expense.

        The consideration paid for an investment or acquisition may also affect our financial results. If we were to proceed with one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, it might limit our ability to invest in other aspects of our business. To the extent we issue shares of our capital stock or other rights to purchase shares of our capital stock as consideration for the acquisitions, including options or other rights, our existing stockholders may be diluted, and our earnings per share may decrease. If we incur debt, the interest charges may decrease our earnings and cash flows. In addition, acquisitions may result in accounting write-offs and restructuring charges. They may also result in goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to an impairment test, which could result in future impairment charges.

We may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and we may be unable to raise capital when needed.

        From time to time, in addition to this offering, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to provide for the capital expenditures required to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products and services or to make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, if our business plans change, if general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets change, or if other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

We may experience a decline in revenue or profitability or volatility in our results of operations, which may harm the market price of our common stock.

        We cannot predict our future revenue with certainty because of the many factors outside of our control. A significant revenue or profit decline, lowered forecasts or volatility in our results of operations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. Factors that could affect our revenue and results of operations include the following:

24


Risks Related to Intellectual Property Rights

Protection of our intellectual property is limited, and any misuse of our intellectual property by others, including software piracy, could harm our business, reputation and competitive position.

        Our intellectual property is important to our success. We believe our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, pending patents, trade dress and designs are valuable and integral to our success and competitive position. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and technical measures.

        We have several patent applications on file. However, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Even if patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain, they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future. In addition, we have not emphasized patents as a source of significant competitive advantage and have instead sought to primarily protect our proprietary rights under laws affording protection for trade secrets, copyright and trademark protection of our products, brands, trademarks and other intellectual property where available and appropriate. However, all of these measures afford only limited protection and may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties. In addition, these protections may not be adequate to prevent our competitors or customers from copying or reverse-engineering our products. Third parties could copy all or portions of our products or otherwise obtain, use, distribute and sell our proprietary information without authorization. Third parties may also develop similar or superior technology independently by designing around our intellectual property, which would decrease demand for our products. In addition, our patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages and the patents of others may seriously impede our ability to conduct our business.

        We protect our products, trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by requiring all of our employees to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. We also enter into non-disclosure agreements with our technical consultants, customers, vendors and resellers to protect our confidential and proprietary information. We cannot assure you that our confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties will not be breached, that we will be able to effectively enforce these agreements, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets and other proprietary information will not be disclosed or will otherwise be protected.

        We rely on contractual and license agreements with third parties in connection with their use of our products and technology. There is no guarantee that such parties will abide by the terms of such agreements or that we will be able to adequately enforce our rights, in part because we rely, in many instances, on "click-wrap" and "shrink-wrap" licenses, which are not negotiated or signed by individual

25



licensees. Accordingly, some provisions of our licenses, including provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, resale and disclosure of the licensed software program, may be unenforceable under the laws of several jurisdictions.

        Protection of trade secret and other intellectual property rights in the markets in which we operate and compete is highly uncertain and may involve complex legal questions. The laws of countries in which we operate may afford little or no protection to our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Although we defend our intellectual property rights and combat unlicensed copying and use of software and intellectual property rights through a variety of techniques, preventing unauthorized use or infringement of our intellectual property rights is inherently difficult. Despite our enforcement efforts against software piracy, we lose significant revenue due to illegal use of our software. If piracy activities increase, it may further harm our business.

        We also expect that the more successful we are, the more likely that competitors will try to illegally use our proprietary information and develop products that are similar to ours, which may infringe on our proprietary rights. In addition, we could potentially lose future trade secret protection for our source code if any unauthorized disclosure of such code occurs. The loss of future trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our confidential information and trade secret protection. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.

Third-party use of our trademarks as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs may direct potential customers to competitors' websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

        Competitors and other third parties purchase our trademarks and confusingly similar terms as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs and in the header and text of the resulting sponsored link advertisements in order to divert potential customers to their websites. Preventing such unauthorized use is inherently difficult. In addition, the judicial precedent on whether such activity constitutes infringement varies significantly within the United States and in other countries. If we are unable to protect our trademarks and confusingly similar terms from such unauthorized use, competitors and other third parties will continue to drive potential online customers away from our websites to competing websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

Our trademarks are limited in scope and geographic coverage and may not significantly distinguish us from the competition.

        We own several federal trademark registrations, including the Rosetta Stone mark, hold common law trademark rights and have federal trademark applications pending in the United States and abroad for additional trademarks. Even if federal registrations are granted to us, our trademark rights may be challenged. It is also possible that our competitors will adopt trademarks similar to ours, thus impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In fact, various third parties have registered trademarks that are similar to ours in the United States and overseas. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending trademark infringement suits. If we fail to effectively enforce our trademark rights, our competitive position and brand recognition may be diminished.

        We have registered Rosetta Stone as a trademark for language learning in several countries. However, we have been precluded from registering this trademark in some Asian countries because third parties have previously registered the trademark or have registered similar trademarks. As a result, we have been marketing our products and services under our Rosetta World brand in some Asian

26



countries, thus compromising our ability to build a cohesive worldwide brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion.

We have not registered copyrights for all our products, which may limit our ability to enforce them.

        We have not registered our copyrights in all of our software, written materials, website information, designs or other copyrightable works. The United States Copyright Act automatically protects all of our copyrightable works, but without a registration we cannot enforce those copyrights against infringers or seek certain statutory remedies for any such infringement. Preventing others from copying our products, written materials and other copyrightable works is important to our overall success in the marketplace. In the event we decide to enforce any of our copyrights against infringers, we will first be required to register the relevant copyrights, and we cannot be sure that all of the material for which we seek copyright registration would be registerable in whole or in part, or that once registered, we would be successful in bringing a copyright claim against any such infringers.

We must monitor and protect our internet domain names to preserve their value. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe on or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks.

        We own several domain names that include the terms Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World. Third parties may acquire substantially similar domain names that decrease the value of our domain names and trademarks and other proprietary rights which may hurt our business. Moreover, the regulation of domain names in the United States and foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies could appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. Governing bodies could also establish additional "top-level" domains, which are the portion of the Web address that appears to the right of the "dot," such as "com," "gov" or "org." As a result, we may not maintain exclusive rights to all potentially relevant domain names in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct business, which could harm our business or reputation.

Claims that we misuse the intellectual property of others could subject us to significant liability and disrupt our business.

        We may become subject to material claims of infringement by competitors and other third parties with respect to current or future products, e-commerce and other web-related technologies, online business methods, trademarks or other proprietary rights. Our competitors, some of which may have substantially greater resources than us and have made significant investments in competing products and technologies, may have, or seek to apply for and obtain, patents, copyrights or trademarks that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our current and future products and technologies, and we may not be successful in defending allegations of infringement of these patents, copyrights or trademarks. Further, we may not be aware of all of the patents and other intellectual property rights owned by third parties that may be potentially adverse to our interests. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of a third-party's patents or other proprietary rights, including whether any of our products, technologies or processes infringe the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. We may incur substantial expenses in defending against third-party infringement claims regardless of the merit of such claims. The outcome of any such proceedings is uncertain and, if unfavorable, could force us to discontinue sales of the affected products or impose significant penalties or restrictions on our business. We do not conduct comprehensive patent searches to determine whether the technologies used in our products infringe upon patents held by others. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies.

27


We do not own all of the software, other technologies and content used in our products and services.

        Some of our products and services include intellectual property owned by third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software, and we may use more intellectual property owned by third parties in the future. From time to time we may be required to renegotiate with these third parties or negotiate with new third parties to include their technology or content in our existing products, in new versions of our existing products or in wholly new products. We may not be able to negotiate or renegotiate licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the third-party software may not be appropriately supported, maintained or enhanced by the licensors. If we are unable to obtain the rights necessary to use or continue to use third-party technology or content in our products and services or the inability to support, maintain and enhance any software could result in increased costs, or in delays or reductions in product shipments until equivalent software could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

        We incorporate open source software into our products and may use more open source software in the future. The use of open source software is governed by license agreements. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, make generally available, in source code form, proprietary code that links to certain open source modules, re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a cost-effective and timely basis, or become subject to other consequences. In addition, open source licenses generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Thus, we may have little or no recourse if we become subject to infringement claims relating to the open source software or if the open source software is defective in any manner.

Risks Related to This Offering

Some of our stockholders could together exert control over our company after completion of this offering.

        As of June 30, 2008, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 46% of our outstanding voting power. Two managing members of the general partner of ABS Capital Partners currently serve on our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Additionally, as of June 30, 2008, Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 30% of our outstanding voting power. One managing member of the general partner of Norwest currently serves on our board of directors. After completion of this offering, affiliates of Norwest will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, these stockholders could together control all matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change of control transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock.

28


As a public company we will incur additional cost and face increased demands on our management and key employees.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will devote substantial amounts of time to these requirements. We expect these requirements to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. These rules and regulations also make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. If our profitability is harmed by these additional costs, it could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation, our general computer controls and controls within our enterprise resources planning system. In addition, we identified a significant deficiency in our financial closing process. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm's audit for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing their audit procedures, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required to perform such an evaluation after we become public, additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other control deficiencies may have been or may be identified. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies relating to internal controls, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        Because of these material weaknesses, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. We have taken steps to remediate our material weaknesses, including hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and engaging consultants, but we cannot assure you that our efforts to remediate these internal control weaknesses will be successful or that similar material weaknesses will not recur. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over

29



Financial Reporting" for a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal controls and our efforts to remediate those material weaknesses.

        Our internal growth plans will also put additional strains on our internal controls if we do not augment our resources and adapt our procedures in response to this growth. Once we become a public company, we will be required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding internal controls. In the event that we have not adequately remedied these material weaknesses, and if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, we could become subject to potential review by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources, could result in our delisting by the New York Stock Exchange, could compromise our ability to run our business effectively and could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting.

We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which the common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria regarding our value. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

The price of our common stock may be volatile.

        The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of the common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. The price of the common stock may fluctuate as a result of:

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

30


If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. After this offering, approximately            shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, approximately             shares of our common stock, including the            shares of our common stock sold in this offering, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Of our outstanding shares of common stock,       are subject to 180-day contractual lockup agreements with our underwriters. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and current stockholders who are subject to these contractual lockups to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lockup agreements. The lockup is subject to extension for an additional 34 days under some circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements."

        After the lockup agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional        shares will be eligible for sale in the public market,             of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the        shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. For additional information, see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

        We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do not pay cash dividends, you could only receive a return on your investment in the common stock if the market price of the common stock increases before you sell your shares.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in your investment.

        The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which on a pro forma basis was $            as of June 30, 2008. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value when you buy shares of common stock in this offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the amount of our total assets, minus our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares. Holders of our common stock will experience further dilution if options or other rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the future are exercised or converted, or if we issue additional shares of our common stock, at prices lower than our net tangible book value at such time.

31


Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.

        Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, both of which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, and in the Delaware General Corporation Law, may make it difficult and expensive for a third-party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Any provision of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or second amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series without stockholder approval. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our company, or otherwise could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners and Norwest acquired their shares prior to this offering, Section 203 is currently inapplicable to any business combination or transaction with them or their affiliates. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a classified board of directors and requires that any action to be taken by stockholders must be taken at a duly called meeting of stockholders and may not be taken be written consent. Our second amended and restated bylaws require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for election to our board of directors must meet specific advance notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations.

We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering and may spend a substantial portion in ways with which you do not agree.

        Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree, or which do not increase the value of your investment. We will use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under our existing credit facilities with Madison Capital Funding LLC, or Madison Capital, which was approximately $11.6 million as of June 30, 2008. We anticipate that we will use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We have not allocated these remaining net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

32



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as "project," "believe," "anticipate," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "should," "would," "could," "potentially," "will," or "may," or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:


        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which statements apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

33



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $     million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised, our net proceeds will not change as the entire option will be comprised of shares from the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit agreement with Madison Capital, which has a maturity date of January 4, 2011 and had an outstanding balance of $11.6 million and an interest rate of 5.2% as of June 30, 2008.

        We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds as working capital for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds.

        Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        The Successor has never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

34



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2008 on:

35


        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,958   $     $    
               

Current maturities of long-term debt

  $ 3,825   $     $    
               

Long-term debt

  $ 7,786   $     $    

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    26,876            

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    17,820            

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 111,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    11,341            

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 0,    and    shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 0, 0, and 0 shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.00005 par value; 39,100,000,    and    shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 1,461,072,                       and                        shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    1              

Additional paid-in capital

    9,570              

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (162 )            

Accumulated income

    1,459              
               

Total stockholders' equity

    66,905              
               

Total capitalization

  $ 78,516   $     $    
               

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

        This table excludes the following shares:

36



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 was $20.6 million, or $14.07 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our issuance of            shares of common stock on                         , 2008 to some of our key employees, including our executive officers, and our payment of $        on that date to federal and state taxing authorities to satisfy tax withholding obligations, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 was $       million, or $       per share of common stock.

        After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 would have been $       million, or $       per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $      to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $       per share to new investors. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Initial public offering price per share of common stock

        $    
 

Actual net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2008

  $ 14.07        
 

Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and the                      , 2008 stock grants and related tax withholding payments

             
             
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2008

             
 

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would not change since the shares for this option are all being provided by our selling stockholders and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares.

        If all of the outstanding options were exercised, the net tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 would have been $       million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $      per share, causing dilution to new investors of $      per share.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 by approximately $       million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this

37



prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2008, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The sale of                  shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to                  shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to                  shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding.

        As of June 30, 2008, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,255,557 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.38 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2008. If all of these options were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

38



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005, and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, represent the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006 and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, have been derived from Predecessor audited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary in the opinion of management for the fair presentation of this data in all material respects. Our selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2008 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from our unaudited Successor consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

        The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in the expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

        The Predecessor declared cash dividends of $4,291, $6,716 and $14,324 per share in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

39


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 15,496   $ 25,373   $ 48,402   $ 272   $ 91,298   $ 137,321   $ 59,504   $ 83,327  

Cost of revenue

    3,676     3,968     8,242     203     12,541     20,687     8,317     11,081  
                                   

Gross margin

    11,820     21,405     40,160     69     78,757     116,634     51,187     72,246  
                                   

Operating Expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    4,430     11,303     22,432     695     45,854     65,437     28,314     39,782  
 

Research and development

    1,277     1,833     2,819     41     8,117     12,893     6,453     8,290  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

                    12,597              
 

General and administrative

    4,008     6,484     8,157     142     16,590     29,786     14,505     17,384  
 

Transaction-related expenses

                10,315                  
                                   
   

Total operating expenses

    9,715     19,620     33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     49,272     65,456  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    2,105     1,785     6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     1,915     6,790  

Other income and expense:

                                                 
 

Interest income

        84     38         613     673     372     314  
 

Interest expense

                    (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (696 )   (521 )
 

Other (expense) income

    (9 )   120     134     3     60     154     34     112  
                                   
 

Interest and other income (expense), net

    (9 )   204     172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (290 )   (95 )
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    2,096     1,989     6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     1,625     6,695  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45     66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  
                                   

Net income (loss)

    2,051     1,923     6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     399     2,929  

Preferred stock accretion

                    (159 )   (80 )   (40 )    
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 2,051   $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 359   $ 2,929  
                                   

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                                 
 

Basic

  $ 7,458   $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.29   $ 2.02  
                                   
 

Diluted

  $ 7,458   $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.03   $ 0.23  
                                   

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                                 
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,240     1,448  
                                   
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,527     12,936  
                                   

Other Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,725   $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 6,404   $ 11,020  
                                   

Stock-based compensation included in:

                                                 
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  
 

Sales and marketing

                    59     189     70     69  
 

Research and development

                    128     360     139     217  
 

General and administrative

    344     2             373     776     298     455  
 

Transaction-related expenses

                5,930                  
                                   
     

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 344   $ 2   $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 508   $ 742  
                                   

Intangible amortization included in:

                                                 
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 613   $ 13  
 

Sales and marketing

                    4,113     3,596     2,080     1,501  
                                   
     

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 2,693   $ 1,514  
                                   

 

 
  Predecessor   Sucessor  
 
  As of December 31,   As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2008
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2006   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,435   $ 1,767   $ 11,738   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 13,958  

Total assets

    8,355     10,752     25,620     96,754     110,376     113,192  

Deferred revenue

    454     1,653     6,231     8,105     12,939     13,446  

Notes payable and capital lease obligation

    618     741     63     15,917     13,324     11,618  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

                4,920     5,000      

Total stockholders' equity

    6,111     6,187     8,985     53,548     58,125     66,905  

40


        The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measures, for each of the periods identified.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,051   $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 399   $ 2,929  

Interest expense (income), net

        (84 )   (38 )       947     658     324     207  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45     66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  

Depreciation and amortization

    285     473     729     10     6,515     7,769     3,947     3,376  

Stock-based compensation

    344     2         5,930     561     1,327     508     742  

Acquired in-process research and development

                    12,597              
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,725   $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 6,404   $ 11,020  
                                   

41



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages, which has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders.

        We generate revenue primarily from sales of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Our continued growth depends, in part, on our ability to maintain strong brand recognition in order to generate sales from new customers. We continuously balance our need to achieve short-term financial goals with the equally critical need to invest in our products, our brand and our infrastructure to ensure our future success. In making decisions about spending levels in our various functional organizations, we consider many factors, including:


        We believe the primary factors that affect our financial performance include the following:

42


        We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution models are fundamental to our success. Specifically, we focus on educating customers about the many benefits of our products and services by leveraging our advertising and kiosk network in order to drive website and call center traffic.

Fairfield Acquisition

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary, Fairfield & Sons, Limited, or collectively the Predecessor. After the acquisition, we changed the names of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and Fairfield & Sons, Limited to Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited, respectively. The results of acquired operations are included in our consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. had no operations prior to that acquisition.

        Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. developed, marketed and sold a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all of the stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we acquired all of the assets and assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor. Those assets included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property and those liabilities included trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. We paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired.

        We recorded amortizable intangibles associated with the acquisition related to acquired software technology, as well as existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. The estimated lives of the acquired technology and customer relationships was between 18 and 36 months. The intangible assets associated with the trade names and trademarks have an indefinite useful life. We compute amortization of intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets. We test goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite life annually for impairment.

43


        A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Assets—current

  $ 21,874  
 

Assets—non-current

    4,742  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Intangible assets

    36,396  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  

Liabilities assumed

   
(18,106

)
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

Components of Our Statement of Operations

    Revenue

        We derive revenue from sales of language learning solutions consisting of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Revenue is presented as product revenue or subscription and service revenue in our consolidated financial statements. Our audio practice products are normally combined with our packaged software products and sold as a solution.

        Product revenue consists of revenue from sales of our packaged software and audio products. Subscription and service revenue consists primarily of revenue from our online software subscriptions.

        We sell our solutions directly to individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations. We distribute our consumer products predominantly through our direct sales channels, primarily our websites and call centers, which we refer to as our direct-to-consumer channel. We also distribute our consumer products through our kiosks, which we own, as well as through select retailers. We sell our products to institutions primarily through our direct institutional sales force. For purposes of explaining our business, we separately discuss changes in our consumer and institutional sales channels because the customers and drivers of these channels are different. We anticipate that revenue growth in future periods will be less significant than we have experienced historically.

        Our consumer revenue is affected by seasonal trends associated with the holiday shopping season. As a result, our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2007 accounted for 31% of our annual revenue in 2007. Our institutional revenue is seasonally stronger in the second and third quarters of the calendar year due to education, home school and government purchasing cycles. We expect these trends to continue.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of product revenue consists of the direct and indirect materials and labor costs to produce and distribute our products. Such costs include packaging materials, computer headsets, freight, inventory receiving, personnel costs associated with product assembly, third-party royalty fees and inventory storage, obsolescence and shrinkage. Cost of subscription and service revenue primarily represents costs associated with supporting our online language learning service, which includes hosting costs and depreciation. We also include the cost of credit card processing and customer technical support in both cost of product revenue and cost of subscription and service revenue. In the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, cost of product revenue and subscription and service revenue included intangible amortization related to core technology associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which was fully amortized by June

44



2008. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as our unit sales continue to grow. Cost of revenue may also increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods as we are planning to release service offerings that will have higher direct costs to deliver to customers.

    Operating Expenses

        We classify our operating expenses into three categories: sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative.

        Our operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, direct advertising and marketing expenses and professional fees associated with contract product development, legal, accounting and consulting. Personnel costs for each category of operating expenses include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefit costs.

         Sales and Marketing.     Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of direct advertising expenses related to television, print, radio, online and other direct marketing activities, personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, rental payments for our kiosks and commissions paid to our sales personnel. Sales and marketing expenses also include amortization expense of intangible assets related to customer relationships associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. These intangible assets will be fully amortized by January 2009. In 2007, we began to make significant investments to expand our sales and marketing operations in Europe and Japan. We established local sales offices and call centers, added employees and launched marketing and public relations campaigns within each region. We intend to continue to expand our sales activities within these regions as well as to expand our presence into new countries, in addition to expanding our media and advertising campaigns in the United States. As a result, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in future periods.

         Research and Development.     Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and contract development fees associated with the development of our solutions. Our development efforts are primarily based in the United States and are devoted to expanding our product portfolio through the addition of new content and new complimentary products and services to our language learning solutions. We expect our investment in research and development expenses to increase in future years but provide us with significant benefits in the future.

         General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our executive, finance, legal, human resources and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees and other corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as we expect to continue to invest in corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses associated with being a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums and compliance costs in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also intend to increase administrative expenses as a result of our planned international expansion.

    Other Income (Expense)

        Other income (expense) primarily consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest expense is related to our long-term debt, the outstanding balance of which was $11.6 million as of June 30, 2008. We expect interest expense to decrease in future periods as we will pay down the balance of our outstanding long-term debt with proceeds from this offering. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents.

    Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States. In 2007, our effective tax rate in the United States was approximately 37%, although operating losses of our

45



international subsidiaries raised our worldwide effective tax rate to 68%. We expect a similar effective tax rate in 2008, although this rate should be lower in 2009 and beyond assuming no general increase in U.S. federal or state income tax rates applicable to companies such as ours. However, we expect our income tax expense to increase in absolute dollars as our income continues to grow.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        In presenting our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.

        Some of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience or on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates. Future results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

        For further information on our critical and other significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Revenue Recognition

        We derive revenue primarily from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. We recognize revenue for software products and online software subscriptions in accordance with the Statement of Position, or SOP, No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions , and the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. We recognize revenue from packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions net of discounts. We recognize revenue related to professional services, which represented less than 1% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, as the services are performed.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products is recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. We also sell a limited amount of packaged software products to resellers on a consignment basis. We recognize revenue for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We allow some customers to make payments for packaged software products in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then 12 months and a successful collection history has been established, we

46



recognize revenue at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We provide customers who purchase our packaged software products directly from us with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , we reduce product revenue for estimated returns, which are based on historical return rates.

        We recognize revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements in accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force, or EITF, No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . We recognize revenue for online software subscriptions ratably over the term of the subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between 12 and 24 months. We recognize revenue for these arrangements on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We record accounts receivable and deferred revenue at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. We classify amounts received in advance of revenue recognition as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide technical support to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. Because we include the fee for technical support in the initial product cost or licensing fee, as applicable, we generally provide the technical support and services within one year, we deem the estimated cost of providing such support insignificant and we offer no unspecified upgrades or enhancements, we recognize technical support revenue together with the software product and license revenue. We accrue costs associated with the technical support at the time of sale.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide accessory products, such as headsets, to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, and EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , we account for the accessory products, such as headsets, and the software as separate elements or units of accounting. We recognize revenue upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . We defer revenue recognition for these sales until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, exists for the specific upgrade right or we have delivered all elements of the arrangement. As of December 31, 2007, we had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. We had no deferred revenue related to these agreements at December 31, 2006 and $2.4 million of such deferred revenue at December 31, 2007. As of June 30, 2008, we had $1.3 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , we account for cash sales incentives to resellers as a reduction of revenue unless a specific benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        We have developed language learning solutions for some endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support, or PCS, and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. We recognize revenue for these arrangements ratably over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period, once the PCS or online

47



hosting period begins. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, we record the entire loss on the contract.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We record all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, at fair value as of the grant date and recognize these awards as expenses in our statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments .

        As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.47 years, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Predecessor reflected no stock-based compensation expense in its net income as no stock options had been granted. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recognized $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense in its net loss related to change-of-control stock agreements issued in connection with our acquisition of the Predecessor.

        The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     70     69  

Research and development

            128     360     139     217  

General and administrative

            373     776     298     455  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           

Total

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 508   $ 742  
                           

        We estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, we calculated the fair value of options granted using the following assumptions:

 
   
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
  2007   2008

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   65% - 67%   60% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

       

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   4.43% - 4.96%   2.69% - 3.36%

        Since our common stock is not publicly quoted and we have a limited history of stock option activity, we established a peer group of comparable publicly traded education and technology-enabled learning companies and high growth consumer companies for which historical information was available. As of each stock option grant date, we utilized the peer group data to calculate our expected volatility, the average expected stock option term and expected forfeitures. We will continue to use our peer group until sufficient historical data is available. The risk-free interest rate was determined by reference to the United States Treasury rates with the remaining term approximating the expected life assumed at the date of grant.

48


        The following table sets forth all stock option grants since January 4, 2006, the date of plan inception, through the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Common Stock
Fair Value
Per Share
at Grant
Date
 

May 22, 2006

    1,051,120   $ 5.00   $ 5.94  

August 16, 2006

    22,970     5.00     6.63  

August 21, 2006

    115,000     5.00     6.68  

September 5, 2006

    100,000     5.00     6.82  

December 8, 2006

    22,410     5.00     7.69  

February 2, 2007(1)

    15,710     5.00     8.25  

March 21, 2007

    170,430     7.90     8.75  

April 20, 2007(1)

    24,100     7.90     9.07  

June 5, 2007

    46,000     9.50     9.50  

August 3, 2007(1)

    14,480     9.50     12.48  

August 22, 2007

    21,470     13.78     13.78  

November 28, 2007

    26,330     14.55     14.55  

December 17, 2007(1)

    17,060     13.78     14.69  

February 8, 2008(1)

    44,190     14.55     15.13  

April 29, 2008(1)

    76,420     15.13     13.47  

May 28, 2008

    85,320     13.47     13.47  

August 19, 2008

    27,750     18.49     18.49  

        Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors and management estimated the fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock was calculated on the following dates:

Valuation Date
  Fair Value
Per Share
 

January 4, 2006

  $ 5.00  

June 30, 2006

    6.20  

December 31, 2006

    7.90  

May 31, 2007

    9.50  

August 31, 2007

    13.78  

November 30, 2007

    14.55  

January 31, 2008

    15.13  

April 30, 2008

    13.47  

July 31, 2008

    18.49  

        On January 4, 2006, we acquired our Predecessor for a price of $5.00 per share. The board of directors utilized this value as the exercise price for all stock option grants approved in 2006. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, we performed retrospective valuations of our common stock as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The board of directors utilized the December 31, 2006 common

49



stock valuation to establish the exercise price for stock option grants approved on March 21, 2007, as it was the most recent valuation of our common stock. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant for purposes of calculating the fair value of our stock option grants under SFAS 123(R), we interpolated the common stock fair value based on the option grant date for all stock option grants between valuation dates. Our board of directors and management performed the next common stock valuation on May 31, 2007 and continued performing valuations at regular intervals that did not exceed three months.

        We considered numerous objective and subjective factors in valuing our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidance in AICPA Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . We utilized both the market and income approaches. The income approach was based on our discounted cash flows and the market approach was based on the guideline company method and comparative transactions. Our valuations were based on the following factors:

        The market approach considered market valuation multiples for comparable companies, which included education and technology-enabled learning companies. In August 2007, we expanded our set of comparable companies to include seven education and technology-enabled learning companies and seven high growth consumer companies. The addition of high growth consumer companies to our set of comparable companies resulted in greater enterprise value to adjusted EBITDA multiples, causing an increase in our August 31, 2007 common stock valuation. We have not changed the set of comparable companies used for valuations from August 31, 2007 through our valuation as of July 31, 2008.

        In August 2007, the board of directors and management also began including the option-pricing method and the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the equity allocation between common and preferred stock based on our belief that we were closer to an initial public offering of our common stock. Under the probability-weighted expected return method, our common stock values were based upon the probability-weighted present value of the possible outcomes. We modeled future outcomes to include, at various dates, an initial public offering, an acquisition of our company and continuing to remain as an independent private company.

        Since our initial common stock valuation in January 2006 through July 2008, we have not experienced a material change in our business. Our historical and expected revenue and adjusted EBITDA as of the valuation dates have typically increased, which have generally resulted in increasing common stock values. However, in April 2008 our adjusted EBITDA for the prior 12 months and our expectations for future revenue and adjusted EBITDA decreased slightly, which, when combined with a decline in the multiples of our comparable companies, resulted in a lower common stock value on this date. In July 2008, we had experienced increased revenue and adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and we also increased our expected future revenue and adjusted EBITDA, which resulted in an increase in our common stock value at July 31, 2008.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to us from our normal business activities, which include credit card receivables and amounts due from our institutional customers and retailers. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

50


    Inventories

        We state inventories at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. We review inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on our best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. We use historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

    Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade names and trademarks and other intangible assets. We record intangible assets at cost and amortize them on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . We review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis based on the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the recorded value of the assets, we write down the assets to their net realizable values. Based on our analysis, we believe our intangible assets have not been impaired during any of the periods presented.

    Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill had occurred during any of the periods presented.

    Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets . SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we recognize impairment, if any, in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on our analysis, we believe that no impairment of our long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008.

    Income Taxes

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor made no provision for federal income taxes because it was treated as an S corporation for purposes of federal income taxes. It was also treated as an S corporation for most state income taxes, but some states do not recognize S corporation status and tax S corporations the same as C corporations. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's members who reported their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S corporation status.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, we accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax

51



assets for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We recognize deferred liabilities for taxable temporary differences. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of our management, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred tax assets. We recognize the impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and interim financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed. As a private company, we were not subject to the same standards applicable to a public company. As a public company, we will be subject to requirements and standards set by the SEC.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in accounting for inventory, income taxes, stock-based compensation, our general computer controls and controls within our enterprise resources planning system. In addition, we identified a significant deficiency in our financial closing process. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

    Material Weaknesses

        The material weaknesses we identified were:

52


    Remediation Efforts

        We have been evaluating our system of internal control over financial reporting with the assistance of independent third-party consultants. This evaluation consists of a detailed review of current processes and controls, and the identification and evaluation of the deficiencies affecting our financial statements.

        We have taken steps to remediate material weaknesses in the areas of accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation and general computer controls, including:

        The measures or activities we have taken to date, or any future measures or activities we will take, may not remediate the material weaknesses we have identified. If not remediated successfully, material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal controls could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting, particularly as a result of inaccurate financial reporting, and our stock price to decline. Material weaknesses in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business reputation and our stock price.

        The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.

53


Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2005   Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 51,511   $ 71,848  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     7,993     11,479  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     59,504     83,327  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     7,759     9,998  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     558     1,083  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     8,317     11,081  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     51,187     72,246  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     28,314     39,782  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     6,453     8,290  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     14,505     17,384  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     49,272     65,456  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     1,915     6,790  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     372     314  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (696 )   (521 )
 

Other (expense) income

    134     3     60     154     34     112  
                           
     

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (290 )   (95 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     1,625     6,695  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 399   $ 2,929  
                           

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

 
$

1
 
$

2
 
$

1
 
$

1
 

Sales and marketing

            59     189     70     69  

Research and development

            128     360     139     217  

General and administrative

            373     776     298     455  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 508   $ 742  
                           

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                               

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

 
$

1,213
 
$

1,227
 
$

613
 
$

13
 

Sales and marketing

            4,113     3,596     2,080     1,501  
                           
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 2,693   $ 1,514  
                           

54


        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

    91 %   65 %   88 %   87 %   87 %   86 %
 

Subscription and service

    9     35     12     13     13     14  
                           
   

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    16     73     13     14     13     12  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     1     1     1     1  
   

Total cost of revenue

    17     75     14     15     14     13  
                           

Gross margin

    83     25     86     85     86     87  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    46     256     50     48     48     48  
 

Research and development

    6     15     9     9     11     10  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            14              
 

General and administrative

    17     52     18     22     24     21  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        3,792                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    69     4,115     91     79     83     79  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    14     (4,090 )   (5 )   6     3     8  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    0         1     1     1     0  
 

Interest expense

            (2 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )
 

Other income

    0     1     0     0     0     0  
                           
     

Total interest and other (expense) income, net

    0     1     (1 )   0     0     0  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    14     (4,089 )   (6 )   6     3     8  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    0         (1 )   4     2     5  
                           

Net income (loss)

    14 %   (4,089 )%   (4 )%   2 %   1 %   4 %
                           

55


Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007

 
  Six Months Ended    
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Product revenue

  $ 51,511     86.6 % $ 71,848     86.2 % $ 20,337     39.5 %

Subscription and service revenue

    7,993     13.4     11,479     13.8     3,486     43.6  
                             
 

Total revenue

  $ 59,504     100.0 % $ 83,327     100.0 % $ 23,823     40.0  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 26,984     45.3 % $ 39,616     47.5 % $ 12,632     46.8  

Kiosk

    10,442     17.5     14,152     17.0     3,710     35.5  

Retail

    7,409     12.5     12,327     14.8     4,918     66.4  
                             
 

Total consumer

    44,835     75.3     66,095     79.3     21,260     47.4  

Institutional

    14,669     24.7     17,232     20.7     2,563     17.5  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 59,504     100.0 % $ 83,327     100.0 % $ 23,823     40.0  
                             

    Revenue

        Total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $83.3 million, an increase of $23.8 million, or 40%, from the six month period ended June 30, 2007.

        Consumer revenue was $66.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, an increase of $21.3 million, or 47%, from the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in consumer revenue was attributable to greater unit sales combined with an increase in the average selling price of each unit. Unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaign as well as growth in our retail distribution network. Direct advertising expenses increased 46% to $15.4 million during the first six months of 2008, while the number of kiosks increased from 86 to 141 from June 30, 2007 to June 30, 2008. We also received a $2.6 million initial stocking order from Barnes & Noble in June 2008 to support their expansion of our product line to over 650 of their stores nationally.

        In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages. All Version 3 solutions include three course levels, while our Version 2 solutions only include one or two course levels. Our solutions are often purchased in a set including all available course levels for a language. The additional levels included in Version 3 enabled us to offer additional languages with three course levels, resulting in a greater number of available products at our highest price point for a complete set. In March 2008, we released Version 3 in four additional languages and, in June 2008, we released our Audio Companion practice tool product. This expansion of our product portfolio with higher price point options has resulted in increased average selling prices per unit.

        Institutional revenue was $17.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, an increase of $2.6 million, or 17%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in institutional revenue was primarily due to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, we had a $1.9 million increase in education and home school revenue and a $0.5 million increase in corporate revenue.

56


    Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 51,511   $ 71,848   $ 20,337     39.5 %
 

Subscription and service

    7,993     11,479     3,486     43.6  
                     
   

Total revenue

    59,504     83,327     23,823     40.0  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,759     9,998     2,239     28.9  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    558     1,083     525     94.1  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,317     11,081     2,764     33.2  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 51,187   $ 72,246   $ 21,059     41.1  
                     

Gross margin percentages

    86.0 %   86.7 %   0.7 %      

        Cost of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $11.1 million, an increase of $2.8 million, or 33%, from the six month period ended June 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue was 13% for the six month period ended June 30, 2008 compared to 14% for the six month period ended June 30, 2007. The dollar increase in cost of revenue was attributable to growth in unit sales.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 28,314   $ 39,782   $ 11,468     40.5 %

Research and development

    6,453     8,290     1,837     28.5  

General and administrative

    14,505     17,384     2,879     19.8  
                     

Total operating expenses

  $ 49,272   $ 65,456   $ 16,184     32.8  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $39.8 million, an increase of $11.5 million, or 41%, from the six months ended June 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses was 48% for the six months ended June 30, 2008, compared to 48% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the continued expansion of our direct marketing activities. Advertising expenses grew by $6.7 million and were primarily related to the purchase of additional television media. We also expanded the number of our kiosks from 86 as of June 30, 2007 to 141 as of June 30, 2008, which resulted in $2.3 million of additional kiosk operating expenses, including sales compensation related expenses. Personnel costs related to growth in our institutional sales channel and marketing and sales support activities also increased by $2.3 million.

        Research and development expenses were $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, an increase of $1.8 million, or 29%, from the six months ended June 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses was 10% for the six months ended June 30, 2008

57


compared to 11% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs associated with the transition of Version 2 languages to Version 3, as well as the development of new products and services that are complementary to our existing solutions.

        General and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $17.4 million, an increase of $2.9 million, or 20%, from the six months ended June 30, 2007. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to 24% for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to a $2.0 million increase in personnel related costs as we expanded our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business. This increase was partially offset by decreased professional service expenses of $1.8 million as we replaced contract staff with employees.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 372   $ 314   $ (58 )   (15.6 )%

Interest expense

    (696 )   (521 )   175     (25.1 )

Other income

    34     112     78     229.4  
                     

Total

  $ (290 ) $ (95 ) $ 195     67.2  
                     

        Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $0.5 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 25%, from the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease was due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt, as a result of $3.0 million in principal payments during the period.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and the Period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006

    Revenue

 
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
 
  2006   2007   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 80,604     88.3 % $ 119,897     87.3 % $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     11.7     17,424     12.7     6,730     62.9  
                             
   

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 41,134     45.1 % $ 61,950     45.1 % $ 20,816     50.6  

Kiosk

    17,055     18.7     23,947     17.4     6,892     40.4  

Retail

    9,694     10.6     21,206     15.4     11,512     118.8  
                             
 

Total consumer

    67,883     74.4     107,103     78.0     39,220     57.8  

Institutional

    23,415     25.6     30,218     22.0     6,803     29.1  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

58


        Total revenue was $137.3 million, an increase of $46.0 million, or 50%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Consumer revenue in 2007 was $107.1 million, an increase of $39.2 million, or 58%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in consumer revenue was due to greater unit sales combined with an increase in the average selling price per unit. Our unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaigns as advertising expenses increased by 51% to $24.5 million in 2007. Kiosk locations grew slightly from 81 at December 31, 2006 to 86 at December 31, 2007. Sales through our retailer partners increased 119% due to the expansion of our retail presence, increased advertising and brand awareness and increased sales by our existing retailers and distributors.

        The increase in our average selling price per unit was attributable to the release of Version 3 in August 2007. Version 3 includes three course levels for all languages, while our Version 2 languages were only available in one or two course levels. We often sell our solutions in a set comprising all course levels for a specific language, so increasing the available course levels to three also increased the price of a complete set of courses for a Version 3 language and resulted in higher average dollar value per sale.

        Institutional revenue in 2007 was $30.2 million, an increase of $6.8 million, or 29%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in institutional revenue was primarily attributed to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, government revenue increased by $2.2 million, education and home school revenue increased by $3.1 million and corporate revenue increased by $1.5 million. Although directed at the consumer markets, we believe our consumer marketing campaigns continue to positively impact our brand recognition, which also contributes to increased sales in our institutional markets.

    Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     17,424     6,730     62.9  
                     
   

Total revenue

    91,298     137,321     46,023     50.4  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    11,549     19,055     7,506     65.0  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    992     1,632     640     64.5  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    12,541     20,687     8,146     65.0  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 78,757   $ 116,634   $ 37,877        
                     

Gross margin percentage

    86.3 %   84.9 %   (1.4 )%      

        Cost of revenue in 2007 was $20.7 million, an increase of $8.1 million, or 65%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased to 15% from 14% for the

59



period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase in cost of revenue in 2007 compared to the 2006 period was primarily attributable to increased unit sales. The reduction of gross margin in 2007 was primarily due to slightly higher per-unit costs related to the inclusion of an audio headset with the Version 3 software product. We released Version 3 in ten of our best selling languages in August 2007. We also incurred a write-down of inventory of $0.9 million associated with the transition from Version 2 to Version 3 product and product packaging.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 45,854   $ 65,437   $ 19,583     42.7 %

Acquired in-process research and development

    12,597         (12,597 )   (100.0 )

Research and development

    8,117     12,893     4,776     58.8  

General and administrative

    16,590     29,786     13,196     79.5  
                     
 

Total operating expenses

  $ 83,158   $ 108,116   $ 24,958     30.0  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses in 2007 were $65.4 million, an increase of $19.6 million, or 43%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 48% in 2007 as compared to 50% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to an increase in advertising expenses of $8.3 million, or 51%, resulting from continued expansion of our television, print, radio and online advertising as well as an increase in personnel related costs of $4.6 million as we continued to add new personnel to manage our expanded sales and marketing activities, which included the opening of our Tokyo office in May 2007 and growth in our London office. In connection with our international expansion, we also incurred $3.7 million of expenses to establish local sales and support call centers within each geographic region. Finally, we increased our marketing and public relations expenses by $1.5 million related to a rebranding of our products in association with the launch of Version 3 in August 2007.

        On January 4, 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned subsidiary Fairfield & Sons, Limited. As a result of the acquisition, we allocated $12.6 million to acquired in-process research and development, which we expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Research and development expenses in 2007 were $12.9 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 59%, as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses remained unchanged at 9% for the 2006 period and for 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs of $3.6 million, both of which were related to the development of Version 3. We initially released Version 3 in ten languages in August 2007 and continued development of additional Version 3 languages throughout the remainder of 2007.

60


        General and administrative expenses in 2007 increased $13.2 million, or 80%, to $29.8 million as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 22% in 2007 as compared to 18% for the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel and recruiting costs of $4.7 million and increased professional service expenses of $4.4 million in order to build our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business and to enhance processes and controls.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 613   $ 673   $ 60     9.8 %

Interest expense

    (1,560 )   (1,331 )   229     (14.7 )

Other income (expense)

    60     154     94     156.7  
                     

Total

  $ (887 ) $ (504 ) $ 383     43.2  
                     

        Interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt, as a result of $2.6 million in principal payments during 2007.

Comparison of the Period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the Year Ended December 31, 2005

    Revenue

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278     91.5 % $ 80,604     88.3 % $ 36,326     82.0 %
 

Subscription

    4,124     8.5     10,694     11.7     6,570     159.3  
                             
   

Total revenue

  $ 48,402     100.0 % $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 42,896     88.6  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 20,279     41.9 % $ 41,134     45.1 % $ 20,855     102.8  

Kiosk

    8,870     18.3     17,055     18.7     8,185     92.3  

Global retail

    4,674     9.7     9,694     10.6     5,020     107.4  
                             
 

Total consumer

    33,823     69.9     67,883     74.4     34,060     100.7  

Institutional

    14,579     30.1     23,415     25.6     8,836     60.6  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 48,402     100.0 % $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 42,896     88.6  
                             

61


        Total revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $91.3 million, an increase of $42.9 million, or 89%, from 2005.

        Consumer revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $67.9 million, an increase of $34.0 million, or 101%, from 2005. The increase in consumer revenue was due to greater unit sales, which were driven by a 92% increase in advertising expenses as we began to scale our television-based marketing. We also expanded our retail distribution channels, as the number of kiosks grew from 40 at December 31, 2005 to 81 at December 31, 2006. Sales through our retailers increased 107% primarily due to greater advertising and brand awareness.

        Institutional revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $23.4 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 61%, from 2005. The increase in institutional revenue was attributable to the expansion of our direct sales force and a new $4.2 million annual subscription by the United States Army. As a result, government, education and home school, and corporate revenue increased by $4.6 million, $4.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Although directed at the consumer market, we believe our consumer marketing campaigns continue to promote overall brand recognition, which contributes to increased sales in our institutional markets.

    Cost of Revenue

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 80,604   $ 36,326     82.0 %
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     10,694     6,570     159.3  
                     
   

Total revenue

    48,402     91,298     42,896     88.6  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     11,549     3,777     48.6  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     992     522     111.1  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     12,541     4,299     52.2  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 40,160   $ 78,757   $ 38,597     96.1  
                     

Gross margin percentage

    83.0 %   86.3 %   3.3 %      

        Cost of revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 increased $4.3 million, or 52%, to $12.5 million from 2005. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue for the period ended December 31, 2006 declined 3% to 14% from 2005. The dollar increase in cost of revenue for the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was attributable to greater unit sales. The increase in gross margin percentage for the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily the result of a reduction in commissions we paid to some of our resellers.

62


    Operating Expenses

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 22,432   $ 45,854   $ 23,422     104.4 %

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597     12,597     100.0  

Research and development

    2,819     8,117     5,298     187.9  

General and administrative

    8,157     16,590     8,433     103.4  
                     
 

Total operating expenses

  $ 33,408   $ 83,158   $ 49,750     148.9  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses were $45.9 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, an increase of $23.4 million, or 104%, from 2005. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 50% during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 as compared to 46% for 2005. The increase was primarily due to a 92%, or $7.8 million, increase in advertising expenses from 2005, which primarily related to the growth of our television-based marketing. We also incurred $4.1 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets attributed to customer relationships that were recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. during the period ended December 31, 2006. Personnel related costs also grew by $6.8 million from 2005, as we expanded our marketing teams to support the growth in our promotional activities, grew our direct sales force targeting institutions, expanded our internal call center and established a local sales office in the United Kingdom.

        As a result of the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and its subsidiary in January 2006, we allocated $12.6 million to acquired in-process research and development, which we expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Research and development expenses for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 were $8.1 million, an increase of $5.3 million, or 188%, as compared to 2005. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses increased to 9% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 as compared to 6% for 2005. The increase was primarily attributed to greater personnel and consulting costs related to the expansion of our development capabilities in association with the planned release of our next generation software platform, Version 3.

        General and administrative expenses for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 were $16.6 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 103%, as compared to 2005. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses during the period ended December 31, 2006 increased to 18% from 17% in 2005. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs of $3.1 million related to the expansion of our legal, finance, support and administrative functions to support the overall growth of our business and increased consulting fees of $4.0 million in connection with the evaluation and planned restructuring of our business systems and internal controls to support our future growth.

63


    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 38   $ 613   $ 575     1,513.2 %

Interest expense

        (1,560 )   (1,560 )   100.0  

Other income (expense)

    134     60     (74 )   (55.2 )
                     
 

Total

  $ 172   $ (887 ) $ (1,059 )   (615.7 )
                     

        In January 2006, we incurred $17.0 million in long-term debt in connection with our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. As a result, we incurred interest expenses of $1.6 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, which was partially offset by increased interest income of $0.6 million due to higher cash balances.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the four quarters of 2007 and the first two quarters of 2008, as well as the percentage that each line item represented of our revenue. We have prepared the statement of operations data for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of the management, the statement of operations data includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These

64



quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 25,192   $ 26,319   $ 30,323   $ 38,063   $ 30,218   $ 41,630  
 

Subscription and service

    3,894     4,099     4,486     4,945     5,367     6,112  
                           
   

Total revenue

    29,086     30,418     34,809     43,008     35,585     47,742  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    3,517     4,242     5,740     5,556     4,030     5,968  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    231     327     578     496     506     577  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    3,748     4,569     6,318     6,052     4,536     6,545  
                           

Gross margin

    25,338     25,849     28,491     36,956     31,049     41,197  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    13,506     14,808     17,080     20,043     18,045     21,737  
 

Research and development

    3,476     2,977     3,072     3,368     4,532     3,758  
 

General and administrative

    7,455     7,050     7,528     7,753     8,528     8,856  
                           
   

Total operating expenses

    24,437     24,835     27,680     31,164     31,105     34,351  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    901     1,014     811     5,792     (56 )   6,846  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    218     154     148     153     216     98  
 

Interest expense

    (382 )   (314 )   (329 )   (306 )   (296 )   (225 )
 

Other (expense) income

    32     2     152     (32 )   287     (175 )
                           
   

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    (132 )   (158 )   (29 )   (185 )   207     (302 )
                           

Income before income taxes

    769     856     782     5,607     151     6,544  

Income tax expense

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183  
                           

Net income (loss)

    411     (12 )   (98 )   2,278     (432 )   3,361  

Preferred stock accretion

    (20 )   (20 )   (20 )   (20 )        
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 391   $ (32 ) $ (118 ) $ 2,258   $ (432 ) $ 3,361  
                           

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 0.32   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 1.59   $ (0.30 ) $ 2.30  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.18   $ (0.30 ) $ 0.26  
                           

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

    1,240     1,240     1,352     1,420     1,434     1,461  
                           
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    12,479     1,240     1,352     12,895     1,434     12,944  
                           

Other Data:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789  
                           

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $ 1   $   $   $   $ 1   $  

Research and development

    69     70     75     145     80     137  

Sales and marketing

    35     35     29     90     33     36  

General and administrative

    174     124     142     338     219     236  
                           
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 279   $ 229   $ 246   $ 573   $ 333   $ 409  
                           

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $ 307   $ 306   $ 307   $ 307   $ 13   $  

Sales and marketing

    1,040     1,040     761     754     751     750  
                           
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $ 1,347   $ 1,346   $ 1,068   $ 1,061   $ 764   $ 750  
                           

65


 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

    87 %   87 %   87 %   89 %   85 %   87 %
 

Subscription and service

    13     13     13     11     15     13  
                           
   

Total

    100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    12     14     16     13     11     13  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     2     1     1     1  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    13     15     18     14     13     14  
                           

Gross margin

    87     85     82     86     87     86  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    46     49     49     47     51     46  
 

Research and development

    12     10     9     8     13     8  
 

General and administrative

    26     23     22     18     24     19  
                           
   

Total operating expenses

    84     82     80     72     87     72  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    3     3     2     13     0     14  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    1     1     0     0     1     0  
 

Interest expense

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   0  
 

Other (expense) income

    0     0     0     0     1     0  
                           
   

Interest and other income (expense), net

    0     (1 )   0     0     1     (1 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    3     3     2     13     0     14  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1     3     3     8     2     7  
                           

Net income (loss)

    1     0     0     5     (1 )   7  

Preferred stock accretion

    0     0     0     0          
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    1 %   0 %   0 %   5 %   (1 )%   7 %
                           

Other data:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

    11 %   11 %   9 %   19 %   6 %   18 %
                           

 
        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 411   $ (12 ) $ (98 ) $ 2,278   $ (432 ) $ 3,361  

Interest expense, net

    164     160     181     153     80     127  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,927     2,020     1,917     1,905     1,667     1,709  

Stock-based compensation

    279     229     246     573     333     409  
                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789  
                           

66


Other Factors that May Affect Comparability

    Public Company Expenses

        Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of salaries, incentive compensation, employee benefits and other personnel-related costs, as well as direct advertising expenses, costs of office facilities and costs of information technology systems.

        Since our inception, we have financed our operations solely through cash flow from operations with the exception of the acquisition of the Predecessor which was funded in part through the sale of preferred and common stock and a $17.0 million term loan from Madison Capital Funding LLC. At June 30, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $14.0 million and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, all of which remained available for borrowing at June 30, 2008.

        The term loan with Madison Capital Fund LLC remains outstanding with a balance of $11.6 million and an interest rate of 5.2% as of June 30, 2008. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under the term loan.

        Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will depend on many factors, including development of new products, market acceptance of our products, the levels of advertising and promotion required to launch additional products and improve our competitive position in the marketplace, the expansion of our sales, support and marketing organizations, the establishment of additional offices in the United States and worldwide and the building of infrastructure necessary to support our growth, the response of competitors to our products and our relationships with suppliers and clients. We have experienced increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase in the future.

    Cash Flow Analysis

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, $5.1 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and $15.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily attributable to a net loss of $4.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to income of $6.8 million in 2005 and an $8.5 million net decrease in cash as a result of changes in assets and liabilities, offset by a $13.6 million net increase in cash after giving effect to additional non-cash charges during the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in 2007 compared to the period ended December 31, 2006 was

67



primarily attributable to income of $2.6 million in 2007 compared to a net loss of $4.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2006 and a $9.8 million net increase in cash as a result of changes in assets and liabilities, offset by a $5.8 million net decrease in cash after giving effect to reduction in non-cash charges in 2007 compared to the period ended December 31, 2006.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2008, net cash used in operating activities was $3.1 million compared to $0.4 million in net cash provided by operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2007. The reduction was primarily attributable to a $5.8 million net decrease in cash as a result of changes in assets and liabilities, offset by a $2.5 million improvement in net income for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2007.

        Net cash provided by investing activities was $60,000 in 2005. Net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and $9.2 million during 2007. The increase in cash used in investing activities during the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily attributable to increased capital expenditures of $2.1 million and a $1.6 million net reduction in proceeds from the sale of investments, offset by a $2.4 million increase relating to the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. The increase in cash used in investing activities in 2007 compared to the period ended December 31, 2006 was primarily attributable to a $5.5 million increase in capital expenditures and the absence of acquisition activity in 2007.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2008, net cash used in investing activities was $3.0 million compared to $5.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was the result of lower capital expenditures.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $0.9 million in 2005 and $1.8 million in 2007. Net cash provided by financing activities was $13.1 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in cash provided by financing activities in the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily attributable to $49.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock related to the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and $17.0 million in proceeds from borrowings, offset by an acquisition related debt payment of $51.9 million. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities in 2007 compared to the period ended December 31, 2006 was primarily attributable to the absence of acquisition related activity and principal payments on debt, offset by $0.8 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock as a result of stock option exercises.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2008, net cash used in financing activities was $1.5 million compared to $1.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to $1.7 million in principal payments on debt, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock as a result of stock option exercises during the six months ended June 30, 2008.

68


        We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and funds generated from our operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or increased borrowings to develop or enhance products, to fund expansion, to respond to competitive pressures or to acquire complementary products, businesses or technologies. If required, additional financing may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced and these securities might have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our current stockholders. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.

        During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which include special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at June 30, 2008 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term debt

  $ 11,611   $ 3,825   $ 7,786   $   $  

Operating lease obligations

    6,764     3,031     2,982     751      
                       

Total

  $ 18,375   $ 6,856   $ 10,768   $ 751   $  
                       

        On January 4, 2006, we entered into a credit agreement for a $17.0 million term loan, or term loan, and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, or revolver. We will repay the outstanding balance of the term loan from the proceeds of this offering. The credit agreement was amended on August 2, 2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend some covenants, terms, and definitions. The term loan and revolver accrue interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin or the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, as specified by us. The base rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%. The applicable margin for any period is indexed to our debt-to-earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or debt-to-EBITDA, ratio. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is less than 1.5 to 1, the base rate applicable margin is equal to 1.75% and the LIBOR rate applicable margin is equal to 2.75%. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1, the base and LIBOR rate applicable margins both increase by 0.25%. The applicable margin can increase by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the credit agreement. The interest rate on the term loan at June 30, 2008 was 5.2%. The term loan has an escalating schedule of quarterly principal payments and matures in December 2010. We made principal payments of $1.1 million, $2.6 million and $1.7 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The term loan also allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. Mandatory prepayments are required under some conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities, including this offering, and excess cash flows as defined in the credit agreement. Future payments under the term loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions. The outstanding balance of the term loan was $15.9 million at December 31, 2006, $13.3 million at December 31, 2007 and

69



$11.6 million at June 30, 2008. The borrowings are secured by substantially all of our assets. The credit agreement contains financial covenants which include a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio, maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio, minimum EBITDA and a limit on capital expenditures. We were in compliance with each of these financial covenants as of June 30, 2008. The amount of long-term debt obligations shown in the table above does not include any interest payments. We had no borrowings under the revolver or letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2007 or June 30, 2008.

        The operating lease obligations reflected in the table above include our corporate office leases and site licenses for our kiosks.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes specified leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on our financial statements, but we do not believe there will be a material impact.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . SFAS No. 159 permits an entity to elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for many financial assets and liabilities. Entities electing the fair value option would be required to recognize changes in fair value in earnings. Entities electing the fair value option are required to distinguish, on the face of the statement of financial position, the fair value of assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected and similar assets and liabilities measured using another measurement attribute. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adjustment to reflect the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount would be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of initial adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact our consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2008.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. We will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

70


        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest, or minority interest, as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 162 on our financial statements, but we do not believe there will be a material impact.

    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Accordingly, our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The volatility of the prices and applicable rates are dependent on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. In the event our foreign sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies with which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, invest in derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk.

    Interest Rate Sensitivity

        Interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, based on the nature and current level of our marketable securities, which are primarily short-term investment grade and government securities and our notes payable, we believe that there is no material risk of exposure.

71



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        People throughout the world seek to learn foreign languages for a variety of reasons, including to learn about other cultures, to communicate with friends and family, to enhance their career prospects, to travel internationally and to obtain personal enjoyment and enrichment. According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, which we refer to as the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry worldwide represented over $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented over $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which over $2 billion was for self-study.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated it with high quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages.

        We grew our revenue from our Predecessor's $15.5 million in 2003 to $137.3 million in 2007, representing a 73% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic.

Our Industry

         Market Size.     According to the Nielsen survey, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. The Nielsen survey also estimated that the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

        The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on

72



grammar and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

         Key Drivers of Demand in Language Learning Market.     We believe that language learning is becoming more important and valued by individuals and institutions in the United States and throughout the world. The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

         Limitations of Traditional Methods for Language Learning.     The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation. By contrast, foreign languages have traditionally been taught by focusing on memorization, grammar translation and word translation, typically in an academic classroom setting. This traditional method involves learning complex grammar rules, conjugating verbs and memorizing vocabulary lists. Students have little practice speaking or listening in the classroom, and practice outside the classroom typically involves rote listening to audio recordings and pronunciation exercises, with little or no feedback on pronunciation accuracy. Many students who were taught languages using the traditional method regard it as ineffective and boring.

         Emergence of Immersion Language Learning.     To address some of the shortcomings of traditional language learning methods, language learning specialists have developed an alternative method for teaching language known as immersion learning, in which only the target language is spoken. We believe that immersion learning is more effective than the traditional translation and grammar method in helping learners move towards conversational fluency. Immersion learning provides a more natural, direct learning environment, where the learner deduces meaning and develops an intuition of language structure. This is similar to the manner in which children learn their native language, without an awareness of formal grammar rules or the necessity to translate. Most immersion learning programs, however, require either one-on-one teaching, a small group course or travel to a foreign country. These programs can cost several thousand dollars and are less convenient than self-study alternatives.

         Use of Interactive Technologies.     There has been a rapid adoption of interactive technologies and software tools to help learning in both consumer and institutional markets, supported by the rapid increase in computing technologies and internet use. According to a 2008 report by Euromonitor International, Inc., a market research firm, there will be more than one billion personal computers in use, and 1.7 billion internet users, by 2009. Given busy lifestyles, adult language learners seek solutions that work flexibly and do not require physical classroom attendance. Educators are interested in deploying learning tools that are relevant to their students, who have had extensive exposure to computer software and interactive games. Corporations are recognizing the value and effectiveness of using their technology investment to help increase the skills of their workforce. According to a July

73



2007 report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc., a market research firm, the global demand for the delivery of instructional content through the use of electronic technology, or eLearning, will grow an average of 21% annually between 2007 and 2010, reaching a total estimated value of $53 billion by 2010.

         The Need for a High-Quality, Trusted Solution.     Consumers and institutions face a confusing array of alternatives when choosing a language course due to the fragmented nature of the language learning market. Most providers of language learning offer little information to potential customers about their teaching methods and do not have well known brands. The few major internationally known language learning providers generally offer only classroom instruction, which is not convenient for all prospective language learners. In addition, there are numerous self-study courses in the market available at a variety of price points, most of which are offered as audio and books and do not provide an interactive, immersion learning experience. There are also many community websites that provide free opportunities to practice.

        We believe that language learners seek a trusted name-brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

The Rosetta Stone Solution

        Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. We consider traditional translation and grammar methods as obstacles that delay and impede the successful acquisition of language proficiency, and our solutions avoid those elements. Our computer-based self-study courses allow our customers to learn using the immersion method on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one alternatives. Although other audio and software publishers claim to teach with immersion methods, we believe that we are the only self-study solution that teaches strictly without any translation or explicit grammar explanations. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

        Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

74


        Rosetta Stone offers a broad product suite, with courses currently available in 31 languages. Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

        Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, the 2008 BESSIE multilevel foreign language award for Spanish Levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette in 2008, The O List in the June 2007 issue of O, The Oprah Magazine , the 2007 EDDIE multilevel foreign language award for Chinese levels 1 and 2 and a 2007 multilevel English-as-a-second-language, or ESL, award for English levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette, and other software-related awards from MacUser Magazine , McGraw-Hill, and PC Magazine.

Competitive Strengths

        We consider the foundations of our success to be the quality and breadth of our solutions, the strength of our brand and our direct distribution model. Together, we believe these elements represent a business model with attractive economics that differentiates us from other language learning providers. The quality of our solutions supports our price point, which in turn allows us to deploy a multi-channel marketing effort and a broad-based direct distribution network. We focus on educating consumers about the benefits of our solutions by leveraging our advertising and our kiosk network to drive customers to our call centers and websites, where they can learn about our solutions, try product demonstrations and then transact directly with us.

        We believe our competitive strengths include:

         Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

         Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all editions of our solutions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school.

75


         Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy is a competitive strength because it enables us to market and serve our diverse customer base more broadly and make marketing impressions with a high frequency and at a relatively low cost per impression. As compared to competitors that rely primarily on retailers or online vendors to sell their products, our direct marketing and distribution strategy enables us to exert more control over our own growth and the customer experience. Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our television, online, print and radio advertising includes a "call to action" that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers, where we seek to convert them to sales. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate more than 150 kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. Our kiosks are located in airports, malls and other strategic, high-traffic locations. In our institutional markets, sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We conduct our institutional marketing primarily through tradeshows and customer visits. Our marketing campaigns also support this channel. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. During the six month period ended June 30, 2008, approximately 85% of our revenue came from our direct channels, including our websites, call centers, kiosks and institutional sales force, and the remainder was attributable to sales through retailers.

         Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and a trusted choice for learning languages. Our marketing message centers on key points of differentiation from our competitors' traditional language offerings by focusing on our learners' own intrinsic competence. We believe that continued marketing and brand building will drive broader demand for our products and help us pursue our goal of making Rosetta Stone the preeminent language learning brand.

         Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our products and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2008, revealed that 86% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, and 69% of respondents have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

         Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented free peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with sharedtalk.com . In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to

76



hand-held devices, and we intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

         Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages. We give learners the option to purchase our solutions at a single level of difficulty or as a bundle of all three existing levels. Currently, 14 of our languages are offered in all three levels of proficiency. Our other languages are available in either one or two levels of proficiency. We also plan to add new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. We believe that there is an opportunity to increase our revenue as we introduce the second or third level of proficiency to many of our remaining 17 languages. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

         Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We believe that our multi-channel marketing model helps to build greater brand awareness, which over time will further increase our marketing efficiency. We also intend to continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

         Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2007 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services was spent outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States. We have established subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Japan to develop our international business. In addition, we are exploring opportunities to expand our presence in Asia, Europe and South America. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds, and thus we believe that we can efficiently scale our business internationally.

Products and Services

        We offer language learning solutions in 31 languages under the Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World brands. Each language currently has up to three levels, with each consecutive level representing a higher level of proficiency. We sell each level as a standalone unit, although we offer a price incentive to customers to purchase all three levels as a bundle, where that option is available. In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages and we released an additional four languages in Version 3 in March 2008. The remaining languages are available in Version 2 of our software.

        We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software product, but includes different ancillary features as follows:

77


        With our personal edition, we offer a compact disc audio practice tool, the Audio Companion , in 14 languages. Audio Companion is a series of digital audio files that contain lessons directly aligned to the Rosetta Stone curriculum, allowing users to practice and carry on their immersive experience when they are away from a computer. The lessons on the Audio Companion can be transferred to MP3 players. The Audio Companion provides a convenient opportunity for practicing material that was previously learned through the software program. Unlike other common audio products, Rosetta Stone does not rely solely on an audio environment to teach, so we can create an immersive audio environment, using only the target language, which reinforces material learned from our software program.

        Our solutions are available both pre-packaged and by subscription online through our language learning portal. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, approximately 86% of our revenue was from CD-ROM sales to both consumers and institutions, while approximately 14% was from online subscriptions.

78


        We currently offer the following languages:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Audio
Companion
  Version 2   Version 3  

Arabic

                           

Chinese (Mandarin)

                           

Danish

                                 

Dutch

                               

English (U.K.)

                           

English (U.S.)

                           

Farsi (Persian)

                               

French

                           

German

                           

Greek

                               

Hebrew

                           

Hindi

                                 

Indonesian

                                 

Irish

                           

Italian

                           

Japanese

                           

Korean

                                 

Latin

                                 

Pashto

                                 

Polish

                                 

Portuguese (Brazil)

                           

Russian

                           

Spanish (Latin America)

                           

Spanish (Spain)

                           

Swahili

                                 

Swedish

                                 

Tagalog

                               

Thai

                               

Turkish

                                 

Vietnamese

                                 

Welsh

                                 

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange and to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

        In addition, we have developed Rosetta Stone products for the exclusive use of Native American communities to help to save their endangered languages, including Mohawk, Innutitut and Iñupiaq.

Technology

        Since January 1, 2003, we have expended over $35 million in research and development expenses, which included the development of a proprietary unified language learning software platform. Our newest application, Version 3, currently supports three levels of proficiency and is available in 14 languages. Version 2, our legacy application, is available for our other 17 languages. We intend to offer additional languages on Version 3. The technology underlying both Version 2 and Version 3 is designed

79



to handle the complexities of a wide variety of languages, including languages written from right-to-left such as Arabic and Hebrew and languages with characters such as Chinese and Japanese.

        Our Version 3 platform is flexible and capable of meeting a wide range of market requirements, including:

In each of these cases, the learner receives the same engaging language learning experience and content.

        We have developed a speech recognition technology focused on the unique challenges of language learners, stressing non-native speech understanding and pronunciation feedback. This technology, which is included in Version 3, is available for 14 of our best selling languages and runs on all widely available operating systems and on local and online applications. Our speech recognition models include languages traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software, such as Irish.

        We have developed proprietary algorithms we call Adaptive Recall, which are designed to enhance the learner's experience by reintroducing content at longer and longer intervals in order to improve long-term retention. Adaptive Recall, available in Version 3, is designed to be efficient with a learner's time, bringing material back in the program less and less frequently as the learner remembers over extended periods of time.

        We have developed a proprietary student management system, which is designed to allow teachers and administrators to configure their own lesson plans using our content and exercises and to review reports for evaluation of student progress.

        We have developed an intuitive user interface that assists in the learner's transition from listening comprehension to speaking, making language skill development an integrated experience.

        We have also created proprietary content development tools that allow our curriculum specialists to write, edit, manage and publish our course materials. These tools allow authors, translators, voicers, photographers and editors to work efficiently and cooperatively across multiple locations.

Content and Curriculum

        The foundation of Dynamic Immersion is our proprietary content, consisting of a total of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. Each Version 3 language contains approximately 10,000 individual photographic images and 15,000 professionally recorded sound files. We believe these photographic images and recorded sound files are a competitive strength, as we have created many of the pictures and all of the sound files ourselves. We believe that our images and their juxtaposition convey a universal meaning, which makes it possible for us to broadly deploy the same images across multiple languages. In addition, we have developed a sophisticated method for sequencing the images, which is designed to build a rich curriculum that incrementally teaches the user the most important and relevant language skills necessary to achieve fluency. We believe that our sequence of images is as effective for someone learning Arabic or Mandarin Chinese as it is for someone learning Spanish or English. To supplement our core content, we incorporate specific nuances for each language, such as dual forms for parts of speech in Arabic.

80



Our ability to tailor our content also enables us to develop customized versions of our language learning solutions to address the specific needs of various industries. For example, we recently created a customized version of our Arabic learning solution for the U.S. Army, which includes military-specific content, such as vocabulary, images and curriculum sequencing. In the future, we may develop customized versions for other industries, such as healthcare, business, real estate and retail.

        In addition to visual learning experiences, our Version 3 solutions incorporate an integrated speech program utilizing our voice recognition application, which works in languages that are traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software. As an integral component of the program, this voice recognition feature works with our learners to promote the appropriate pronunciation of the words and concepts included in the lesson.

        Throughout the curriculum sequence, our program combines the introduction of new concepts, practice of recent material and production of key phrases. As learners progress along our curriculum, they transition from seeing and recognizing to speaking as our program prompts them to pronounce the words they are being taught. Our solution covers all aspects necessary for fluency within a completely immersive environment without requiring translation or explanation, including alphabet, vocabulary, intuitive grammar, reading, writing, listening, pronunciation and conversation. While rigorous and complete, the curriculum is designed to remain flexible, allowing learners to alter their individual pace and focus of instruction to meet their particular goals and abilities. The language content for our respective courses is organized into three levels of proficiency, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

81


Customers

        Our customers include individuals, home school parents, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies, corporations and not-for-profit institutions. We sell to our customers through a direct-to-consumer and institutional marketing and distribution strategy.

Channel
  Customer Type   Representative Customers
Consumer   Individual   Based on our internal studies, 60% annually earn more than $75,000 and 44% earn more than $100,000


 


 


Retailers


 


Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders

Institutional

 

Educational Institutions

 

Primary and Secondary Schools: New York City Department of Education (NY), DeKalb County Schools (GA), Cherokee County Board of Education (GA), Yonkers Public Schools (NY), Oakland Unified School District (CA), Manatee County Schools (FL)

 

 

 

 

Universities: James Madison University, University of Wisconsin, West Chester University, Virginia Commonwealth University, Clark Atlanta University, Jackson State University

 

 

Government and Armed Forces

 

U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Foreign Service Institute, Defense Intelligence Agency, U.S. Department of the Air Force

 

 

Corporations

 

Reuters Group Plc, General Motors Corp., Pride International Inc., Res-Care, Inc., Cerner Corp., Tyco Electronics Corp., Molex Inc., Experian Information Solutions, Inc., Marriott International, Inc., Whole Foods Market Inc.

 

 

Not-for-Profit Organizations

 

The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, Pacific Training Institute Clinic, AARP, Trust for the Americas, Neighborhood House of St. Paul, Seattle Goodwill

Marketing and Distribution Channels

        Our multi-channel marketing and distribution model consists of print, online, television and radio direct-response advertising, kiosks, our institutional sales force and retail resellers. We believe that this marketing and distribution model, through which each channel complements and supports the others, provides;

82


    Consumer

        Consumer sales accounted for approximately 78% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our consumer distribution model comprises a mix of our call centers, websites, network of kiosks and select retail resellers, such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We believe these channels complement each other, as consumers that have seen our direct-to-consumer advertising may purchase at our kiosks or retailers, and those who have seen our solutions demonstrated at our kiosks may purchase solutions through our retailers, websites or call centers.

         Direct to Consumer.     Our direct-to-consumer channel, which we define as sales generated through either our websites or call centers, accounted for approximately 58% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. We utilize several forms of advertising to drive our direct-to-consumer sales, including print, online, television and radio. We advertise in a variety of national publications, such as Time, The Economist, The New Yorker and National Geographic . Our online media strategy encompasses banner and paid search advertising, as well as affiliate relationships. We work with various online agencies to buy both impression-based and performance-based traffic. All our advertisements include a "call to action", which encourages potential customers to visit our websites or contact a call center to order a product or a CD-ROM demo. Our advertisements include promotional codes that encourage customers to indicate which television or radio spot or publication they are responding to in order for us to track performance of each discrete media buy. By using different codes for different advertising media and campaigns, we can track the link between our media buying and the demand it generates. This gives us insight into the effectiveness of each form of advertising we purchase, which enables us to more closely tie our advertising spend to the results achieved. We receive our orders in the direct-to-consumer channel through our websites and call centers. Our marketing to this channel also supports the kiosk and retail channels.

         Rosetta Stone Kiosks.     We operate over 150 retail kiosks located in 28 states, in airports, malls and other strategic high-traffic locations. We have also recently begun to open kiosks in the United Kingdom and Japan. These company-operated kiosks accounted for approximately 22% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. With bright and colorful displays, efficient use of retail space and limited capital investment, we believe that our company-operated kiosks are an effective outlet for selling our solutions and reinforcing our brand image. We believe that our kiosks enhance our ability to build strong consumer relationships and promote additional customer interest through the provision of personal demonstrations by our sales associates.

        Most of our kiosk site licenses range between five to eight months with renewal options. Our policy is to close under-performing kiosks expeditiously.

         Retailers.     Sales to retailers accounted for approximately 20% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our retailers enable us to provide additional points of contact to educate consumers about our solutions, expand our presence beyond our own kiosks and websites, and further strengthen and enhance our brand image. Our retail relationships include Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. Sales in the retail channel are highly correlated with our media expenditures in the direct-to-consumer channel.

    Institutional

        Institutional sales accounted for approximately 22% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our institutional distribution model is focused on targeted sales activity primarily through a direct sales force in four markets: schools, colleges and universities; the U.S. armed forces and federal government agencies; corporations; and not-for-profit organizations. Regional sales managers are responsible for sales of our solutions in their territories and supervise account managers

83



who are responsible for maintaining our customer base. As of June 30, 2008, our domestic institutional sales group consisted of 62 employees, 42 of whom were direct quota-based sales representatives.

         Educational Institutions.     These customers include primary and secondary schools and represented approximately 38% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. In our experience, colleges, universities and schools frequently rely on references from peer institutions and an official request-for-proposal, or RFP, process when selecting a vendor. We generate sales leads from sources such as interacting with attendees at trade shows and conferences, visiting potential customer sites to provide briefings on our solutions and the industry, responding to inbound calls based on recommendations from existing customers and monitoring and responding to RFPs.

         Federal Government Agencies and Armed Forces.     These customers include governmental agencies and armed forces and accounted for approximately 23% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. Many customers in this market license our products through online subscriptions. We have recently been adding sales representatives to this group to allow greater focus by senior sales executives on expanding some of our key relationships.

         Corporations.     We promote interest in this market with trade show and seminar attendance, speaking engagements and direct mailings. Many of our customers in the market prefer online subscription delivery. Corporations represented 9% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

         Home Schools.     We promote interest in this market through advertising in publications focused on home schooling, attending local trade shows and seminars and direct mailings. Home school sales accounted for approximately 21% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

         Not-for-Profit Organizations.     These customers include organizations developing workforces to serve non-native speaking populations, offering literacy programs and preparing members for overseas missions. We promote interest in this market through our institutional sales force, speaking engagements and direct mailings. Not-for-profit organizations accounted for 9% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

    International

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. In the near term, our international activity is primarily focused on successfully growing our business in the United Kingdom, Germany and Japan, where we are utilizing many of the same direct-to-consumer and channel strategies that we developed in the domestic market. We opened our United Kingdom office in 2005 and our Japan office in 2007. Over time, we believe that we will be able to develop a similar business model in other markets in Europe, Asia and Latin America.

Product Development

        Our product portfolio is a result of significant investment in product development over 16 years. Our product development focuses on both software and content development. Our development efforts include both creating new solutions and adding new languages to existing solutions. Our development team has specific expertise in speech recognition, interface design, immersion learning and instructional design. Our engineering and language development organizations are located principally in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also conduct software development in Boulder, Colorado and Arlington, Virginia.

        In 2006, we licensed speech recognition technology for language learning from the Regents of the University of Colorado. We subsequently hired several of the original developers of this technology to begin building our expertise in speech recognition. Since 2006, we have made significant improvements

84



to the original technology. We believe that this technology and expertise distinguishes us from other companies in our industry.

        In August 2007, we launched a new product platform, Version 3, in ten languages in our consumer channels. This product launch was the culmination of over three years of research and development. Version 3 provides a significant set of new features and benefits, including our proprietary speech recognition technology. We subsequently introduced four additional Version 3 languages in March 2008 and the Audio Companion compact disc practice tool in 14 languages in June 2008.

        As of June 30, 2008, our research and development group consisted of 170 employees. Our research and development expenses were $12.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 and $8.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2008.

Sourcing and Fulfillment

        Our strategy is to maintain a flexible, diversified and low-cost manufacturing base. We use third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers to obtain substantially all our product and packaging components and to manufacture finished products. We believe that we have good relationships with our manufacturers and suppliers and that there are alternative sources in the event that one or more of these manufacturers or suppliers is not available. We continually review our manufacturing and supply needs against the capacity of our contract manufacturers and suppliers with a view to ensuring that we are able to meet our production goals, reduce costs and operate more efficiently.

        We package and distribute our products primarily from our fulfillment facility in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also contract with third-party fulfillment vendors in Amsterdam, Netherlands and Tokyo, Japan. From Tokyo, we distribute products for consumer orders in Japan. From Amsterdam, we distribute products for consumer orders in Europe. We distribute products for the remainder of our orders from Harrisonburg, Virginia.

Competition

        The language learning industry is highly fragmented and subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences and industry trends. We expect competition in the markets that we serve to persist and intensify. We face varying degrees of competition from a wide variety of companies providing language learning solutions including:

    language learning center operators;

    audio CD and MP3 download providers;

    pre-packaged software producers;

    textbook publishers;

    online tutoring service providers; and

    online peer-to-peer practice providers.

Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide and McGraw-Hill Education.

        We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry include:

    product differentiation, including:
    teaching method,

    effectiveness,

    accessibility and convenience,

85




      availability and quality of speech recognition, and

      fun and likelihood of continued engagement,

    brand recognition and reputation;

    price; and

    effective advertising.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property is critical to our success. We rely on a combination of measures to protect our intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, trade dress, copyrights and non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements.

        We have several international and U.S. patents pending. Many of these pending patents relate to our language teaching methods.

        We hold a perpetual, irrevocable and worldwide license from the University of Colorado allowing us to use speech recognition technology for language learning solutions. We entered into the license agreement in December 2006, and paid the University of Colorado an up-front license fee.

        We have registered a variety of trademarks, including Rosetta Stone , Rosetta World , Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success and design, Dynamic Immersion , The Fastest Way to Learn a Language Guaranteed ., the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design, and Rosettastone.com . We have applied to register our Adaptive Recall , SharedTalk , Audio Companion , and the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success trademarks. All these trademarks are the subject of either registrations or pending applications in the United States, as well as numerous countries worldwide where we do business. We intend to continue to strategically register, both domestically and internationally, trademarks we utilize today and those we develop in the future.

        We own the copyright on our Version 2 English editions. We are registering in the United States our Version 2 non-English editions and all editions of our 14 Version 3 languages.

        We believe that the distinctive marks that we use in connection with our solutions are important in building our brand image and distinguishing our solutions from those of our competitors. These marks are among our most valuable assets. In addition to our distinctive marks, we own several copyrights and trade dress rights to our solutions, product packaging and user manuals. We also place significant value on our trade dress, which is the overall image and appearance of our solutions, and we believe that our trade dress helps to distinguish our solutions in the marketplace.

        Furthermore, our employees, contractors and other parties with access to our confidential information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately 1,100 total employees, consisting of approximately 620 full-time and 480 part-time employees. Our personnel consisted of approximately 160 employees in sales and marketing, 170 employees in research and development, 140 in general and administrative, 50 employees in operations and 580 kiosk sales employees. We continue to actively recruit at all levels and in all departments, and expect the number of employees to fluctuate even as we grow.

86


        None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement. There are no pending labor-related legal actions against us filed with any state or federal agency. We believe our employee relations are good.

Properties

        Our corporate headquarters are located in Arlington, Virginia, where we lease approximately 17,600 square feet of space in aggregate. The term of the leases underlying these commitments range from December 31, 2009 to August 31, 2013. We are seeking new office space to support our future growth.

        We currently own a facility with approximately 47,860 square feet of usable space in Harrisonburg, Virginia, that serves as our operations office, where we perform most of our product development. In addition, we lease a facility with approximately 40,000 square feet in Harrisonburg, Virginia for use as a packing and distribution center for all of our U.S. and some of our international fulfillment. We are seeking additional space in Harrisonburg to support our future growth.

        We also lease small offices in Boulder, Colorado, Tokyo, Japan and London, United Kingdom. Our Boulder office serves as a research and development location while our Tokyo and London offices serve as our regional sales offices.

        As of August 31, 2008, we also had site licenses for more than 150 kiosks. Most of our kiosk site licenses have terms of approximately six months and provide for a minimum rent plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds have been achieved. These site licenses generally require that we pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. Some of the site licenses also contain early termination options, which can be exercised by us or the licensor under certain conditions.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in any legal proceeding the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

87



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table provides information concerning our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 30, 2008:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Tom P. H. Adams

    36   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Eichmann

    41   Chief Operating Officer

Brian D. Helman

    38   Chief Financial Officer

Gregory W. Long

    49   Chief Product Officer

Michael C. Wu

    41   General Counsel and Secretary

Laura L. Witt(2)(3)

    40   Director and Chairman of the Board

Phillip A. Clough(1)

    46   Director

John T. Coleman(2)(3)

    61   Director

Laurence Franklin(1)

    56   Director

Patrick W. Gross(1)(3)

    64   Director

John E. Lindahl(2)

    63   Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee

(2)
Member of our compensation committee

(3)
Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee

         Tom P. H. Adams has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Rosetta Stone since January 2006, prior to which he served as Chief Executive Officer of Fairfield & Sons Ltd., the predecessor company of Rosetta Stone, since February 2003. Mr. Adams received his B.A. with honors from the University of Bristol, United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France. Mr. Adams was named the 2008 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in the software category in the Greater Washington region.

         Eric Eichmann has served as Chief Operating Officer of Rosetta Stone since September 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Eichmann held several management positions at America Online, Inc., an interactive services company, from July 1999 to June 2006, most recently as Senior Vice President of Advertising Operations, Systems and Promotions. Previously, Mr. Eichmann held positions at McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, from September 1994 to June 1999. Mr. Eichmann holds an M.A. from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Lausanne, Switzerland and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

         Brian D. Helman has served as Chief Financial Officer of Rosetta Stone since March 2007. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Helman was Chief Financial Officer for JME Software LLC, a provider of enterprise software, from April 2006 to March 2007. From May 2002 to February 2006, Mr. Helman was the Chief Financial Officer of Neon Systems, Inc., a publicly traded supplier of mainframe integration software. From October 1996 to November 2001, Mr. Helman held various finance positions with Netspeak Corporation, a publicly traded provider of voice-over-IP software, including Vice President of Finance and Business Planning. Mr. Helman holds a B.S. from the University of Florida. Mr. Helman is a Certified Public Accountant.

         Gregory W. Long has served as Chief Product Officer of Rosetta Stone since August 2006. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Long was Vice President of Leapfrog Schoolhouse, the school division of Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc., a provider of educational products, from December 2001 to August 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Long was at iBeam Broadcasting Corp., a streaming media distribution provider, from May 2000 to September 2001, and held various positions at Mattel's The Learning Company Inc.,

88



a developer and marketer of educational and reference software for consumers and schools, from March 1999 to May 2000 and at Creative Wonders, Disney/Electronic Arts' children's software education company, from March 1996 to March 1999. Mr. Long holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Victoria in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada and an M.B.A. from Queen's University in Kingston, Ontario, Canada.

         Michael C. Wu has served as General Counsel and Secretary of Rosetta Stone since November 2006. From August 2001 to October 2006, Mr. Wu served in several executive positions with Teleglobe International Holdings Ltd. and its predecessor, a publicly traded international telecommunications company, including Vice President and General Counsel, Executive Director, Legal and Executive Director, Operations and Corporate Services. Prior to joining Teleglobe, Mr. Wu was a Senior Counsel for Global One Communications LLC, the joint venture between Sprint Corporation, Deutsche Telekom and France Telecom, from March 1996 to March 1999. He also practiced law at Swidler & Berlin, Chtd and Baker & Botts, LLP. Mr. Wu holds a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law and a B.A. from Emory University.

         Laura L. Witt has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2006. In September 1997, Ms. Witt joined ABS Capital Partners, a private equity investment partnership, and has served as a General Partner since January 2001. She also serves as a director of Metastorm, Inc. She has a B.A. from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Phillip A. Clough has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Clough is a Managing General Partner of ABS Capital Partners, and has been a General Partner of ABS Capital Partners since September 2001. Prior to joining ABS Capital Partners, Mr. Clough was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sitel Corporation, a publicly traded global provider of outsourced customer support services, from May 1998 to March 2001. Mr. Clough serves on the board of directors of Liquidity Services, Inc. and American Public Education, Inc. Mr. Clough holds a B.S. from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point and an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia.

         John T. Coleman has served as a Director since March 2006. Mr. Coleman served as President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Bose Corp., a provider of audio products, from July 2001 to July 2005. Mr. Coleman was Head of the College of Business and Law at University College Cork in Ireland from May 2006 until June 2007. He is a member of the board of advisors of the School of Economics in the University College Cork. Mr. Coleman holds a diploma in Personnel Management, a diploma in Training and Development, a diploma in Management Studies and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Ulster, Northern Ireland.

         Laurence Franklin has served as a Director since March 2006. Since January 2002, Mr. Franklin has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tumi Inc., a manufacturer and retailer of luxury travel, business and lifestyle accessories. Mr. Franklin also serves on the boards of two private companies. Mr. Franklin earned his B.A. from Colgate University and his M.S. from the New York University Graduate School of Business.

         Patrick W. Gross has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Gross is Chairman of the Lovell Group, a private business and technology advisory and investment firm that he founded in 2002. Mr. Gross was a founder of, and served as a principal executive officer from 1970 to September 2002 at American Management Systems, Inc., or AMS, a publicly traded information technology consulting, software development, and systems integration firm. Mr. Gross is a director of Capital One Financial Corporation, Career Education Corporation, Taleo Corporation, Liquidity Services, Inc. and Waste Management, Inc. He holds a B.S.E. from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, a M.S.E. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

89


         John E. Lindahl has served as a Director since January 2006 and is Managing Partner at Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, a private equity firm, which he joined in 1984. Prior to joining Norwest, John worked at Norwest Bank for 16 years. He holds B.S. and B.A. degrees from the University of Minnesota.

        Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.rosettastone.com upon competion of this offering.

Composition of the Board of Directors; Classified Board

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, six of whom are non-employee members. Each director holds office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our second amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors.

        Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our existing current directors were elected as follows:

        Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will be automatically converted into our common stock and all of the contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically terminated. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. As a result, commencing with our first annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering, one class, which will be comprised of only a portion of our board of directors, will be elected at each annual meeting for three-year terms. Each of the current members of our board of directors intends to continue as a director after the closing of this offering and our board of directors will be classified as follows:

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of

90



one-third of the directors. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the removal of a director only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.

Director Independence

        In September 2008, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of each director and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our directors, other than our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, were "independent directors" and met the independence requirements under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of Phillip A. Clough, Laurence Franklin and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gross is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements of financial literacy under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Mr. Gross serves as our audit committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and possesses financial sophistication as required by the New York Stock Exchange. Both Mr. Franklin and Mr. Gross are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Clough is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with ABS Capital Partners and the present level of stock ownership of our company by funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners. The test for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) for the audit committee is different than the general test for independence of board and committee members. In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

91


        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and John E. Lindahl, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

        Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of this committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the New York Stock Exchange rules.

        The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

92


Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

        The following table summarizes the compensation of each member of our board of directors in 2007:

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Laura L. Witt

  $   $   $  

Phillip A. Clough

             

John T. Coleman

    20,000 (2)   18,835 (5)   38,835  

Laurence Franklin

    20,000 (3)   18,835 (5)   38,835  

Patrick W. Gross

    10,000 (4)   23,708 (5)   33,708  

John E. Lindahl

             

Tom P. H. Adams

             


        In 2007, non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, received an annual retainer for service on our board, payable quarterly in cash, and an option grant of 5,000 shares with an exercise price of $7.90 per share vesting 25% on April 1, 2009, and with the remainder vesting quarterly over the next three years. No director received fees for attending board meetings. Directors who are employees of ABS Capital Partners or Norwest did not receive any fees or option awards for their services as either directors or committee members. All directors were entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.

        All of our non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, also received a grant of stock options upon commencement of their board service. All options were granted under our 2006 Stock Option Plan and have a term of ten years. All options granted have a per share exercise price equal to the fair value of a share of our common stock underlying the options at the time of grant. Options vest in equal annual installments over four years, subject to the director's continued service on our board.

        We do not have a formal director compensation plan in effect for after the completion of this offering.

93



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Overview

        The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our executive officers. Members of the committee are appointed by the board. Currently, the committee consists of three members of the board, none of whom are executive officers of our company.

        Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our executives to focus on building stockholder value, maximizing rational growth and bottom line results.

        Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives' overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual revenue. Our executive compensation program provides for the following elements:


        A detailed description of these components is provided below.

    Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

         Base Salary.     We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for performing the essential elements of an executive's job. We believe our base salaries are set at levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets.

         Variable Pay.     Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual cash bonus, is intended to compensate our executives for meeting our corporate objectives and their individual performance objectives and to incentivize our executives to meet these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for exceeding their objectives. These objectives may be both financial and non-financial and may be based on company, divisional or individual performance. These objectives are separated so that executives may be paid a bonus for meeting one objective and not be paid for failing to meet another objective. For financial objectives, the compensation committee typically sets a target level where the full 100% bonus can be earned and then also sets a slightly lower target where a partial bonus can be earned if the objective is almost achieved and a higher target where a substantially larger than 100% bonus can be earned for exceeding the 100% bonus target.

         Equity-Based Compensation.     Our equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to retain talent over a longer period of time, to reward longer-term efforts that enhance future value, and to provide executives with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be critical to our long-term success are eligible to receive higher levels of equity-based compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award in the form of a stock option that vests over a period of time upon commencement of their employment.

94



Thereafter, they may receive additional awards from time to time as the compensation committee determines consistent with the objectives described above.

         Benefits.     Our benefits, such as our basic health benefits, 401(k) plan, and life insurance, are intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and their families throughout various stages of their careers, and these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows participants to defer up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code, which was $15,500 per person for 2007. The executives' elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan. We currently provide matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee's individual contribution, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual salary and subject to some other limits.

    Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation

         Overview.     The amount of each element of our compensation program is determined by our compensation committee on an annual basis taking into consideration our results of operations, long and short-term goals, individual goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience of our compensation committee members with similar stage companies and general economic factors. Our compensation committee also relies on third-party compensation studies to help provide a guide as to whether our compensation program is competitive with those of other companies with which we may compete for talent. Our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation committee on the performance and compensation levels of our executives, other than himself, but he does not have a vote on the compensation committee. Once the level of compensation is set for the year, the compensation committee may revisit its decisions if there are material developments during the year, such as promotions, that may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over, the compensation committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and key employees to determine the achievement of variable pay targets and to assess the overall functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.

         Base Pay.     Our compensation committee reviews our executives' base salaries on an annual basis taking into consideration the factors described above as well as changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of material changes in position, responsibilities or other factors, the compensation committee may consider changes in base pay during the year.

         Variable Pay.     Our compensation committee establishes an executive bonus plan on an annual basis and distributions are typically made within 90 days after the end of each calendar year after the compensation committee has determined if the goals have been achieved. However, the compensation committee has the authority to modify a bonus structure during the year if they deem appropriate.

        Our executive bonus plan for 2007 provided a potential bonus for each executive based on financial and non-financial goals. For all executives, the potential award was based 50% on financial goals, 25% on company-level strategic goals and 25% on individual goals. The award of the financial bonus was based 10% on the achievement of the total budgeted 2007 sales, 10% on the achievement of the non-U.S. budgeted 2007 sales, 50% on achievement of the budgeted 2007 net marketing contribution, which we define as gross margin less total sales and marketing expense, and 30% on achievement of the budgeted 2007 adjusted EBITDA, which we define as income without option expenses, interest income, finance charges, business taxes, depreciation and amortization. The achievement of individual goals was based on an assessment of adherence to company values, such as teamwork and accountability, and performance against individual objectives, as determined by our chief executive officer and approved by the compensation committee, or in the case of the achievement of such goals by our chief executive officer, solely by the compensation committee.

95


        With respect to our 2007 financial goals, no bonus would be earned if we failed to achieve 90% of a financial target. If we achieved 90% of a financial target, 10% of the bonus would be earned. If we achieved 100% of a financial target, 100% of the bonus would be earned and if we achieved 125% or more of the target, 250% of the bonus would be earned. Between 90% and 100% and between 100% and 125% of the financial targets, the amount of the bonus earned would be proportional between the two points. However, no payment of any financial target bonus would be made if capital expenditures, determined in accordance with GAAP, exceeded 110% of the budgeted $14 million.

        Our compensation committee established aggressive financial targets for 2007 for purposes of developing incentive compensation plans. The targets included: total revenue of $157.3 million, a 72% increase from our reported 2006 results; non-U.S. revenue of $14.1 million, a 416% increase from our 2006 results; net marketing contribution, which represents revenue less cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses, of $70.0 million, an 113% increase from our 2006 results; and adjusted EBITDA of $24.4 million, a 59% increase from our 2006 results.

        Our compensation committee set each executive's 2007 target bonus as a percentage of his 2007 annualized base salary as set forth in the table below.

Name
  2007
Annualized
Base
Salary
  Total
Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  Target
Bonus as
a Percentage
of Base
Salary
  Financial
Target
Bonus
  Non
Financial
Target
Bonus
  Individual
Goal
Target
Bonus
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 275,000   $ 151,250     55 % $ 75,624   $ 37,813   $ 37,813  

Eric Eichmann

    237,500     118,750     50     59,374     29,688     29,688  

Brian D. Helman

    220,000     88,000     40     44,000     22,000     22,000  

Gregory W. Long

    200,000     80,000     40     40,000     20,000     20,000  

Michael C. Wu

    190,000     57,000     30     28,500     14,250     14,250  

        Our compensation committee determined that the financial targets were not met for 2007 and thus no related bonuses were paid. The committee determined that the non-financial targets and individual targets were met and those bonuses were paid accordingly. See "—Summary Compensation Table" below for the actual amounts paid for fiscal year 2007 bonuses.

        Our compensation committee also has the authority to award discretionary bonuses. For 2007, Mr. Helman received a one-time $15,000 signing bonus in connection with his hiring and a $10,000 discretionary performance bonus and Mr. Wu received a $30,000 signing bonus in connection with his hiring.

    Allocation of Equity Compensation Awards

        In 2007, we granted options to purchase a total of 319,673 shares of common stock, of which a total of 97,170 shares were granted to our named executive officers, representing 30% of all options granted in 2007. Options granted to executives and other employees vest over a period of four years, with 1 / 4 of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the begin vesting date, which is typically the first date of the calendar quarter following the date of grant, except for new hires whose begin vesting date is typically the date of hire, and in either case with 1 / 16 of the shares vesting at the end of each three-month period thereafter. Our compensation committee does not apply a rigid formula in allocating stock options to executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to be granted to all participants during the year. The number of stock options granted to each executive is set forth in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table."

96


    Timing of Equity Awards

        Our compensation committee generally grants stock options to executives and current employees once per quarter on the date of the regularly scheduled compensation committee meeting. With respect to newly hired employees, our practice is typically to make stock grants at the first meeting of the compensation committee following such employee's hire date. We do not have any program, plan or practice to time stock option grants in coordination with the release of material non-public information. As a privately held company, our compensation committee has historically determined the exercise price of stock options based on third-party valuation reports, but will switch to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant upon completion of this offering.

    Executive Equity Ownership

        We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell short our stock, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock in a margin account, and will discourage the purchase and sale of exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.

    Type of Equity Awards

        Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan only provides for stock options. However, our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, permits us to issue stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares.

    Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

        Each of our equity incentive plans provides for a potential acceleration of outstanding awards in the event that we undergo a change in control, as defined in such plans. See "—Employee Benefit Plans" below for a description of the change in control provisions contained in our equity incentive plans.

        In addition see "—Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams" and "—Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control" below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements we have with our named executive officers. The compensation committee believed that these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers.

    Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

        In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives. In this regard, following the completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity compensation incentives in response to changes in the accounting treatment of equity awards under SFAS 123R. While we consider the applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive, and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall compensation philosophy and objectives.

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next three most highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the programs are approved by stockholders and meet other requirements. We believe that grants of equity awards under our existing stock plans qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the

97



conditions of Section 162(m), thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.

    Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions

        Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The compensation committee also works with Mr. Adams and with our chief financial officer and the head of our human resources department in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Adams nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers during 2007. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 274,519   $   $ 388,303   $ 75,625   $ 617,477 (2) $ 1,355,924  
 

President and

                                     
 

Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Eric Eichmann

   
237,500
   
   
106,905
   
59,375
   
   
403,780
 
 

Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Brian D. Helman

   
173,462

(3)
 
25,000

(4)
 
74,179
   
44,000
   
42,609

(5)
 
359,250
 
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

Gregory W. Long

   
200,000
   
   
105,282
   
40,000
   
8,149

(6)
 
353,431
 
 

Chief Product Officer

                                     

Michael C. Wu

   
193,670
   
30,000

(7)
 
21,843
   
38,500
   
   
284,013
 
 

General Counsel and Secretary

                                     

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts we recorded under SFAS No. 123(R) as stock-based compensation in our financial statements for 2007 in connection with options we granted in 2007 and in prior years, adjusted to disregard the effects of any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assuming, instead, that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described under the caption "Stock-Based Compensation" in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

98


(2)
This amount includes $605,070 in gain recognized resulting from a stock option exercise and $12,407 of 401(k) plan matching contributions.

(3)
Mr. Helman's annualized base salary of $220,000 was prorated based on his March 2007 start date.

(4)
Mr. Helman received a $15,000 one-time signing bonus upon commencement of his employment and a $10,000 performance-based discretionary bonus in 2007.

(5)
Mr. Helman received reimbursement for relocation expenses of $42,609 in 2007.

(6)
Mr. Long received a 401(k) matching contribution of $8,149 in 2007.

(7)
Mr. Wu received a $30,000 one-time signing bonus in 2007.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2007

        The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2007:

 
   
  Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
   
   
   
 
 
   
  All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
   
   
 
 
   
  Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option
Awards(1)
 
Name
  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

      $ 7,563   $ 151,250   $ 264,688              

Eric Eichmann

    3/21/2007     5,938     118,750     207,813     15,000   $ 7.90   $ 86,502  

Brian D. Helman

    3/21/2007     4,400     88,000     154,000     82,170     7.90     473,858  

Gregory W. Long

        4,000     80,000     140,000              

Michael C. Wu

          2,850     57,000     99,750              

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate amounts we will record under SFAS No. 123(R) as stock-based compensation in our financial statements over the entire life of the option in connection with options we granted in 2007, adjusted to disregard the effects of any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assuming, instead, that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described under the caption "Stock-Based Compensation" in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

99


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2007 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.

 
  Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
  Exerciseable(1)   Unexerciseable(1)  

Tom P. H. Adams

    22,410     201,690   $ 5.00     5/22/2016  

Eric Eichmann

    25,000     75,000     5.00     9/5/2016  

        15,000     7.90     3/21/2017  

Brian D. Helman

        82,170     7.90     3/21/2017  

Gregory W. Long

    28,750     86,250     5.00     8/21/2016  

Michael C. Wu

        22,410     5.00     12/8/2016  

(1)
The options reflected in the table above vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares on the one year anniversary of the begin vesting date specified in the award agreement and thereafter vest at the rate of one-sixteenth of the total number of shares per quarter. The begin vesting date was January 1, 2006 for Mr. Adams, October 1, 2006 (100,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, April 1, 2007 (15,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, March 12, 2007 for Mr. Helman, October 1, 2006 for Mr. Long and January 1, 2007 for Mr. Wu.

Option Exercises in 2007

        The following table provides information regarding option exercises by our named executive officers in 2007.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value Realized
on Exercise
($)(1)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

    134,460   $ 605,070  

Eric Eichmann

         

Brian D. Helman

         

Gregory W. Long

         

Michael C. Wu

         


Pension Benefits

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

100


Stock Grants

        Consistent with the goals and policies of our compensation committee established in 2006, on                        , 2008 we issued to some of our key employees, including our named executive officers, an aggregate of                 shares of common stock. The recipients of those shares were allowed to elect to have us withhold a portion of their shares to satisfy their federal and state income tax withholding obligations. We withheld for award recipients an aggregate of             shares of our common stock from their awards to satisfy those obligations. We intend to hold these shares as treasury shares. We paid $            to federal and state tax authorities in satisfaction of these withholding obligations, which was equal to the number of shares withheld by us from grant recipients multiplied by $            , the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus. We restrict the transfer of the shares each recipient received, net of any shares withheld to satisfy tax obligations, for the following periods: 1/3 of each recipient's shares for six months; 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 12 months; and the remaining 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 18 months.

        The following table sets forth the stock grants to each of our named executive officers.

Name
  Number of
Shares Awarded
  Number of
Shares Withheld
  Tax Payment for
Shares Withheld
 

Tom P. H. Adams

              $    

Eric Eichmann

                   

Brian D. Helman

                   

Gregory W. Long

                   

Michael C. Wu

                   

Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams

        In May 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Tom P. H. Adams, which provides that we will employ him as our president and chief executive officer during the term of the agreement. The term of the agreement was renewed in May 2008 for a one year period and will continue to renew for additional one year periods in May of each year unless we or Mr. Adams give notice not to renew at least 90 days prior to the renewal date or he or we terminate the agreement earlier in accordance with its terms. If we terminate Mr. Adams' employment without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, as those terms are defined in the agreement, we will be required to continue to pay his base salary for 15 months after the termination date if he signs a general release waiving any claims he may then have against us and does not compete against us during the period that he is receiving the severance payments. The agreement provides that Mr. Adams' base salary would be $250,000, subject to review and increase, but not decrease, by the board of directors from time to time. Mr. Adams' annual base salary was increased to $275,000 for 2007. The agreement also provides that Mr. Adams will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in accordance with our company bonus policy established by the board of directors from time to time, but no bonus amount is guaranteed. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Adams was granted stock options for the purchase of 358,560 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $5.00. No additional stock option grants are required under the agreement. If we terminate Mr. Adam's employment without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Adams may cause us to repurchase the shares of our common stock he was issued in connection with our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. at an aggregate purchase price of no more than $250,000, subject to some restrictions. This repurchase option terminates upon the closing of this offering.

Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control

        All of the named executive officers other than Mr. Adams are employed at will, but some are entitled to severance benefits if they are terminated by us without cause or, in some cases, by these

101



executive officers with good reason, as defined in each of their individual agreements, and all are entitled to accelerated vesting of their unvested options upon a change in control of our company. Those payments are summarized in the table below.

        The following table sets forth information concerning the payments that would be received by each named executive officer upon a termination of employment without cause or upon a change in control. The table assumes the termination occurred on December 31, 2007, using the fair value of $14.55 for each share our common stock as of that date. The table below only shows additional amounts that the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon termination, and does not show other items of compensation that may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid base salary or bonuses.

Name
  Severance Payment
Upon Termination
Without Cause
or for
Good Reason
  Accelerated Vesting of
Stock Options Upon
Change in Control
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 353,419 (1) $ 1,926,140 (2)

Eric Eichmann

        816,000 (3)

Brian D. Helman

    154,000 (4)   546,431 (5)

Gregory W. Long

    200,000 (6)   823,688 (7)

Michael C. Wu

        214,016 (8)

102


Employee Benefit Plans

    2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or our 2008 Plan. Our 2008 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock, performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash awards.

        We have reserved a total of            shares of our common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, for issuance under our 2008 Plan. There are currently            shares available for the grant of future awards under our 2008 Plan.

        Our employees who have substantial involvement with the management and growth of our company or its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under our 2008 Plan. In addition, the non-employee directors of our company and consultants, agents, representatives, advisors and independent contractors who render services to our company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the offer and sale of our company's securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for our company's securities will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2008 Plan.

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to a qualifying participant during a calendar year is                        .

        Our compensation committee will administer our 2008 Plan with respect to awards to employees and consultants and our board of directors will administer our 2008 Plan with respect to awards to directors. The committee has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2008 Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the plan.

        Under our 2008 Plan, the committee may grant:

        Under our 2008 Plan, the committee may also grant performance stock and performance unit awards. Performance stock and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the committee are achieved or the awards

103



otherwise vest. It is intended that our 2008 Plan will conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The committee will establish organizational or individual performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance stock and performance units to be paid out to participants. Payment under performance stock and performance unit awards may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the committee.

        The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer, proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth and total market value.

        Awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other corporations who are about to become employees of our company or any of its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and conditions set out in our 2008 Plan to the extent our board of directors may deem appropriate.

        In the event of an occurrence of a change in control of our company, all then outstanding options, SARs and restricted stock awards granted under our 2008 Plan, other than restricted stock awards that are transferred or vest contingent upon the achievement of performance goals, will become fully vested and exercisable and all substantial risk of forfeiture restrictions applicable to the award shall lapse. A change in control under the 2008 Plan means the occurrence of any of the following events:

104


        The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way the right or power of our company to make any adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our company's capital structure or its business. If our company shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then the number and per share price of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under our 2008 Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.

        If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any other corporate transaction, then the committee may:

        After a merger or consolidation involving our company each holder of an award granted under our 2008 Plan shall be entitled to have his restricted stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation.

        Awards under our 2008 Plan shall be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Our board of directors may alter, amend, or terminate our 2008 Plan and the committee may alter, amend, or terminate any award agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination, amendment, or modification shall adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted, without the written consent of the holder.

        Our 2008 Plan became effective on                        , 2008. No awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan on or after                        , 2018, unless our 2008 Plan is subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to extend the termination date.

    2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, or our 2006 Plan, in January 2006. The 2006 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock to our employees, directors, consultants and advisors and those of our

105



affiliates. As expressly authorized by the 2006 Plan, our board of directors has delegated to the compensation committee of our board of directors the authority to make awards under our 2006 Plan and the authority to administer the plan.

        We will not issue any new awards under the 2006 Plan after the completion of this offering. The terms of the 2006 Plan, and the applicable stock option agreements, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of any outstanding stock options. As of June 30, 2008, options to purchase a total of 1,255,557 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and a total of 221,205 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2006 Plan that had not been repurchased by us.

        The compensation committee has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan. The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted.

        Stock options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable, unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and thereafter vest and become exercisable as to 1 / 16 of the shares subject to the option at the end of each three-month period. An option issued under the 2006 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.

        After termination of a grantee's service to our company and its affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. In all cases, however, the option agreement shall provide that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at termination for at least 30 days following termination of his or her service for any reason other than cause and that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the option for at least six months if the grantee's service terminates due to death or a qualifying disability.

        An optionee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by our company.

        Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of our acquisition or other change of control, we can make provisions for the continuation of awards outstanding at such time, or for the assumption and substitution of such awards by our successor. In lieu of the foregoing, with respect to options outstanding at the time of the acquisition, we can provide notice to participants that either they (i) must exercise their options within a period we specify in the notice and that the options will terminate upon the expiration of such period if not exercised or (ii) will receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares subject to such options over the exercise price of such options and that the options will terminate upon such payment. In addition, we may, but are not required to, accelerate the vesting and exercisability of the options in connection with the change of control.

        Our 2006 Plan restricts the transfer of and, if provided in an award agreement, grants us the right to repurchase, shares of our stock acquired under an option granted under the plan. Under the 2006 Plan, those rights will terminate on completion of this offering.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be

106



personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and second amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

107



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Since January 1, 2005, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the "Management" section of this prospectus, and the transactions described below.

Formation

        We were originally formed by ABS Capital Partners in December 2005 for the purpose of acquiring Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which acquisition we completed in January 2006. Prior to our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., it was a privately held company unaffiliated with us, ABS Capital Partners or Norwest.

        In connection with our initial formation, we issued the following shares to the following directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, after giving effect to the 20-for-1 stock split of our common stock completed in May 2006:

        After giving effect to the automatic conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share purchase price of each of those shares was $5.

Acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

        The aggregate price paid to the stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. was approximately $65.6 million in cash, 111,031 shares of our class B preferred stock and 246,560 shares of our common stock, after adjustment for the 20-for-1 stock spilt in May 2006.

        In addition, Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, who was then serving as the chief executive officer of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., received a cash bonus of $3.1 million pursuant to a bonus agreement he had with Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. Mr. Adams was not a stockholder of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

Board of Directors

        Prior to the completion of this offering, ABS Capital Partners had the right to appoint two of our directors and Norwest had the right to appoint one of our directors and to have them serve on various committees. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. All three of these appointees will remain on our board following this offering, but we are under no contractual obligation to retain them.

Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams and all of the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. have registration rights with respect to the shares of capital stock that they hold beginning

108



180 days after completion of this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Conversion of Preferred Stock

        Effective upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all classes will automatically convert into 20 shares of our common stock, including those shares of our preferred stock held by ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams.

Stock Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers

        For more information regarding the grant of stock options to directors and executive officers, please see "Management—Director Compensation," "—Executive Compensation" and "—Option Grants in 2007" and "Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams."

Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.rosettastone.com upon the completion of this offering.

109



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2008 by:

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 12,620,852 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2008, which includes 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock.

        Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o Rosetta Stone Inc., 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, Virginia 22209.

 
  Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Outstanding  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Before
Offering
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares
Being
Offered
in Over-
Allotment
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  Before
Offering
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
 

5% Stockholders

                                                 

Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners(1)

    5,812,400                             46.1 %     %     %

Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP(2)

    3,800,000                             30.1              

Named Executive Officers:

                                                 

Tom P. H. Adams(3)

    344,100             344,100     344,100     2.7              

Eric Eichmann(4)

    48,437             48,437     48,437     *     *     *  

Brian D. Helman(5)

    25,678             25,678     25,678     *     *     *  

Gregory W. Long(6)

    50,312             50,312     50,312     *     *     *  

Michael C. Wu(7)

    8,403             8,403     8,403     *              

Non-Employee Directors:

                                                 

Patrick W. Gross(8)

    12,812             12,812     12,812     *              

John T. Coleman(9)

    9,999             9,999     9,999     *              

Laurence Franklin(10)

    9,999             9,999     9,999     *              

Laura L Witt(11)

    5,812,400                                            

Phillip A. Clough(12)

    5,812,400                                            

John E. Lindahl(13)

    3,800,000                                            

All of our directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(14)

    10,122,140                             80.2              

*
Represents less than one percent.

(1)
Includes:

(i)
5,143,380 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P.;

110


(2)
Norwest is a limited partnership whose sole general partner is Itasca Partners VIII, LLC, or Itasca, and whose managing members are John E. Lindahl and Timothy C. DeVries and whose managing administrative member is John P. Whaley. All voting and dispositive power over these shares is held by Norwest acting by and through Itasca and its managing members. Each of the managing members, including Mr. Lindahl who serves on our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for these entities is 80 South 8 th  Street, Suite 3600, Minneapolis, MN 55402.

(3)
Includes 29,820 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(4)
Includes 48,437 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(5)
Includes 25,678 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(6)
Includes 50,312 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(7)
Consists of 8,403 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(8)
Consists of 12,812 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(9)
Consists of 9,999 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(10)
Consists of 9,999 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2008.

(11)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Mr. Clough is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities, Mr. Clough disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. See footnote 1.

(12)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 1.

(13)
Consists of 3,800,000 shares held by Norwest. Mr. Lindahl is a director of our company and is a managing member of Itasca, the sole general partner of Norwest. Mr. Lindahl disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 2.

(14)
Includes shares described in footnotes 3 through 10 above.

111



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, and                shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 30, 2008, we had outstanding 12,620,852 shares of our common stock, which includes 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2008, we had 52 common stockholders of record.

Common stock

    Dividend Rights

        Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to received dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time.

    Voting Rights

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

    No Preemptive, Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund provisions.

    Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of                shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series

112



of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

Registration Rights

        According to the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest, Madison Capital, Tom Adams and the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., including Greg Keim, are entitled to demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights. The stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement will hold an aggregate of            shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all existing series of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock as described in "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

    Demand Registration Rights

        At any time following 180 days after the date of this prospectus, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion, but not less than 20%, of the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by ABS Capital, Norwest and Madison Capital. We are not required to effect more than three registrations requested by these stockholders, or effect more than one in any nine-month period. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

    Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we register any securities for public sale after this offering, our stockholders with piggyback registration rights under our Registration Rights Agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.

    Form S-3 Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on that form and the expected proceeds of such offering are at least $1,000,000. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in any such registration. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, for all registrations on Form S-3.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The provisions of Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is

113



not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

        We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

        Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:


        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Following the completion of this offering, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws will provide for:

114


        The provisions described above are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. We expect these provisions would reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit increases in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                        .

Listing

        We expect to apply for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

115



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

        This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including a United States expatriate, a "controlled foreign corporation," a "passive foreign investment company," a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, or a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

        If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

        THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED BY ANY HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR

116



FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING ANY POSSIBLE ENACTMENT OF LEGISLATION THAT WOULD AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Common Stock

        In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-U.S. holder's basis in the common stock and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder's basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under "Dispositions of Common Stock." In addition, if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, which we believe that we are not and do not expect to become, and any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we will need to choose to satisfy our withholding requirements either by treating the entire distribution as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph (and withhold at a minimum rate of 10% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty), or by treating only the amount of the distribution equal to our reasonable estimate of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend, with the excess portion of the distribution subject to withholding as if such excess were the result of a sale of shares in a USRPHC (discussed below under "—Disposition of Common Stock").

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. But dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

117


Disposition of Common Stock

        Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our common stock will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

        A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and if it is a corporation, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), and such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

118



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of each share of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes into 20 shares of our common stock, and assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after June 30, 2008. Of these shares, all of the                                     shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

        After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option,                                     shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of
shares
 
Date of availability for sale
                   180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus

                

 

180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus, upon the exercise of vested options

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated. For additional information, see "Underwriting." In addition, each of our existing stockholders and option holders is subject to a 180 day lock-up in favor of our company pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement to which our stockholders are a party or the terms of their option award agreements.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

119


        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Any employee, officer or director of our company, or consultant to our company who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Stock Plans

        We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering            shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006 Plan and 2008 Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.

Registration Rights

        At any time after 180 days following this offering, certain holders of common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

        We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated.

120



UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
 
Number of Shares
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated        
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         
Jefferies & Company, Inc.         
Piper Jaffray & Co.         
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated        
       
  Total                       

        The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representative," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or, in the case of a default with respect to the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment described below, the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

        The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are

121



shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional                shares of common stock.

 
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   
 

Us

  $     $     $    
 

The selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $                        .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We expect to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

        We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to, among other things:

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

122


in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is "covered" if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A "naked" short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of these liabilities.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        While the underwriters have not performed investment banking, commercial banking or advisory services for us, the underwriters may, from time to time in the future, engage in transactions with and perform services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and other financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

123


Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of our company. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction, subject to extension for up to 34 days in some cases. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each Manager has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State:

For the purposes of the above, the expression an "offer of shares of our common stock to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

United Kingdom

        Each Manager has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

124



LEGAL MATTERS

        Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Reston, Virginia, is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of the predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary, for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, and of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

        We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

        You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

        We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

125



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
Rosetta Stone Inc.
Arlington, VA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company" and "Successor") as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary (the "Predecessor") for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's and the Predecessor's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company and the Predecessor are not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's and the Predecessor's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the accounting provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48").

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia
September 23, 2008

F-2


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,    
   
 
 
  As of June 30,
2008
  Pro Forma
As of June 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets:

                         

Current assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 13,958   $ 13,958  
 

Restricted cash

    10     393     61     61  
 

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $267, $627, $772 and $772, respectively)

    8,672     11,852     19,862     19,862  
 

Inventory, net

    1,301     3,861     6,450     6,450  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,731     3,872     4,663     4,663  
 

Deferred income taxes

    348     848     848     848  
                   
   

Total current assets

    30,979     42,517     45,842     45,842  

Property and equipment, net

    7,398     13,445     14,483     14,483  

Goodwill

    34,199     34,199     34,199     34,199  

Intangible assets, net

    18,485     13,661     12,146     12,146  

Deferred income taxes

    5,286     6,085     6,085     6,085  

Other assets

    407     469     437     437  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 96,754   $ 110,376   $ 113,192   $ 113,192  
                   

Liabilities and stockholders' equity:

                         

Current liabilities:

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,010   $ 4,636   $ 3,995   $ 3,995  
 

Accrued compensation

    3,425     4,940     4,481     4,481  
 

Other current liabilities

    8,833     11,421     12,747     12,747  
 

Deferred revenue

    6,842     12,045     12,026     12,026  
 

Current maturities of long-term debt—related party

    2,550     3,400     3,825     3,825  
                   
   

Total current liabilities

    23,660     36,442     37,074     37,074  

Long-term debt—related parties

    13,309     9,909     7,786     7,786  

Deferred revenue

    1,263     894     1,420     1,420  

Other long-term liabilities

    54     6     7     7  
                   
   

Total liabilities

    38,286     47,251     46,287     46,287  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

                         
 

Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock $0.001 par value; 48 shares authorized; 48, 48, zero and and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $4,762, $4,762, zero and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    4,920     5,000          

Stockholders' equity:

                         
 

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269 shares authorized; 269, 269, 269 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $26,876, $26,876, $26,876 and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    26,876     26,876     26,876      
 

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178 shares authorized; 178, 178, 178 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $17,820, $17,820, $17,820 and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    17,820     17,820     17,820      
 

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 115,000 shares authorized; 63, 63, 111 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $6,341, $6,341, $11,341 and zero at December 31, 2006, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    6,341     6,341     11,341      
 

Class A Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 900 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

                 
 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 20,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

                 
 

Non-Designated Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively; 39,100 shares authorized; 1,240, 1,413, 1,461 and 12,621 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006, 2007, June 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma June 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    1     1     1     2  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    6,601     8,613     9,570     65,606  
 

Accumulated income (loss)

    (4,049 )   (1,470 )   1,459     1,459  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (42 )   (56 )   (162 )   (162 )
                   
   

Total stockholders' equity

    53,548     58,125     66,905     66,905  
                   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 96,754   $ 110,376   $ 113,192   $ 113,192  
                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 
   
   
  Sucessor  
 
  Predecessor  
 
   
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
   
  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 51,511   $ 71,848  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     7,993     11,479  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     59,504     83,327  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     7,759     9,998  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     558     1,083  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     8,317     11,081  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     51,187     72,246  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     28,314     39,782  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     6,453     8,290  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     14,505     17,384  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     49,272     65,456  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     1,915     6,790  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     372     314  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (696 )   (521 )
 

Other income

    134     3     60     154     34     112  
                           
     

Total other income (expense)

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (290 )   (95 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     1,625     6,695  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     1,226     3,766  
                           

Net income (loss)

    6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     399     2,929  

Preferred stock accretion

            (159 )   (80 )   (40 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 359   $ 2,929  
                           

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.29   $ 2.02  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.03   $ 0.23  
                           

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,240     1,448  
                           
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,527     12,936  
                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 
  Class A,
Series A-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A,
Series A-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Class B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A
Convertible
Common Stock
  Class B
Convertible
Common Stock
  Non-Designated
Common Stock
  Predecessor
Common Stock
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(loss)
   
 
 
   
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Income
(loss)
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Predecessor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 1, 2005

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439   $   $ 5,701   $ 47   $ 6,187  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                6,781         6,781  
   

Change in unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

                                                                    (47 )   (47 )
   

Foreign currency translation gain

                                                                    3     3  
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        6,737  
   

Dividends to stockholders

                                                                (3,939 )       (3,939 )
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2005

                                                        439         8,543     3     8,985  
                                                                           
 

Stock-based compensation expense related to issuance of common stock

                                                            5,930             5,930  
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                             
   

Net loss

                                                                (11,121 )       (11,121 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (11,121 )
                                                                           

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439   $ 5,930   $ (2,578 ) $ 3   $ 3,794  
                                                                           
   

Successor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $   $   $ (1 ) $   $ (1 )
 

Sale of Common and Preferred stock

    269     26,876     178     17,820             613     1     380                         4,966             49,663  
 

Stock issued for acquisition of subsidiary

                    63     6,341     247                                 1,233             7,574  
 

Conversion of Class A and B Convertible Common

                                                                                                           
   

Stock to Non-Designated Common Stock

                            (860 )   (1 )   (380 )       1,240     1                            
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            561             561  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class

                                                                                                           
     

B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (159 )           (159 )
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                           
   

Net loss

                                                                (4,048 )       (4,048 )
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $14

                                                                    (42 )   (42 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (4,090 )
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2006

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,240     1             6,601     (4,049 )   (42 )   53,548  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options

                                            173                 765             765  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            1,327             1,327  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (80 )           (80 )
 

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                2,579         2,579  
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $6

                                                                    (14 )   (14 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        2,565  
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2007

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,413     1             8,613     (1,470 )   (56 )   58,125  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                            48                 215             215  
 

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                                            742             742  
 

Expiration of redemption rights of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (unaudited)

                    48     5,000                                                 5,000  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                             
   

Net income (unaudited)

                                                                2,929         2,929  
   

Foreign currency translation loss (unaudited)

                                                                    (106 )   (106 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                                                        2,823  
                                                                           

Balance—June 30, 2008 (unaudited)

    269   $ 26,876     178   $ 17,820     111   $ 11,341       $       $     1,461   $ 1       $   $ 9,570   $ 1,459   $ (162 ) $ 66,905  
                                                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                                     
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 399   $ 2,929  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash

                                     
   

provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                     
   

Stock-based compensation expense

        5,930     561     1,327     508     742  
   

Compensation expense related to put-options

            11     (7 )   (9 )    
   

Bad debt expense

    240         411     828     139     346  
   

Forgiveness of loans to stockholders

    93                      
   

Depreciation and amortization

    729     10     6,515     7,769     3,947     3,376  
   

Change in fair value of long-term liabilities

            105     104     51     52  
   

(Gain) loss on embedded derivative

            28     (29 )        
   

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
   

Deferred income tax benefit

            (5,634 )   (1,299 )        
   

Loss on disposal of equipment

    7         90     193     60     12  
   

Interest earned on loans to shareholders

    (6 )                    
   

Net change in:

                                     
     

Restricted cash

            (10 )   (383 )   (15 )   332  
     

Accounts receivable

    (5,134 )   4,141     (5,190 )   (4,010 )   (1,433 )   (8,358 )
     

Inventory

    (112 )   (5 )   (520 )   (2,563 )   (45 )   (2,585 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (691 )   130     (2,556 )   (139 )   (3,473 )   (781 )
     

Other assets

    (87 )   63     (322 )   (169 )   18     (12 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    4,408     1,214     930     2,630     1,301     (626 )
     

Accrued compensation

        4,439     (3,428 )   1,348     (524 )   (436 )
     

Other current liabilities

            2,556     2,760     101     1,418  
     

Deferred revenue

    4,578     (47 )   3,044     4,830     (657 )   505  
                           
       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    10,806     4,754     5,140     15,769     368     (3,086 )
                           

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                                     
   

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    3                      
   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,522 )       (3,665 )   (9,167 )   (5,690 )   (3,034 )
   

Purchase of securities-available-for-sale

    (2,790 )                    
   

Proceeds from sale of securities-available-for-sale

    4,368         7              
   

Purchase of intangible assets

            (12 )            
   

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

            2,437              
   

Loans to employees

    (39 )       (9 )            
   

Proceeds from (repayment) of employee and shareholder loans

    40     (2,503 )   28     2     2      
                           
       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    60     (2,503 )   (1,214 )   (9,165 )   (5,688 )   (3,034 )
                           

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                                     
   

Proceeds from stock issuance

            49,663              
   

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

                765         214  
   

Proceeds from long-term debt

            17,000              
   

Debt issuance costs

            (517 )            
   

Payment of promissory note related to acquisition

            (51,924 )            
   

Payments under capital lease obligations

    (47 )   (2 )   (33 )   (16 )   (11 )   (5 )
   

Principal payments under long-term debt

    (631 )       (1,139 )   (2,550 )   (1,275 )   (1,700 )
   

Payment of dividends to stockholders

    (189 )   (3,750 )                
                           
       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (867 )   (3,752 )   13,050     (1,801 )   (1,286 )   (1,491 )
                           

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    9,999     (1,501 )   16,976     4,803     (6,606 )   (7,611 )

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

    (27 )       (59 )   (29 )   (82 )   (122 )
                           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    9,972     (1,501 )   16,917     4,774     (6,688 )   (7,733 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    1,766     11,738         16,917     16,917     21,691  
                           

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 11,738   $ 10,237   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 10,229   $ 13,958  
                           

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure:

                                     
 

Cash paid during the periods for:

                                     
   

Interest

  $ 34   $   $ 1,246   $ 1,259   $ 646   $ 591  
                           
   

Income taxes, net

  $ 166   $   $ 5,608   $ 4,821   $ 3,286   $ 2,865  
                           
 

Noncash financing and investing activities:

                                     
   

Accrued liability for purchase of property and equipment

  $ 56   $   $ 413   $ 455   $ 466   $ 583  
                           
   

Accrued stock dividend

  $ 3,750   $   $   $   $   $  
                           
   

Issuance of stock for acquisition

  $   $   $ 12,336   $   $   $  
                           
   

Issuance of promissory note for acquisition

  $   $   $ 51,924   $   $   $  
                           
   

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. shareholder receivables upon acquisition

  $   $   $ 5,940   $   $   $  
                           
   

Accrued liability for acquisition costs

  $   $   $ 1,105   $   $   $  
                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

        Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries ("Rosetta Stone," the "Company" or the "Successor") develops, markets and supports a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. The Company's software products are sold on a direct basis and through select retailers. The Company provides its software applications to customers through the sale of CD-ROM's and on line subscriptions. Rosetta Stone Inc. was incorporated on December 23, 2005 in the state of Delaware and acquired Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, on January 4, 2006, as discussed in Note 4. Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc. acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and Rosetta Stone (UK), Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons UK Limited), (collectively the "Predecessor") on January 4, 2006. The acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. occurred at 4:00 PM on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. has four wholly owned operating subsidiaries—Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, Rosetta Stone Ltd., a Virginia corporation, Rosetta Stone (UK), a corporation incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and Rosetta Stone Japan Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Japan.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rosetta Stone Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the closing on January 4, 2006 and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary prior to the closing on January 4, 2006. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2008, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, and the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2008 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's statement of financial position, results of operations, and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2008. All references to June 30, 2008 or to the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

        The pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2008 reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's Class A, Series A-1 and A-2, and Class B Convertible Preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock assuming the completion of the initial public offering had occurred as of June 30, 2008.

F-7


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management make certain estimates and assumptions. Significant estimates and assumptions have been made regarding the allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated sales returns, stock-based compensation, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, fair value of intangibles and goodwill, fair value of stock issued, fair values of embedded derivatives and put options, inventory reserve, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent litigation. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products, online software subscriptions and professional services. Revenue is recognized for software products and related services in accordance with the Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions , and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. Revenues from packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions are recorded net of discounts.

        Revenue is recognized from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products are recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. A limited amount of packaged software products are sold to resellers on a consignment basis. Revenue is recognized for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Customers are permitted to make payments for packaged software purchases in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then twelve months and a successful collection history has been established, revenue is recognized at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Packaged software is provided to customers with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , product revenue is reduced for estimated returns, which are based on historical returns rates.

        Revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . Revenue for online software subscriptions is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of

F-8


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between twelve and twenty-four months. Revenue for these arrangements is recognized on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Accounts receivable and deferred revenue are recorded at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. Amounts received in advance of revenue recognition are classified as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, technical support is provided to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial licensing fee, the technical support and services are generally provided within one year, the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and no unspecified upgrades/enhancements are offered, technical support revenues are recognized together with the software product and license revenue. Costs associated with the technical support are accrued at the time of sale.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, accessory products, such as headsets, are provided to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and EITF 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , the headset and software are accounted for as separate elements or units of accounting. Revenue is recognized upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        Revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . Revenue recognition for these sales is deferred until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) exist for the specific upgrade right or all elements of the arrangement have been delivered. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. The Company had zero and $2.4 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. As of June 30, 2008, the Company had $1.3 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , cash sales incentives to resellers are accounted for as a reduction of revenue, unless a specific identified benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        The Company and the Predecessor have been engaged to develop language learning software for certain endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support ("PCS") and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. Revenue will be recognized ratably once the PCS and online hosting periods begin, over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded.

F-9


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and demand deposits with financial institutions.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash is restricted for the reimbursement of funds to employees under the Company's flexible benefit plan, and security for a credit card processing vendor.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from its normal business activities. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. The Company reviews inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on its best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. The Company uses historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents subject the Company to its highest potential concentrations of credit risk. The Company reserves for credit losses and does not require collateral on its trade accounts receivable. In addition, the Company maintains cash and investment balances in accounts at various banks and brokerage firms. The Company is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for up to $100,000 at each bank. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may exceed the insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalent accounts to date and the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash. The Company sells products to retailers, resellers, government agencies, and individual consumers and extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition, without requiring collateral. Exposure to losses on receivables is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Predecessor revenue during the year ended December 31, 2005 or the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, for the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. The Company had one customer that accounted for 14% and 27% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and two customers that accounted for 31% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2008.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses,

F-10


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008.

Property, Equipment and Software

        Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation on property, leasehold improvements, equipment, and software is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

Software

  3 years

Computer equipment

  3 - 5 years

Automobiles

  5 years

Furniture and equipment

  5 - 7 years

Building

  39 years

Building improvements

  15 years

Leasehold improvements

  4 - 7 years

Assets under capital leases

  lesser of lease term or economic life

        Expenses for repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of equipment are charged to expense as incurred. Expenses for major renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade name and trademark and other intangible assets. Those intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS No. 142"). On an annual basis, the Company reviews its indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment based on the fair value of indefinite lived intangible assets as compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. There has been no impairment of intangible assets during any of the periods presented.

Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill was identified during any of the periods presented.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets. SFAS No. 144

F-11


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. Impairment, if any, is recognized in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on its analysis, the Company believes that no impairment of its long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008.

Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

        The Company issues financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity ("SFAS No. 150"), as well as related interpretations of this standard. Financial instruments falling within the scope of SFAS No. 150 consist of certain stock put options. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, these instruments are classified as liabilities, measured at fair value, and gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in current period earnings.

Derivative Instruments

        The Company enters into financing arrangements that consist of freestanding derivative instruments or are hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivative features. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS No. 133") and Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 00-19 Accounting for Derivative Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock ("EITF No. 00-19"), as well as related interpretation of these standards. In accordance with these standards, derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and are measured at fair values with gains or losses recognized in earnings. Embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract are bifurcated and are recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as either a gain or loss in earnings. The Company determines the fair value of derivative instruments and hybrid instruments based on available market data using appropriate valuation models, giving consideration to all of the rights and obligations of each instrument.

Stock Split

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. Shares of the Preferred Stock were not affected by the split except that their conversion ratios were adjusted accordingly. All Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split.

Guarantees

        Indemnifications are provided of varying scope and size to certain institutional customers against claims of intellectual property infringement made by third parties arising from the use of its products. Neither the Company nor the Predecessor have incurred any costs or accrued any liabilities as a result of such obligations.

F-12


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of the direct and indirect costs to produce and distribute Rosetta Stone software. Inventory related costs include materials purchasing, inbound freight, inventory receiving, production assembly of boxed products, product royalty fees, storage of inventory, inventory obsolescence and inventory shrinkage. Distribution related costs include out-bound freight, fulfillment partner fees, internal shipping labor and packaging materials. Other costs included in cost of revenue include credit card processing fees, amortization of certain intangible assets, depreciation of fixed assets used, and the cost of technical support for customers.

Research and Development

        Research and development expenses include employee compensation costs, professional services fees and overhead costs associated with product development. Software products are developed for sale to external customers. The Company considers technological feasibility to be established when all planning, designing, coding, and testing has been completed according to design specifications. The Company has determined that technological feasibility for its software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material, and accordingly, the Company has expensed all research and development costs when incurred.

Transaction-Related Expenses

        Transaction-related expenses were incurred by Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. (Predecessor) during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. (Successor) on January 4, 2006. Included in the expense were $5.9 million in expense related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

Software Developed for Internal Use

        Product development also includes certain software products for internal use. Development costs for internal use software are expensed as incurred until the project reaches the application development stage, in accordance with SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Internal-use software is defined to have the following characteristics: (a) the software is internally developed, or modified solely to meet the entity's internal needs, and (b) during the software's development or modification, no substantive plan exists or is being developed to market the software externally. Internally developed software is amortized over a three-year useful life.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company capitalized $0.6 million and $1.1 million in internal-use software, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company capitalized $0.2 million in internal-use software, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of $25,000 and zero, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of

F-13


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


$0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Amortization expense relating to internal-use software for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 was $87,000 and $0.2 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, no provision had been made for federal income taxes on the operations of the Predecessor, which was treated as S Corporation for purposes of federal and most state income taxes. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's members who reported their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S Corporation status.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS No. 109"), which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48"), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for its stock based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payments ("SFAS No. 123(R)"). Under SFAS No. 123(R), all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, are recorded at fair value as of the grant date and recognized as expenses in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the option's vesting period.

        As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.47 years, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, no stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in Predecessor net income as no stock options had been granted. For the period from

F-14


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense was recognized in Predecessor net income related to change of control stock agreements issued in connection with the acquisition further detailed in Note 4 of these consolidated financial statements.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the fair value of options granted was calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2006   2007   2007   2008
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   65% - 67%   60% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

       

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   4.43% - 4.96%   2.69% - 3.36%

        Since the Company's stock is not publicly quoted and the Company has a limited history of stock option activity, the Company reviewed a group of comparable industry-related companies to estimate its expected volatility over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the awards. In addition to analyzing data from the peer group, the Company also considered the contractual option term and vesting period when determining the expected option life and forfeiture rate. For the risk-free interest rate, the Company uses a U.S. Treasury Bond rate consistent with the estimated expected term of the option award.

        The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     70     69  

Research and development

            128     360     139     217  

General and administrative

            373     776     298     455  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           

Total

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 508   $ 742  
                           

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

        Net income (loss) per share is computed under the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS No. 128"). Basic income (loss) per share is computed using net income (loss) and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the weighted average

F-15


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


number of common shares outstanding plus any potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options (using the treasury stock method) and conversion of preferred shares (using the as-converted method). Common equivalent shares are excluded from the diluted computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 399   $ 2,929  
 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (159 )   (80 )   (40 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 359   $ 2,929  
                           

Denominator:

                                     
 

Weighted average number of common shares:

                                     
   

Basic

    0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,240     1,448  
                           
   

Diluted

    0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,527     12,936  
                           

Income (loss) per common share:

                                     
   

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.29   $ 2.02  
                           
   

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.03   $ 0.23  
                           

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, there were no Predecessor common stock equivalents shares. For the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the 11,160 shares of Convertible Preferred stock and outstanding stock options were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation, as they were anti-dilutive.

F-16


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the following common equivalent shares were included in the calculation of the Company's diluted net income per share (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1, to
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, to
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Equity instruments:

                                     
 

Convertible preferred stock

                11,160     11,160     11,160  
 

Stock options

                248     127     328  
                           

Total common stock equivalent shares

                11,408     11,287     11,488  
                           

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are not included in net income (loss), but rather are recorded directly in stockholders' equity. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, Predecessor comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss), unrealized gains (losses) on marketable equity securities and foreign currency translation gains (losses). For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company's comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation gains (losses).

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and Predecessor foreign subsidiary is their local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at average rates for the period. Translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity.

        Cash flows of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period. The Company reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate item in the reconciliation of the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the period.

        Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income and expense. Foreign currency transaction gains were $40,000 and $0.1 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 foreign currency transaction gains were approximately $25,000 and $0.1 million, respectively. The Predecessor foreign currency transaction loss was $42,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005.

F-17


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS No. 157"). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 ("FSP 157-2"). FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on its financial statements, but does not believe there will be a material impact.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS No. 159"). SFAS No. 159 permits an entity to elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for many financial assets and liabilities. Entities electing the fair value option would be required to recognize changes in fair value in earnings. Entities electing the fair value option are required to distinguish, on the face of the statement of financial position, the fair value of assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected and similar assets and liabilities measured using another measurement attribute. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adjustment to reflect the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount would be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of initial adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2008.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations ("SFAS No. 141(R)"), which replaces FAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling

F-18


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company believes the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ("SFAS No. 161"). SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("SFAS No. 162"). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 162 on its financial statements, but does not believe there will be a material impact.

3. INVENTORY

        Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,   As of
June 30,

 
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 951   $ 1,715   $ 2,957  

Finished goods

    540     2,624     4,003  
               

    1,491     4,339     6,960  

Reserve for obsolete inventory

    (190 )   (478 )   (510 )
               

Inventory, net

  $ 1,301   $ 3,861   $ 6,450  
               

F-19


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ACQUISITIONS

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary, Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., which it formed prior to the acquisition on January 4, 2006, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) along with its wholly owned subsidiary Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Limited).

        Rosetta Stone Ltd. developed, marketed and supported a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc. acquired all of the assets and assumed all the liabilities of Rosetta Stone Ltd. The assets acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property. The liabilities assumed by Rosetta Stone Inc. related to trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. The results of the acquired operations are included in the consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the acquisition and the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006.

        This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combination ("SFAS No. 141"). The purchase price consisted of $51.9 million funded in the form of a promissory note, $7.8 million in escrow, $5.9 million for settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. shareholder receivables, 63,000 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, 48,000 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and 247,000 shares Class A Convertible Common Stock, as well as $1.1 million of transaction and direct acquisition costs. The promissory note was paid on January 5, 2006. Total interest paid on the promissory note was $3,000. The $7.8 million held in escrow was disbursed 30 days after the completion of the Company's December 31, 2006 financial statement audit, upon the delivery of joint written instructions to the escrow agent. The escrow was subject to adjustments for changes in net working capital as defined in the agreement and certain tax and other indemnifications. The Company submitted an indemnification claim for certain required tax payments made by the Company on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. shareholders in the amount of $1.0 million, which are included in the December 31, 2006 balance of other current assets. No other indemnification claims have been submitted. During 2007, the Company made tax payments on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. shareholders in the amount of $1.1 million, of which $1.0 million was reimbursed by the shareholders' from the escrow and $87,000 is included in the December 31, 2007 balance of other current assets.

        Rosetta Stone Inc. paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired. The fair value of the Rosetta Stone Inc. stock issued was $12.3 million, which was based on the fair value of the preferred stock purchased by the investors in capitalizing Rosetta Stone Inc. Components of the total purchase price are detailed below (in thousands):

Promissory note payable

  $ 51,924  

Amounts paid to escrow

    7,800  

Rosetta Stone stock issued

    12,336  

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. shareholder receivables

    5,940  

Direct acquisition costs

    1,105  
       
 

Total purchase price

  $ 79,105  
       

F-20


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The valuation of the identifiable intangible assets and their useful lives acquired reflects management's estimates.

        The summary of fair value assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Cash

  $ 10,237  
 

Accounts receivable

    3,874  
 

Receivable from Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. shareholders

    6,274  
 

Other current assets

    1,489  
 

Property and equipment

    4,643  
 

Other assets

    99  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Trade name/trademark

    10,607  
 

Core technology

    2,453  
 

Customer relationships

    10,739  
 

In-process research and development

    12,597  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  
       

Liabilities:

       
 

Deferred revenue

    (5,057 )
 

Accounts payable

    (1,071 )
 

Accrued expenses

    (11,917 )
 

Capital leases

    (61 )
       

Total liabilities assumed

    (18,106 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

        A total of $36.4 million was allocated to amortizable intangible assets consisting of existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. A total of $34.2 million was allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and amortizable intangible assets acquired.

        Of the total purchase price, $12.6 million was allocated to in-process research and development ("IPR&D") and was expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Projects that qualify as IPR&D represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and which have no alternative future use. The value of IPR&D was determined based upon the stage of completion and risk associated with the project, additional cost estimates to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimates of net cash flows attributable to the projects when completed, and the discount rate.

F-21


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of June 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Land

  $ 390   $ 390   $ 390  

Buildings and improvements

    2,346     4,933     5,386  

Leashold improvements

    794     1,108     1,343  

Computer equipment

    2,439     4,658     5,127  

Software

    1,815     4,716     6,236  

Furniture and equipment

    783     1,663     1,860  
               

    8,567     17,468     20,342  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (1,169 )   (4,023 )   (5,859 )
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 7,398   $ 13,445   $ 14,483  
               

        The Company leases certain computer equipment, software and machinery under capital lease agreements, with bargain purchase options at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008 leased computer equipment and software included in property and equipment above was $44,000, $44,000 and $44,000, respectively.

        Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was $0.7 million and $10,000 for the Predecessor, respectively. The Company recorded depreciation expense for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 in the amount of $1.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 depreciation expense was $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

        Amortization of capital leases for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 included in Predecessor depreciation expense was $47,000 and $1,000, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of capital leases for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in depreciation expense in the amount of $31,000 and $9,000, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of capital leases for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 included in depreciation expense in the amount of $7,600 and $1,200, respectively.

6. GOODWILL

        The Company acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and subsidiary on January 4, 2006, as detailed in Note 4. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill in the amount of $34.2 million. The Company had no acquisition activity during 2005, 2007 or for the six months ended June 30, 2008.

        The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on June 30 of each year at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests. The Company's annual testing resulted in no impairments of goodwill during the period January 4, 2006 through

F-22


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. GOODWILL (Continued)


December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008. For tax purposes, the goodwill balance of $34.2 million will be amortized over a period of 15 years.

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible assets consisted of the following items as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2006   As of December 31, 2007   As of June 30, 2008  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade name / trademark

  $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607   $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607   $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607  

Core technology

    2,453     (1,213 )   1,240     2,453     (2,439 )   14     2,453     (2,453 )    

Customer relationships

    10,739     (4,113 )   6,626     10,739     (7,706 )   3,033     10,739     (9,206 )   1,533  

Website

    12         12     12     (5 )   7     12     (6 )   6  
                                       

Total

  $ 23,811   $ (5,326 ) $ 18,485   $ 23,811   $ (10,150 ) $ 13,661   $ 23,811   $ (11,665 ) $ 12,146  
                                       

        During 2006, the Company recorded additions to intangible assets of $23.8 million, which was associated with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary, as detailed in Note 4, and website rights purchased for $12,000. The estimated lives of the acquired core technology and customer relationships are between 18 to 36 months. The intangible asset associated with the trade name and trademark has an indefinite useful life. The estimated life of the website rights is 60 months. The Company did not record any additions to intangible assets during 2005, 2007 or for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The Company computes amortization of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. Below are the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired:

 
  Weighted-Average Life

Trade name / trademark

  Indefinite

Core technology

  24 months

Customer relationships

  33 months

Website

  60 months

        Amortization of intangible assets for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $5.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 was $2.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, $1.2 million and $1.2 million of amortization expense was included in cost of revenue, and $4.1 million and $3.6 million was included in sales and marketing, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, $0.6 million and $13,000 of the amortization expense was included in cost of revenue, and $2.1 million and $1.5 million was included in sales and marketing, respectively.

F-23


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2007 and for the remaining six months of 2008 and years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
June 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 3,016   $ 1,502  

2009

    35     35  

2010

    2     2  
           

Total

  $ 3,053   $ 1,539  
           

8. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes other current liabilities (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Marketing expenses

  $ 1,821   $ 2,711   $ 2,360  

Professional and consulting fees

    1,665     2,018     2,183  

Other

    5,347     6,692     8,204  
               

  $ 8,833   $ 11,421   $ 12,747  
               

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT

        On January 4, 2006, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement that provides the Company a $4.0 million revolving credit facility ("Revolver") and a $17.0 million term loan ("Term Loan"). The Credit Agreement was amended on August 2, 2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend certain covenants, terms, and definitions. Under the credit agreement, all amounts outstanding under the Revolver and the Term Loan accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, as specified by the Company. The Company has the ability to convert the loans or a portion of the loans from one interest rate method to the other without penalty. The Base Rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. The

F-24


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)


Applicable Margin for any period is indexed to the Company's debt-to-Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") ratio as follows:

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio greater than or equal to 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 3%

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio less than 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 1.75%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2.75%

        The Applicable Margin increases by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the Credit Agreement. Events of default include, among other things, the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end. The Company has determined that the increase in interest rate due to the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end is a feature that has risks and characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic risks and characteristics of the debt-host contract. Therefore, this feature is an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated from the Credit Agreement and accounted for separately as an asset or liability at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as either gain or loss. Upon issuance, the fair value of the embedded derivative feature was $3,000. During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a gain (loss) on derivative totaling $(28,000) and $29,000 in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, respectively, resulting in a derivative liability of $31,000 and $2,000 as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, which is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other long-term liabilities.

        Upon inception of the Credit Agreement, the Company allocated the proceeds of the $17.0 million Term Loan received to the Term Loan and the embedded derivative feature based on the fair value of the derivative. As a result of such allocation, the Company determined the initial carrying value of the Term Loan was $17.0 million. The debt discount in the amount of $3,000 resulting from the allocation of proceeds is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan. The Company recognized amortization of $1,000 for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-25


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)

        Long-term borrowings consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Term Loan, quarterly payments through December 2010

  $ 15,861   $ 13,311   $ 11,612  

Revolver, quarterly payments through December 2010

   
   
   
 
               

    15,861     13,311     11,612  

Less current portion

    (2,550 )   (3,400 )   (3,825 )
               

    13,311     9,911     7,787  

Less debt discount

    (2 )   (2 )   (1 )
               

Total

  $ 13,309   $ 9,909   $ 7,786  
               

        As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the interest rate on the term loan was 7.56% and 5.2%, respectively. The Company had no borrowings under the Revolver or letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2007 or June 30, 2008.

        The Term Loan allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. The Term Loan has escalating installment payments. Mandatory prepayments are required under certain conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities and excess cash flows as defined in the agreement. Future payments under the Term Loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions.

        The following table summarizes the expected future payments under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 and years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2007   As of June 30, 2008  
Periods Ending December 31,
  Installment
Payments
  Mandatory
Prepayments
  Total
Payments
  Installment
Payments
  Mandatory
Prepayments
  Total
Payments
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 3,400   $   $ 3,400   $ 1,701   $   $ 1,701  

2009

    4,250         4,250     4,250         4,250  

2010

    5,661         5,661     5,661         5,661  
                           

Total

  $ 13,311   $   $ 13,311   $ 11,612   $   $ 11,612  
                           

        Substantially all the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Term Loan contains financial covenants tested on a quarterly basis which started March 31, 2006 and are applicable for the term of the loan. The primary covenants in the Term Loan are limitations on liens and encumbrances, restrictions on investments, restrictions on capital expenditures, limitations on the sale of certain assets, minimum EBITDA thresholds and compliance with financial ratios (e.g, Debt to EBITDA ratio, Interest Expense to EBITDA ratio and fixed charge coverage ratio). In addition, the Company is required to provide an audited annual report to the lender within 120 days following the close of the fiscal year. Non-compliance with debt covenants can potentially result in a two percentage

F-26


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)


point increase in the Applicable Margin in the Term Loan and Revolver or possibly the Term Loan becoming immediately due and the termination of the Revolver.

        Interest expense for both the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was zero. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred interest expense related to the Term Loan of $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company incurred interest expense related to the Term Loan of $0.6 million and $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company did not incur any interest expense related to the Revolver during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolver of $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 the Company recorded fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolver of $10,000 and $10,000, respectively. The lender is also a shareholder.

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        On January 4, 2006, the Company established the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Plan") under which the Company's Board of Directors, at its discretion, can grant stock options to employees and certain directors of the Company and affiliated entities. The Stock Plan initially authorized the grant of stock options for up to 1,494,000 shares of common stock. On May 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the grant of additional stock options for up to 150,000 shares of common stock under the Stock Plan, resulting in total stock options available for grant under the Stock Plan of 1,644,000 as of June 30, 2008. The stock options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire at the earlier of a specified period after termination of service or the date specified by the Board or its designated Committee at the date of grant, but not more than ten years from such grant date. Stock issued as a result of exercises of stock options will be issued from the Company's authorized available stock.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated as of the date of grant. Compensation expense is then recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model, which requires the use of estimates, including future stock price volatility, expected term and forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the estimated portion of the awards that are expected to vest. Estimated forfeiture rates were applied in the expense calculation.

F-27


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following table summarized the Company's stock option activity from January 4, 2006 (plan inception) to June 30, 2008:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
  Aggregate
Instrinsic
Value
 

Balance at January 4, 2006

    1,494,000                        
 

Options granted

    (1,327,210 )   1,327,210   $ 5.00              
 

Options exercised

                         
 

Options cancelled

    149,340     (149,340 )   5.00              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2006

    316,130     1,177,870     5.00     9.46   $ 3,415,823  
 

Options granted

    (319,673 )   319,673     9.46              
 

Options exercised

        (183,642 )   5.00              
 

Options cancelled

    164,898     (164,898 )   5.89              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2007

    161,355     1,149,003     6.11     8.70     9,695,391  
 

Options granted

    (205,930 )   205,930     14.32              
 

Options exercised

        (51,654 )   5.00              
 

Options cancelled

    47,722     (47,722 )   9.49              
 

Additional option grants authorized

    150,000                      
                           

Balance at June 30, 2008 (unaudited)

    153,147     1,255,557     7.38     8.07   $ 11,831,463  
                           

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007

          1,054,839     6.01     8.52   $ 9,013,247  
                             

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2008

          1,167,787     7.14     8.07   $ 11,279,763  
                             

F-28


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following tables summarize the status of the Company's stock option plan as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008:

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
as of
12/31/07
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
as of
12/31/07
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$  5.00 - $  5.00

    862,913     8.48   $ 5.00     238,163   $ 5.00  

$  7.90 - $  7.90

    172,110     9.22     7.90     1,987     7.90  

$  9.50 - $  9.50

    56,150     9.43     9.50          

$13.78 - $14.55

    57,830     9.54     14.12          
                             

$  5.00 - $14.55

    1,149,003     8.70     6.11     240,150     5.02  
                             

 

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
as of
6/30/08
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
as of
6/30/08
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
(unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

$5.00 - $5.00

    795,227     7.86   $ 5.00     311,093   $ 5.00  

$7.90 - $7.90

    167,330     8.52     7.90     50,580     7.90  

$9.50 - $9.50

    46,470     7.73     9.50     7,078     9.50  

$13.47 - $14.55

    170,110     7.94     13.91          

$14.56 - $15.13

    76,420     9.83     15.13          
                             

$5.00 - $15.13

    1,255,557     8.07     7.38     368,751     5.48  
                             

        The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding at December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 was 8.70 years and $9.7 million and 8.07 years and $11.8 million, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options exercisable at December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 was 8.24 years and $2.3 million and 7.87 years and $4.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, no options were exercisable or vested. As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 total options of 240,000 and 369,000 were vested and exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $5.02 and $5.48, respectively.

        The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of all stock options granted was $3.94, $6.55 and $8.02 for the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The Company did not grant stock options prior to 2006.

        The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008. This amount is subject to change based on changes to the fair market value of the Company's common stock.

F-29


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Liquidity Performance Award Plan

        In May 2006, the Company adopted the Rosetta Stone Inc. Liquidity Performance Award Plan to provide a bonus to its key employees in the event of an acquisition of the Company, an acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, a liquidation of the Company or any other transaction resulting in liquidating distributions to any holders of its preferred stock.

11. COMMON STOCK

        In 2005, the Predecessor issued 23.6657 shares of restricted Common Stock in connection with Change of Control Agreements. The restrictions on these shares were to lapse only upon the event of a change in control, and the shares were to expire if a change in control did not occur prior to June 2006. These issuances resulted in no compensation expense for 2005 as the change in control was not considered probable until it occurred on January 4, 2006, at which time a compensation charge of $5.9 million was recorded as a transaction-related expense equal to the estimated fair market value of the common stock issued on such date, which was determined based upon the selling price of the shares sold to Rosetta Stone Inc. on that same date.

        On January 4, 2006, the Company issued 613,000 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $3.1 million and 380,000 shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $1.9 million. In connection with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company issued 247,000 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001.

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. All shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split. Additionally, on May 9, 2006, each share of Class A Common Stock was automatically converted, upon the declaration of the stock split, into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock and each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock was automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Non-Designated Common Stock, upon the completion of the Class A conversion. As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock and Class B Convertible Common Stock had been converted into an equal number of Non-Designated shares of Common Stock.

        At December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company had the authority to issue 60,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 900,000 shares were designated as Class A Convertible Common Stock, 20,000,000 shares are designated Class B Convertible Common Stock and 39,100,000 are non-designated, collectively referred to as "Common Stock." On February 28, 2008, the Company changed the par value of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock from $0.001 to $0.00005 per share. At December 31, 2006 and 2007 and June 30, 2008, 1,240,000, 1,412,503 and 1,461,072 shares of Non-Designated Common Stock were issued and outstanding, respectively.

F-30


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. COMMON STOCK (Continued)

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Common Stock are entitled to dividends, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as declared by the Board of Directors.

Liquidation

        In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of assets of the Company remaining after the provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and after the Company has paid or set aside for payment on behalf of any class of stock having preference over the common stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to cast one vote for each outstanding share of common stock on any matter properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders, except in a vote for the election or removal of one or more directors of the Company for which the Common Stock may be voted, at which each holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to cast 0.653775 votes, and one vote for each outstanding share of Class B Convertible Common Stock.

Class A Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class A Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock upon involuntary conversion of any of the shares of the Company's Preferred Stock, issuance of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants, the declaration or payment of dividends upon Class B Convertible Common Stock, an offer by the Company to Class B Convertible Common Stock holders for additional shares of stock or other rights, a capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, merger or sale of the Company, a liquidation event, or closing of an initial underwritten public offering.

Class B Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of Non-designated Common Stock upon the conversion of all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock.

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

        At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, collectively referred to as "Preferred Stock". As of January 1, 2008, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired. At June 30, 2008, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock and Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

F-31


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

Class A—Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 447,000 shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 269,000 shares were designated as Series A-1 and 178,000 as Series A-2 (the "Class A Preferred Stock"), in a private, unregistered offering to "qualified institutional buyers" pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. The Class A Preferred Stock was sold for $100 per share for proceeds of $44.7 million.

        The Class A Preferred Stock is not redeemable under any circumstances, and is convertible only into Class B Common Stock either at the option of the holders or mandatorily as described below.

Class B—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 63,000 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 48,000 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively "Class B Convertible Preferred Stock") $0.001 par value per share, in addition to the Class A Convertible, Common Stock discussed in Note 11, for the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary. The Class B Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 48,000 shares, was subject to redemption, thus 63,000 shares with a stated value of $6.3 million were not subject to potential redemption.

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends, on a pari passu basis, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as the common stockholders or holder of any other junior stock, except for participating dividends when declared by the Board.

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock convertible into common stock are to equal the dividends per share payable on the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock would be convertible on the record date for determining eligibility to receive such dividends, when declared by the Board of Directors.

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock not convertible into common stock are calculated at a rate per share of preferred stock determined by dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of junior stock by the original issue price of such stock and multiplying such fraction by the Stated Value of the Preferred Stock, which for purposes of this calculation is equal to $100.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the Preferred Stock. No dividends were declared or paid during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the six months ended June 30, 2008.

Liquidation Preference

        Upon any liquidation of the Company, holders of each class of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company or proceeds available for distribution to its shareholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock or other junior stock, an amount per share in cash, or in the case of a merger or consolidation or share exchange in which the consideration to be received by all other holders of the Company's capital stock

F-32


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)


is other than cash, at the Company's election, publicly-traded securities in lieu of cash, equal to the greater of the stated value of $100 per share plus any dividends accrued and unpaid, or the amount per share holders of Preferred Stock would receive if they all had converted their shares of each class of Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Voting Rights

        Each issued and outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock is convertible, other than with respect to the removal of the Series A-1 Directors and Series A-2 Director, as detailed below.

        The holders of a majority of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect two directors to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Series A-1 Director.

        The holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect one director to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Class A, Series A-2 Director.

Conversion

        Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time by the holder into shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock at a rate equal to the stated value of $100 per share divided by the conversion price which is initially set at $100 per share and is adjustable for dilution, splits, and combinations. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008, each share of Preferred Stock was convertible into twenty shares of common stock.

        The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert upon (i) the consummation of a qualified underwritten public offering, defined as a pre-money equity value to the Company of at least $200 million and in which the aggregate proceeds to the Company are not less than $30 million, into Class B Convertible Common Stock; (ii) upon the vote of at least 75% of the shares of the applicable class then outstanding; or (iii) once 75% of the shares of the applicable class have been converted. Additionally, each series of convertible Preferred Stock has an anti-dilution clause that allows for the number of shares to be issued upon conversion to be adjusted in the event that the Company sells Common Stock at a price that is less than the original issue price of the respective series of Preferred Stock. Cumulative declared and unpaid dividends from the date of issuance are paid on conversion in cash or common stock at the Company's option.

Redemption

        The Class B Convertible Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders, subject to certain conditions, up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption

F-33


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)


price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 48 shares, were subject to redemption.

        On June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock had the right to vote to redeem such shares at 105% of the Stated Value of $100 per share, subject to an aggregate redemption amount of $5.0 million, but only if, and to the extent that (i) such redemption did not violate any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) such redemption did not conflict with or cause the Corporation to be in default or non-compliance under any financing agreement or arrangement, (iii) the Board of Directors, by unanimous vote, determined that such redemption could be accomplished through access to reasonably priced capital or adequate internal liquidity, (iv) the Board of Directors determined in good faith such redemption would not interfere with or delay a Qualified Public Offering for which a registration statement either had been filed with the SEC or, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, would be filed within six months of the Redemption Date, and (v) the maximum aggregate Class B Redemption Price did not exceed $5.0 million. The Stated Value was the initial purchase price of $100 per share. During 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired on January 1, 2008.

13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

        On January 4, 2006, the Company assumed the Rosetta Stone Ltd. defined contribution 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") in conjunction with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd., as detailed in Note 4. The Company matches employee contributions to the Plan up to 4% of their compensation that vest immediately. The Company recorded expenses for the Plan totaling $0.4 million and $0.6 million for period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company recorded expenses for the Plan totaling $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

14. PUT OPTIONS

        On May 22, 2006, the Company issued put options to three officers that give such officers the right to put shares of Class A Preferred Stock to the Company at the initial issuance price of the shares of $100 up to a maximum amount of $250,000 for each officer. Each put option is exercisable only upon termination, as defined, of such officer's employment with the Company. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 150, the put options must be classified as liabilities and measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Upon issuance, the put options had an aggregate fair value of $45,000 which was recorded as a liability and recognized as compensation expense. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate fair value of the put options was $11,000 and $4,000, respectively. During the period from issuance through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company recognized a reduction in compensation expense of $34,000, $7,000, $9,000 and zero arising from the change in fair value, respectively.

F-34


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

        The Company leases many kiosks, copiers, parking spaces, buildings, a warehouse and office space under operating lease and site license arrangements, some of which contain renewal options. The rental payments under some kiosk site licenses are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the kiosk's sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Kiosk site licenses range from a period of one month to five years. Building, warehouse and office space leases range from three months to 85 months. Certain leases also include lease renewal options.

        The following table summarizes future minimum operating lease payments as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
June 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Periods Ending December 31,

             

2008

  $ 2,805   $ 3,031  

2009

    1,014     1,455  

2010

    845     858  

2011

    657     669  

2012

    475     482  

2013 and thereafter

    218     269  
           

  $ 6,014   $ 6,764  
           

        Total expenses under operating leases were $3.7 million and $5.5 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, and $2.5 million and $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company accounts for its leases under the provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases , and subsequent amendments, which require that leases be evaluated and classified as operating leases or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Certain operating leases contain rent escalation clauses, which are recorded on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease with the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent recorded as either a deferred rent asset or liability depending on the calculation. Lease incentives received from landlords are recorded as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction to rent expense. The deferred rent liability was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $24,000 at December 31, 2006, 2007 and June 30, 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset is classified in prepaid and other assets as all associated leases have less than one year remaining on their term.

F-35


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Capital Leases

        The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
June 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 12   $ 5  

2009

    2     2  
           

Total minimum lease payments

    14     7  
 

Less: amount representing interest

    (2 )   (1 )
           

Present value of net minimum lease payments

    12     6  
 

Less: current portion

    (10 )   (5 )
           

Long-term portion of the present value of net minimum payments under capital leases

  $ 2   $ 1  
           

Royalty Agreement

        On December 28, 2006 the Company entered into an agreement to license software from a vendor for incorporation in software products that the Company is developing. The agreement required a one-time, non-refundable payment of $0.3 million, which was expensed in full as research and development costs during the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 because the products in which the licensed software were to be incorporated into had not yet reached technological feasibility. In addition, the agreement specifies that, in the event the software is incorporated into specified Company software products, royalties will be due at a rate of 20% of sales for those products up to an additional amount totaling $0.4 million. There were no additional royalty payments made under this agreement in 2007 or the six months ended June 30, 2008.

Employment Agreements

        The Company has agreements with certain of its executives and key employees which provide guaranteed severance payments upon termination of their employment without cause. The severance payments range from six to fifteen months of base salary.

Litigation

        The Company is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of liability, if any, resulting from the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

F-36


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES

        The following table summarizes the significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2006   2007  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Inventory

  $ 49   $ 204  
 

Amortization and depreciation

    5,089     5,408  
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

    663     2,747  
 

Deferred revenue

        349  
 

Accrued liabilities

    725     1,348  
 

Stock-based compensation

    212     385  
 

Bad debt reserve

    97     208  
 

Other

    11      
           

    6,846     10,649  
 

Valuation allowance

    (687 )   (2,980 )
           

    6,159     7,669  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Prepaid expenses

    511     713  
 

Foreign currency translation loss

    14     20  
 

Other

        3  
           

    525     736  
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 5,634   $ 6,933  
           

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31 are classified as follows:

             
 

Current

  $ 348   $ 848  
 

Non-current

    5,286     6,085  
           
 

Total

  $ 5,634   $ 6,933  
           

        At December 31, 2007, the Company had $7.4 million of net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for United Kingdom income tax purposes that do not expire, with a tax value of $2.1 million. The Company also had $1.6 million of NOL carryforwards for Japanese income tax purposes which expire in 2013 and 2014, with a tax value of $0.7 million. SFAS No. 109 requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The foreign pretax losses incurred in the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, provide sufficient negative evidence under the provisions of SFAS No. 109 for the Company to determine that a valuation allowance of $3.0 million against the deferred tax assets associated with its foreign operations is appropriate. The increase of $2.3 million in the valuation allowance is due to the additional losses in the United Kingdom and Japan incurred in the year ended December 31, 2007. The valuation allowance will offset assets associated with future foreign tax deductions as well as carryforward items. Although management believes that these assets could ultimately be fully utilized, future performance cannot be assured. Future reversal of the

F-37


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES (Continued)


valuation allowance associated with NOLs acquired on January 4, 2006 in the amount of $144,000, would adjust goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition. See Note 4—Acquisitions.

        The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

United States

  $ 7,637   $ (11,121 ) $ (2,666 ) $ 14,825  

Foreign

    (713 )       (2,622 )   (6,811 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 6,924   $ (11,121 ) $ (5,288 ) $ 8,014  
                   

        The provision (benefit) for taxes on income (loss) consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Current:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $   $ 3,902   $ 5,311  
 

State

    143         506     1,429  
 

Foreign

                 
                   
   

Total current

  $ 143   $   $ 4,408   $ 6,740  
                   

Deferred:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $   $ (5,230 ) $ (944 )
 

State

            (418 )   (361 )
 

Foreign

                 
                   
   

Total deferred

            (5,648 )   (1,305 )
                   
   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $ 143   $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435  
                   

F-38


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate

  $   $   $ (1,857 ) $ 2,805  

State income tax expense (benefit), net of federal income tax effect

    143         (83 )   568  

Domestic production activities deduction

            (126 )   (348 )

Extraterritorial income exclusion

            (39 )    

Nondeductible intercompany interest

                122  

Other nondeductible expenses

            47     92  

Tax rate differential on foreign taxable losses

            384     (53 )

Increase in valuation allowance

            540     2,293  

Other

            (106 )   (44 )
                   

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 143   $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435  
                   

        The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN 48") on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

        At the adoption date and as of December 31, 2007, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required under FIN 48. The Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, which were zero at the adoption date and for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company's tax years 2005 and 2006 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no income tax examinations in process as of December 31, 2007. While the ultimate results cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company's management believes that examinations, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations, and that the accrued tax liabilities are adequate for all years.

        The Company made income tax payments of $5.6 million and $4.8 million in 2006 and 2007, respectively.

F-39


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company operates, and the Predecessor operated, as one operating segment as the principal business activity relates to selling language learning software. The chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of the Company, and evaluated the performance of the Predecessor, based upon software revenues.

        Products and services are sold primarily in the United States, but are also sold through direct and indirect sales channels in other countries, primarily in Japan and Europe. Less than 5% of the Company and Predecessor's revenues were generated from sales outside of the United States for the year ended December 31, 2005, the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the six months periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company had $71,000, $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of long-lived assets held outside of the United States.

        No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008.

18. RELATED PARTIES

        During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company incurred $40,000 in architectural professional fees from a minority shareholder. The Predecessor did not have any related party transactions for the year ended December 31, 2005 or the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and June 30, 2008, the Company had outstanding receivables from shareholders of zero, $87,000 and $87,000, and outstanding receivables from employees in the amount of $3,000, zero and zero, respectively.

        In connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company paid approximately $37,000 in transaction-related fees on behalf of its two largest shareholders.

F-40


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

        The following table includes the Company's valuation and qualifying accounts for the respective periods (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                         
 

Beginning balance

  $ 201   $ 227   $   $ 267  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    425         411     828  
 

Deductions—accounts written off

    (399 )       (144 )   (468 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    227     227     267     627  
                   

Sales return reserve:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    186     525     525     858  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    2,506     13     5,447     10,413  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

    (2,167 )   (13 )   (5,114 )   (9,583 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    525     525     858     1,688  
                   

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    45     13         190  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    130         471     1,677  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

    (162 )       (281 )   (1,389 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    13     13     190     478  
                   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance:

                         
 

Beginning balance

        147     147     687  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    147         540     2,293  
 

Deductions

                 
                   
 

Ending balance

  $ 147   $ 147   $ 687   $ 2,980  
                   

F-41


GRAPHIC



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial NYSE listing fee.

 
  Amount
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 4,520  

FINRA filing fee

    12,000  

Initial NYSE listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing expenses

    *  

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  
       

Total

  $ *  
       

      *
      To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;

II-1


    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    the rights conferred in the second amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        In addition, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the Registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        The Registrant intends to obtain directors' and officers' insurance to cover its directors and officers for specific liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.

        The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        Reference is also made to section 10 of the underwriting agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.

        See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.

        Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit document
  Number

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  1.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.2

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.4

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among Registrant and its directors and executive officers

  10.7

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

        In January 2006, in connection with our formation, we issued the following shares of our capital stock:

    Funds associated with ABS Partners IV, L.L.C. invested $29,062,000 and received 261,558 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 581,240 shares of our common stock.

    Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP invested $19,000,000 and received 171,000 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and 380,000 shares of our common stock.

    Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, invested $600,000 and received 2,700 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 2,700 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and 12,000 shares of our common stock.

II-2


        The share totals above give effect to the conversion of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock into our undesignated common stock and the twenty-for-one stock split of common stock in May 2006.

        After giving affect to the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share price of each of those shares was $5.

        In January 2006, in connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we issued to its stockholders 12,328 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which has been converted into 246,560 shares of our common stock and 111,031 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock.

        The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

        From time to time we have granted stock options and shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:

    From May 22, 2006 to February 2, 2007, we issued options to purchase 1,327,210 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

    From March 21, 2007 to April 20, 2007, we issued options to purchase 194,530 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $7.90 per share.

    From June 5, 2007 to August 3, 2007, we issued options to purchase 60,480 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $9.50 per share.

    On August 22, 2007, we issued options to purchase 21,470 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On November 28, 2007, we issued options to purchase 26,330 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

    On December 17, 2007, we issued options to purchase 17,060 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On February 8, 2008, we issued options to purchase 44,190 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

    On April 29, 2008, we issued options to purchase 76,420 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $15.13 per share.

II-3


    On May 28, 2008, we issued options to purchase 85,320 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.47 per share.

    On August 19, 2008, we issued options to purchase 27,750 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $18.49 per share.

        The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A)  Exhibits

 
   
  Index to exhibits
 

1.1

 

*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

*

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

 

*

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

     

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

 

*

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

*

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

     

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

 

*

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

     

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

     

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

     

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

 

*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

10.7

     

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

*

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Tom Adams

 

10.9

     

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 between Rosetta Stone Holdings, Inc., as borrower, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as agent, as amended

 

21.1

     

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

     

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

99.1

     

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

     

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

     

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

     

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008


*
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(B)  Financial Statement Schedule

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them are not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

II-4



Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        We hereby undertake that:

    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Arlington, Commonwealth of Virginia, on September 23, 2008.

  Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

By:

 

 
      /s/  TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
Chief Executive Officer


SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Rosetta Stone Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Tom P. H. Adams and Michael Wu, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Director
  September 23, 2008


/s/ 
BRIAN D. HELMAN

Brian D. Helman


 


Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


 


September 23, 2008

/s/ 
LAURA L. WITT

Laura L. Witt

 

Director

 

September 23, 2008

/s/ 
PHILLIP A. CLOUGH

Phillip A. Clough

 

Director

 

September 23, 2008

II-6


Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  JOHN T. COLEMAN

John T. Coleman
  Director   September 23, 2008


/s/ 
LAURENCE FRANKLIN

Laurence Franklin


 


Director


 


September 23, 2008

/s/ 
PATRICK W. GROSS

Patrick W. Gross

 

Director

 

September 23, 2008

/s/ 
JOHN E. LINDAHL

John E. Lindahl

 

Director

 

September 23, 2008

II-7



Index to Exhibits

 
   
   
 

1.1

 

*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

*

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

 

*

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

     

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

 

*

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

*

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

     

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

 

*

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

     

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

     

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

     

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

 

*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

10.7

     

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

*

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Tom Adams

 

10.9

     

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 between Rosetta Stone Holdings, Inc., as borrower, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as agent, as amended

 

21.1

     

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

     

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

99.1

     

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

     

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

     

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

     

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008


*
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-8




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITERS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
ROSETTA STONE INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit 3.3

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

 

Adopted

as of

January 4, 2006

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

OFFICES

1

 

1.1.

Registered Office

1

 

1.2.

Other Offices

1

2.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

2.1.

Place of Meetings

1

 

2.2.

Annual Meetings

2

 

2.3.

Special Meetings

2

 

2.4.

Notice of Meetings

2

 

2.5.

Waivers of Notice

2

 

2.6.

Business at Special Meetings

3

 

2.7.

List of Stockholders

3

 

2.8.

Quorum at Meetings

3

 

2.9.

Voting and Proxies

4

 

2.10.

Required Vote

4

 

2.11.

Action Without a Meeting

5

3.

DIRECTORS

6

 

3.1.

Powers

6

 

3.2.

Number and Election

6

 

3.3.

Nomination of Directors

6

 

3.4.

Vacancies

7

 

3.5.

Meetings

7

 

 

3.5.1.

Regular Meetings

7

 

 

3.5.2.

Special Meetings

7

 

 

3.5.3.

Telephone Meetings

8

 

 

3.5.4.

Action Without Meeting

8

 

 

3.5.5.

Waiver of Notice of Meeting

8

 

3.6.

Quorum and Vote at Meetings

8

 

3.7.

Committees of Directors

9

 

3.8.

Compensation of Directors

10

4.

OFFICERS

10

 

4.1.

Positions

10

 

4.2.

Chief Executive Officer

10

 

4.3.

President

11

 

4.4.

Secretary

11

 

4.5.

Term of Office

11

 

4.6.

Compensation

12

 

4.7.

Fidelity Bonds

12

 

i



 

5.

CAPITAL STOCK

12

 

5.1.

Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

12

 

5.2.

Lost Certificates

12

 

5.3.

Record Date

13

 

 

5.3.1.

Actions by Stockholders

13

 

 

5.3.2.

Payments

14

 

5.4.

Stockholders of Record

14

6.

INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

14

 

6.1.

Authorization of Indemnification

14

 

6.2.

Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

15

 

6.3.

Non-exclusivity

16

 

6.4.

Survival of Indemnification

16

 

6.5.

Insurance

16

7.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

16

 

7.1.

Inspection of Books and Records

16

 

7.2.

Dividends

17

 

7.3.

Reserves

17

 

7.4.

Execution of Instruments

17

 

7.5.

Fiscal Year

17

 

7.6.

Seal

17

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED


BYLAWS

 

OF

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.


as of January 4, 2006

 

1.                                  OFFICES

 

1.1.                             Registered Office

 

The initial registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, and the initial registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1.2.                             Other Offices

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be necessary or useful in connection with the business of the Corporation.

 

2.                                       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1.                             Place of Meetings

 

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held by means of remote communication.

 



 

2.2.                             Annual Meetings

 

Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, the Corporation shall hold annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2006, on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, at which stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. If a written consent electing directors is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

 

2.3.                             Special Meetings

 

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

2.4.                             Notice of Meetings

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and (if it is a special meeting) the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law” ) or these Bylaws). Such notice shall be given in accordance with, and shall be deemed effective as set forth in, Sections 222 and 232 (or any successor section or sections) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

2.5.                             Waivers of Notice

 

Whenever the giving of any notice is required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver thereof by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, delivered to the Corporation, whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice (1) of such meeting, except when the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (2) (if it is a special meeting) of consideration of a particular

 

2



 

matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter at the beginning of the meeting.

 

2.6.                             Business at Special Meetings

 

Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required as provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or these Bylaws).

 

2.7.                             List of Stockholders

 

After the record date for a meeting of stockholders has been fixed, at least ten days before such meeting, the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall make a list of all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder (but not the electronic mail address or other electronic contact information, unless the Board of Directors so directs) and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (1) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (2) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then such list shall also, for the duration of the meeting, be produced and kept open to the examination of any stockholder who is present at the time and place of the meeting. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2.8.                             Quorum at Meetings

 

Stockholders may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum exists with respect to that matter. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, and who are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to

 

3



 

take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting (other than solely to object (1) to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, or (2) (if it is a special meeting) to considering a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice), it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.

 

2.9.                             Voting and Proxies

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote on each matter, in person or by proxy, for each share of the Corporation’s capital stock that has voting power with respect to such matter and that is held by such stockholder. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed appointment of proxy shall be irrevocable if the appointment form states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting whether such meeting is held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (1) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (2) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action is maintained by the Corporation.

 

2.10.                      Required Vote

 

When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, all matters shall be determined, adopted and approved by the affirmative vote (which need not be by ballot) of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or

 

4



 

represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote with respect to the matter, unless the proposed action is one upon which, by express provision of statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is specified and required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control with respect to that vote on that matter. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any share, on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of stock, voting stock or shares shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock, voting stock or shares. Where a separate vote by a class, classes or series is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class, classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2.11.                      Action Without a Meeting

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a stockholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the action is taken by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting and who hold shares having voting power equal to not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law for inclusion in the minute book. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action specified unless the number of consents required to take such action are delivered to the Corporation within sixty days of the delivery of the earliest-dated consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to such action and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 2.11 , provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent

 

5



 

was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Written notice of the action taken shall be given in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law to all stockholders who do not participate in taking the action who would have been entitled to notice if such action had been taken at a meeting having a record date on the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

3.                                       DIRECTORS

 

3.1.                             Powers

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise may be provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

3.2.                             Number and Election

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of seven (7) directors. Following the adoption of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall initially consist of seven (7) directors. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of directors, subject to any limitations set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3.3.                             Nomination of Directors

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall nominate candidates to stand for election as directors, and other candidates also may be nominated by any Corporation stockholder. Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided in Section 3.4 hereof, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

6


 

3.4.                             Vacancies

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although fewer than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever the holders of any class, classes or series of stock are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class, classes or series may be filled by the stockholders of such class, classes or series, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors elected by such class, classes or series then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors of the class or series to which such director was appointed, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and in addition to the rights of stockholders to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors as set forth this Section 3.4 , in the event that one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office (or in the case of a director elected by holders of any class, classes or series of stock, a majority of the directors then in office elected by such class, classes or series then in office), including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3 .5.                             Meetings

 

3.5.1.                   Regular Meetings

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3.5.2.                   Special Meetings

 

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by telephone, express delivery

 

7



 

service (so that the scheduled delivery date of the notice is at least one day in advance of the meeting), telegram, facsimile transmission, electronic mail (effective when directed to an electronic mail address of the director), or other electronic transmission, as defined in Section 232(c) (or any successor section) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (effective when directed to the director), and on five days’ notice by mail (effective upon deposit of such notice in the mail). The notice need not describe the purpose of a special meeting.

 

3.5.3.                   Telephone Meetings

 

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board by any communication by means of which all participating directors can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

3.5.4.                   Action Without Meeting

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action must be evidenced by one or more consents in writing or by electronic transmission describing the action taken, signed by each director, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

 

3.5.5.                   Waiver of Notice of Meeting

 

A director may waive any notice required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as set forth below, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, or made by electronic transmission by the director entitled to the notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

3.6.                             Quorum and Vote at Meetings

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, which majority shall include, to the extent then in office, the Series A-2 Director (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) and at least one (1) Series A-1 Director

 

8



 

(as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation). The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

 

3.7.                             Committees of Directors

 

The Board of Directors, by a unanimous vote or written consent, may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may, by unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation; and unless the resolution designating the committee, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors, when required. Unless otherwise specified in the Board resolution appointing the Committee, all provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and these Bylaws relating to meetings, action without meetings, notice (and waiver thereof), and quorum and voting requirements of the Board of Directors apply, as well, to such committees and their members. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

9



 

3.8.                             Compensation of Directors

 

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

4.                                       OFFICERS

 

4.1.                             Positions

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chief Executive Officer and/or President and a Secretary, and such other officers as the Board of Directors or an officer authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time may appoint. Each such officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth below and such other powers and duties as from time to time may be specified by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the duties of such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2.                             Chief Executive Officer

 

Subject to the control and supervision of the Board of Directors, the power and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

 

(a)                                   To act as the general manager of the Corporation and to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation;

 

(b)                                  To preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

 

(c)                                   To call meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

 

(d)                                  To execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

10



 

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer.

 

4.3.                             President

 

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors.

 

4.4.                             Secretary

 

The Secretary shall have responsibility for preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and for authenticating records of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary may also attest all instruments signed by any other officer of the Corporation. The Secretary shall have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

4.5.                             Term of Office

 

The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

4.6.                             Compensation

 

The compensation of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the compensation of such other officers.

 

4.7.                             Fidelity Bonds

 

The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

 

5.                                  CAPITAL STOCK

 

5.1.                             Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate (representing the number of shares registered in certificate form) signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or any president or vice president, and by the Secretary or any treasurer, assistant secretary or assistant treasurer of the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose signature or facsimile signature appears on a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

5.2.                             Lost Certificates

 

The Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or Secretary may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming that the certificate of stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate, the Board or any such officer may, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board or such officer shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond or indemnity, in

 

12



 

such sum or on such terms and conditions as the Board or such officer may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or on account of the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

5.3.                             Record Date

 

5.3.1.                   Actions by Stockholders

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 213(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

13



 

5.3.2.                   Payments

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

5.4.                             Stockholders of Record

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to receive notifications, to vote as such owner, and to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise may be provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

6.                                       INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

 

6.1.                             Authorization of Indemnification

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (a “Mandatory Claim” ). To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation may fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was

 

14



 

serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (a “Permissive Claim” ). The Corporation may advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any action, suit, or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification (this, also, a “Permissive Claim”). The Corporation may advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any action, suit, or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.

 

6.2.                             Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

 

If a Mandatory Claim under Section 6.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the Mandatory Claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or is otherwise not entitled to indemnification under Section 6.1, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. The failure of the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) to have made a determination prior to or after the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Unless otherwise specified in an agreement with the claimant, an actual determination by the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) after the commencement of such action that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall not be a defense to the action, but shall create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

15



 

6.3.                             Non-exclusivity

 

The rights to indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by Section 6.1 hereof shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advance payment of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

6.4.                             Survival of Indemnification

 

The indemnification and advance payment of expenses and rights thereto provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 6.1 hereof shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, partner or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the personal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

 

6.5.                             Insurance

 

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, and related expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

7.                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1.                             Inspection of Books and Records

 

Any stockholder, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies or extracts from: (1) the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records; and (2) other documents as required by law. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a

 

16



 

stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

 

7.2.                             Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.3.                             Reserves

 

The directors of the Corporation may set apart, out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends, a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

7.4.                             Execution of Instruments

 

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

7.5.                             Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

7.6.                             Seal

 

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall approve. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

*    *    *    *   *

 

17




Exhibit 10.1

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

PURPOSE

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

1

3.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

5

 

3.1

Board

5

 

3.2

Committee

6

 

3.3

Grants

6

 

3.4

No Liability

7

4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

7

5.

GRANT ELIGIBILITY

8

6.

AWARD AGREEMENT

8

7.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

8

 

7.1

Option Price

8

 

7.2

Vesting

9

 

7.3

Term

9

 

7.4

Exercise of Options on Termination of Service

9

 

7.5

Limitations on Exercise of Option

10

 

7.6

Exercise Procedure

10

 

7.7

Right of Holders of Options

10

 

7.8

Delivery of Stock Certificates

 11

 

7.9

Transferability of Options

11

8. 

FORM OF PAYMENT

11

9.

WITHHOLDING TAXES

11

10.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK

12

 

10.1

Restrictions on Transfer

12

 

10.2

Repurchase and Other Rights

13

 

10.3

Installment Payments

13

 

 

10.3.1 General Rule

 13

 

 

10.3.2 Exception in the Case of Stock Repurchase Right

13

 

10.4

Publicly Traded Stock

13

 

10.5

Legend

14

11.

PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

14

I2.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

15

 

12.1

General

15

 

12.2

Rule 16b-3

16

 

i



 

13.

EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

16

 

13.1

Changes in Stock

16

 

13.2

Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity and in Which No Change of Control Occurs

17

 

13.3

Change of Control.

17

 

13.4

Adjustments

18

 

13.5

No Limitations on Company.

19

14.

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

19

 

14.1

Term of the Plan.

19

 

14.2

Amendment and Termination of the Plan

19

15.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

20

 

15.1

Disclaimer of Rights

20

 

15.2

Nonexclusivity of the Plan

20

 

15.3

Captions

20

 

15.4

Other Award Agreement Provisions

20

 

15.5

Number and Gender

21

 

15.6

Severability

21

 

15.7

Governing Law

21

 

15.8

Code Section 409A

21

16.

EXECUTION

22

 

ii



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), sets forth herein the terms of its 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as follows:

 

1. PURPOSE

 

The Plan is intended to enhance the Company’s and its Affiliates’ (as defined herein) ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, directors, key employees, and other persons, and to motivate such persons to serve the Company and its Affiliates and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and earnings of the Company, by providing to such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future success of the Company.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

 

2.1  “Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any company or other trade or business that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.

 

2.2  “Award Agreement” means the stock option agreement between the Company and a Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of a Grant.

 

2.3  “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4  “Cause” means termination for any of the following: (A) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty in the performance of his duties to the Company or fraud; (B) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties of the office held by the

 

1



 

Grantee as reasonably directed by the Company; (C) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (D) material breach of any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company that is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Company; (E) failure, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Grantee of written notice thereof from the Company, to correct, cease or otherwise alter any failure to comply with instructions or other action or omission which the Board reasonably believes does or may materially or adversely affect its business or operations; (F) misconduct which is of such a serious or substantial nature that a reasonable likelihood exists that such misconduct will materially injure the reputation of the Company or its Subsidiaries if the Grantee were to remain employed by the Company; (G) harassing or discriminating against the Company’s employees, customers or vendors in violation of the Company’s policies with respect to such matters; (H) misappropriation of funds or assets of the Company for personal use or willful violation of Company policies or standards of business conduct as determined in good faith by the Board; and/or (I) failure due to some action or inaction on the part of the Grantee to have immigration status that permits the Eligible Employee to maintain full-time employment with the Company in the United States in compliance with all applicable immigration laws.

 

2.5  “Change of Control” means (i) the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, (ii) the sale, license or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iii) a share exchange, reorganization, recapitalization, or merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (or other form of business entity) or of any other corporation or corporations (or other form of business entity) with or into the Company, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company; Provided , however , that a Change of Control shall not include any of the aforementioned transactions listed in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) involving the Company or a Subsidiary in which the holders of shares of the Company voting stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or any Affiliate of such holders continue to hold at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or, by a majority, based on fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the assets, in each case in substantially the same proportion, of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity), (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity) is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation (or other form of business entity) immediately following such transaction, the parent corporation (or other form of business entity) of

 

2



 

such surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity) or (3) a successor entity holding a majority of the assets of the Company.

 

2.6  “Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as the same may be amended, modified or restated hereafter.

 

2.7  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.8  “Committee” means a committee of, and designated from time to time by resolution of, the Board, which shall consist of one or more members of the Board.

 

2.9  “Company” means Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

2.10  Disability” means an incapacity due to physical or mental illness such that the Grantee is unable to perform the essential functions of Grantee’s previously assigned duties where (1) such incapacity has been determined to exist by either (x) the Company’s disability insurance carrier or (y) by the concurring opinions of two licensed physicians (one selected by the Company and one by Grantee), and (2) the Board has determined, based on competent medical advice, that such incapacity will likely last for a continuous period of at least six (6) months. Any termination for disability shall be only as expressly permitted by the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

2.11  “Effective Date” means May    , 2006, the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

2.12  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.13  “Fair Market Value” means the value of a share of Stock, determined as follows: if on the Grant Date or other determination date the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted to quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market (if there is more than one such exchange or market the Board shall determine the appropriate exchange or market) on the Grant Date or such other determination date (or if there is no such reported closing

 

3



 

Price, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices or between the high and low sale prices on such trading day) or, if no sale of Stock is reported for such trading day, on the next preceding day on which any sale shall have been reported. If the Stock is not listed on such an exchange, quoted on such system or traded on such a market, Fair Market Value shall be the value of the Stock as determined by the Board in good faith, and shall be determined by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.14  “Grant” means an award of an Option under the Plan.

 

2.15  “Grant Date” means, as determined by the Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Board approves a Grant, (ii) the date on which the recipient of a Grant first becomes eligible to receive a Grant under Section 5 hereof, or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Board.

 

2.16  “Grantee” means a person who receives or holds a Grant under the Plan.

 

2.17  “Nonqualified Stock Option” means a stock option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.18  “Option” means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.19  “Option Price” means the purchase price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.

 

2.20  “Other Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11 hereof.

 

2.21  “Plan” means this Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan

 

2.22  “Reporting Person” means a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.23  “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

4


 

2.24  “ Service means service as Service Provider of the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider of the Company or an Affiliate. Subject to the preceding sentence, whether a termination of Service shall have occurred for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive

 

2.25   Service Provider means an employee, officer or director of the Company or an Affiliate, or a consultant or adviser providing services to the Company or an Affiliate

 

2.26  “ Stock means the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

 

2.27  “ Subsidiary means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.28   Ten - Percent Stockholder means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3.1  Bo ard .

 

The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s Charter and bylaws and applicable law. The Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Grant or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, any Grant or any Award Agreement. All such actions and determinations shall be by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board present at a meeting or by unanimous consent of the Board executed in writing in accordance with the Company’s Charter

 

5



 

and bylaws and applicable law. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Grant or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive. To the extent permitted by law, the Board may delegate its authority under the Plan to a member of the Board or an executive officer of the Company who is a member of the Board.

 

3.2  Committee .

 

The Board from time to time may delegate to one or more Committees such powers and authorities related to the administration and implementation of the Plan, as set forth in Section 3.1 above and in other applicable provisions, as the Board shall determine, consistent with the Charter and bylaws of the Company and applicable law. In the event that the Plan, any Grant or any Award Agreement entered into hereunder provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board, such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the applicable Committee if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the Board as provided for in Section 3.1. Unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority under the Plan to a member of the Board or an executive officer of the Company who is a member of the Board.

 

3.3  Grants .

 

Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board shall have full and final authority to:

 

(i)             designate Grantees,

 

(ii)            determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to a Grant,

 

(iii)           establish the terms and conditions of each Grant (including, but not limited to, the Option Price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse there of) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of a Grant or the shares of Stock subject thereto),

 

(iv)           prescribe the form of each Award Agreement evidencing a Grant, and

 

6



 

(v)                                  amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement of any Grant shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair the Grantee’s rights under such Grant.

 

Such authority specifically includes the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan but without amending the Plan, to modify Grants to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. As a condition to any Grant, the Board shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to require Grantees to return to the Company Grants previously awarded under the Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, any such subsequent Grant shall be upon such terms and conditions as are specified by the Board at the time the new Grant is made. The Board shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make Grants in substitution or exchange for any other grant under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate. The Company may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Grantee on account of actions taken by the Grantee in violation or breach of or in conflict with any non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Grantee. Furthermore, the Company may annul a Grant if the Grantee is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof and is terminated for Cause as defined in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

 

3.4  No Liability .

 

No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Grant or Award Agreement.

 

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 hereof, the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be one million four hundred and ninety four thousand (1,494,000) shares. Stock issued or to be issued

 

7



 

under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company. If any shares covered by a Grant are not purchased or are forfeited, or if a Grant otherwise terminates without delivery of any Stock subject thereto, then the number of shares of Stock counted against the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan with respect to such Grant shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, again be available for making Grants under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Option granted under the Plan is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock tendered shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

 

5. GRANT ELIGIBILITY

 

Grants may be made under the Plan to any Service Provider to the Company or any Affiliate. To the extent required by applicable state law, Grants within certain states may be limited to employees and officers or employees, officers and directors. An eligible person may receive more than one Grant, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

 

6. AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Each Grant pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine, which specifies the number of shares subject to the Grant (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section  13). Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

7.1  Option Price.

 

The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option. The Option Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock. To the extent required by applicable law, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option

 

8



 

Price shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.

 

7.2  Vesting.

 

Subject to Sections 7.3 and 13.3 hereof, each Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable for twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and thereafter shall become exercisable as to an additional 1/16 th of the shares subject to the Option at the end of each three month period thereafter. For purposes of this Section 7.2, fractional numbers of shares of Stock subject to an Option shall be rounded down to the next nearest whole number. To the extent required by applicable law, each Option shall become exercisable no less rapidly than the rate of twenty percent (20%) per year for each of the first five (5) years from the Grant Date based on continued Service. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board may provide, for example, in the Award Agreement for (i) accelerated exercisability of the Option in the event the Grantee’s Service terminates on account of death, Disability or another event, (ii) expiration of the Option prior to its term in the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Service, (iii) immediate forfeiture of the Option in the event the Grantee’s Service is terminated for Cause or (iv) unvested Options to be exercised subject to the Company’s right of repurchase with respect to unvested shares of Stock.

 

7.3  Term.

 

Each Option granted under the Plan shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of ten years from the Grant Date, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement relating to such Option.

 

7.4  Exercise of Options on Termination of Service.

 

Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board, need not be

 

9



 

uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by applicable law, each Option shall provide that the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any Option held at termination for at least thirty (30) days following termination of Service with the Company for any reason (other than for Cause), and that the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Option for at least six (6) months if the Grantee’s Service terminates due to death or Disability.

 

7.5  Limitations on Exercise of Option.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, prior to the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, or after ten years following the Grant Date, or after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 18 hereof which results in termination of the Option.

 

7.6  Exercise Procedure.

 

An Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery to the Company of written notice of exercise on any business day, at the Company’s principal office, on the form specified by the Company. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised. The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time shall be the lesser of (i) 100 shares or such lesser number set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and (ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the time of exercise. The Option Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 8.

 

7.7  Right of Holders of Options.

 

Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a shareholder (for example, the right to cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of shares of Stock) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to such individual.

 

10



 

7.8  Delivery of Stock Certificates.

 

Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing such Grantee’s ownership of the shares of Stock purchased upon such exercise of the Option. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under this Plan for the delivery of stock certificates through the use of book-entry.

 

7.9  Transferability of Options.

 

During the lifetime of a Grantee, only the Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise an Option. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

8. FORM  OF PAYMENT

 

Payment of the Option Price for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company. Subject to the prior approval of the Company or the Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee or (ii) by delivering to the Company or the Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price. In addition, to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares purchased pursuant to exercise of an Option may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

 

9. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

The Company or any Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the issuance of any shares of Stock or payment of any kind upon the exercise of any Grant. At the time of such exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Company or Affiliate, as the case may

 

11



 

be, any amount that the Company or Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Company or the Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee or (ii) by delivering to the Company or the Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 9 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.

 

10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK

 

10.1  Restrictions on Transfer.

 

Subject to Section 10.4 below, a Grantee (or such other individual who is entitled to exercise an Option or otherwise acquire shares pursuant to a Grant under the terms of this Plan) shall not sell, pledge, assign, gift, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock acquired pursuant to a Grant to any person or entity without the consent of the Company other than to immediate family members or a trust established for the benefit of Grantee or his immediate family members. The restrictions of this Section 10.1 apply to any person to whom Stock that was originally acquired pursuant to a Grant is bequeathed, gifted, transferred or otherwise disposed of, without regard to the number of such subsequent transferees or the manner in which they acquire the Stock, but the restrictions of this Section 10.1 do not apply to a transfer of Stock that occurs as a result of the death of the Grantee or of any subsequent transferee (but shall apply to the executor, the administrator or personal representative, the estate, and the legatees, beneficiaries and assigns thereof).

 

12



 

10.2  Repurchase and Other Rights.

 

Stock issued upon exercise of a Grant may be subject to such right of repurchase or other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine, consistent with applicable law. Any such additional restriction shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

10.3  Installment Payments.

 

10.3.1  General Rule.

 

In the case of any purchase of Stock or an Option under this Section 10, the Company or its permitted assignee may pay the Grantee, transferee of the Option or other registered owner of the Stock the purchase price in three or fewer annual installments. Interest shall be credited on the installments at the applicable federal rate (as determined for purposes of Section 1274 of the Code) in effect on the date on which the purchase is made. The Company or its permitted assignee shall pay at least one-third of the total purchase price each year, plus interest on the unpaid balance, with the first payment being made on or before the 60th day after the purchase.

 

10.3.2  Exception in the Case of Stock Repurchase Right.

 

If an Award Agreement authorizes, upon the Grantee’s termination of Service, the repurchase of shares of Stock acquired by the Grantee pursuant to the exercise of an Option , to the extent required by applicable law, payment shall be made in cash or by cancellation of indebtedness within the later of 90 days from the date of termination of Service or 90 days from the date of exercise or purchase, as the case may be.

 

10.4  Publicly Traded Stock.

 

If the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or is admitted to quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market, the foregoing transfer restrictions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 shall terminate as of the first date that the Stock is so listed, quoted or publicly traded.

 

13


 

10.5  Legend.

 

In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon shares of Stock under this Plan or as provided in an Award Agreement, the Board may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificate representing shares issued pursuant to this Plan that complies with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under it.

 

11. PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter entered into by a Grantee with the Company or any Affiliate, except an agreement, contract, or understanding hereafter entered into that expressly modifies or excludes application of this paragraph (an “Other Agreement”), and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other arrangement for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to the Grantee (including groups or classes of participants or beneficiaries of which the Grantee is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or for the Grantee (a “Benefit Arrangement”), if the Grantee is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code, any Grants held by that Grantee and any right to receive any payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable or vested (i) to the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Grantee under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code as then in effect (a “Parachute Payment”) and (ii) if, as a result of receiving a Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the Grantee from the Company under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by the Grantee without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment. In the event that the receipt of any such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit under this Plan, in conjunction with all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Grantee under any Other Agreement or any Benefit Arrangement would cause the Grantee to be considered to have received a Parachute Payment under this Plan that would have the effect of decreasing the after-tax amount received by the Grantee as described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Grantee shall have the right, in the Grantee’s sole discretion, to designate those rights, payments, or benefits under this Plan, any

 

14



 

Other Agreements, and any Benefit Arrangements that should be reduced or eliminated so as to avoid having the payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan be deemed to be a Parachute Payment.

 

12. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

12.1  General.

 

The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Grant if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other individual exercising a right emanating from such Grant, or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to a Grant upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option pursuant to such Grant unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Grant. Specifically, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any right emanating from such Grant, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Grant, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction

 

15



 

apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

12.2  Rule 16b-3.

 

During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Grants pursuant to the Plan and the exercise of Options granted hereunder will qualify for the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its sole discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

 

13. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

13.1  Changes in Stock.

 

The number of shares for which Grants may be made under the Plan shall be proportionately increased or decreased for any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Stock on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or for any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date (any such event hereafter referred to as a “Corporate Event”). In addition, subject to the exception set forth in the last sentence of Section 13.4, the number of shares for which Grants are outstanding shall be proportionately increased or decreased for any increase or decrease in the number of Shares of Stock on account of any Corporate Event. Any such adjustment in outstanding Options shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of an Option outstanding but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as an increase in shares effected without receipt of consideration. In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of an extraordinary cash dividend or securities of any other entity or other assets (other than ordinary dividends payable

 

16



 

in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Company may, in such manner as the Company deems appropriate, adjust (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Grants and/or (ii) the exercise price of outstanding Options to reflect such distribution.

 

13.2  Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity and in Which No Change of Control Occurs.

 

Subject to the exception set forth in the last sentence of Section 13.4, if the Company shall be the surviving entity in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities and in which no Change of Control occurs, any Grant theretofore made pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply solely to the shares to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Grant would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, and in the case of Options, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

13.3  Change of Control.

 

Subject to the last sentence of Section 13.4 upon the occurrence of a Change of Control the Board, may, in its sole discretion, take any of, or any combination of, the following actions:

 

(i) Provide that all Options outstanding hereunder shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain exercisable for a reasonable period of time determined by the Board in its sole discretion. With respect to the Company’s establishment of an exercise window, (i) any exercise of an Option during such period shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the event end shall be effective only immediately before the consummation of the event, and (ii) upon consummation of any Change of Control, the Plan, and all outstanding but unexercised Options shall terminate. The Board shall send written notice of an event that will result in such a termination to all individuals who hold Options not later than the time at which the Company gives notice thereof to its shareholders.

 

(ii) Cancel any outstanding Grants (whether vested or unvested) and pay or deliver, or cause to be paid or delivered, to the holder thereof an amount in

 

17



 

cash or securities having a value (as determined by the Board acting in good faith) equal to the product of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Grant (the “Grant Shares”) multiplied by the amount, if any by which (I) the formula or fixed price per share paid to holders of shares of Stock pursuant to such transaction exceeds (II) the Option Price applicable to such Grant Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the holder of any Option affected thereby, make payment of the consideration contemplated by this Section 13.3(ii) in the same form and manner and to the same degree as consideration to be received by holders of Stock in connection with the Change of Control. By way of example but not by way of limitation, if a portion of the cash consideration otherwise payable to holders of Stock in connection with the Change of Control is required to be placed into an escrow or similar holdback fund, the Board may require that a portion of the cash otherwise payable to optionees be similarly placed into such escrow or holdback fund to the same extent and in the same degree as holders of Stock.

 

(iii) Provide in writing in connection with a Change of Control for the assumption or continuation of the Options theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such Grants for new common stock options relating to the stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number of shares (disregarding any consideration that is not common stock) end option prices, in which event the Grants theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.

 

If none of the forgoing actions are taken, any Options that are not vested and any Options that are vested but are not exercised will terminate at the time of the closing a Change of Control transaction.

 

13.4  Adjustments.

 

Adjustments under Section  13 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share. The Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of Grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, for different

 

18



 

provisions to apply to a Grant in place of those described in Sections 13.1, 13.2 and 13.3.

 

13.5  No Limitations on Company.

 

The making of Grants pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

14. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

 

14.1  Term of the Plan.

 

The Effective Date of this Plan is the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within twelve (12) months after its adoption by the Board, any Grants already made shall be null and void, and no additional Grants shall be made after such date. The Plan shall terminate automatically ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board and may be terminated on any earlier date as next provided.

 

14.2  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any shares or Stock as to which Grants have not been made. An amendment to the Plan shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable law, regulations or rules. No Grants shall be made after the termination of the Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, alter or impair rights or obligations under any Grant theretofore awarded under the Plan.

 

19



 

15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

15.1  Disclaimer of Rights

 

No provision in the Plan or in any Grant or Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Company or any Affiliate. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any participant or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

 

15.2  Nonexclusivity of the Plan

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals) as the Board in its sole discretion determines desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise then under the Plan.

 

15.3  Captions

 

The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such Award Agreement.

 

15.4  Other Award Agreement Provisions

 

Each Grant awarded under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.

 

20



 

15.5  Number and Gender

 

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

 

15.6  Severability

 

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

15.7  Governing Law

 

The validity and construction of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Grants awarded hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Grants awarded hereunder to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

15.8  Code Section 409A

 

The Board intends to comply with Section 409A of the Code, or an exemption to Section 409A of the Code, with regard to Grants hereunder that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that a Grantee would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain nonqualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as a result or any provision of any Grant granted under this Plan, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Board.

 

21



 

16. EXECUTION

 

To record adoption of the Plan by the Board as of May 8, 2006, and approval of the Plan by the stockholders on May 8, 2006, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the Plan.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Title:

CEO

 

22




Exhibit  10.3

 

Exhibit D

Director Form of Option Agreement

 



 

Exhibit D

 

Non-Employee Director—Accelerated Vesting on a Change in Control

 

Option No.:               

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its Common Stock, $.001 par value, (the “Stock”) to the optionee named below. The terms and conditions of the option are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Grant Date:

 

,  200  

 

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Covered by Option:

 

 

 

Option Price per Share: $

 

 .

 

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 , 20   

 

 

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent .

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument

 



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Nonqualified Stock Option

 

This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

Vesting

 

This option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the option. Subject to the preceding sentence, you may exercise this option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares not less than 100 shares, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and below in this Agreement.

 

Your right to purchase shares of Stock under this option vests as to one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares covered by this option, as shown on the cover sheet (the “Option Shares”), on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (“Anniversary Date”), provided you then continue in Service. Thereafter, for each such vesting date that you remain in Service, the number of shares of Stock which you may purchase under this option shall vest at the rate of one-sixteenth (1/16th) of the Option Shares per three month period following the Anniversary Date. The resulting aggregate number of vested shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you cannot vest in more than the number of shares covered by this option.

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, if you have been a member of the Board of Directors for two (2) years, your Option Shares will become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in the Plan provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not include a bona fide, firm commitment underwritten public offering of the common stock of the Corporation pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

No additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

 

2



 

Term

 

Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier (but never later) if your Service terminates, as described below.

 

Termination Other Than Cause

 

If your Service terminates for any reason, other than Cause, then the unvested portion of your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on your termination date.

 

Termination for Cause

 

If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your option and the option shall immediately expire.

 

Notice of Exercise

 

When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper “Notice of Exercise” form at the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 100 shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your shares of Stock should be registered (in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

Form of Payment

 

When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

 

·

 

Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

 

 

 

·

 

By causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you with a fair market value, determined as of the effective date of

 

3



 

 

 

the option exercise, equal to the option price

 

 

 

·

 

Shares of Stock which have already been owned by you. The value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option price.

 

 

 

·

 

To the extent a public market for the Stock exists as determined by the Company, by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

 

 

 

Transfer of Option

 

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the option. You cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your option in any other way.

 

Market Stand - off Agreement

 

In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180

 

4



 

days in length).

 

Investment Representation

 

If the sale of Stock under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act, but an exemption is available which requires an investment or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Stock being acquired upon exercise of this option is being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

No Transfer

 

You cannot sell, transfer or assign any shares of Stock acquired on exercise of this option without the Company’s consent other than to immediate family members or a trust established for your benefit or your immediate family members. You may, however, dispose of the shares acquired on exercise of this option in your will or they may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution. These restrictions apply to any person to whom Stock that was originally acquired pursuant to this option is bequeathed, gifted, transferred or otherwise disposed of, without regard to the number of such subsequent transferees or the manner in which they acquire the Stock.

 

This restriction on transfer shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Right to Repurchase

 

Following termination of your Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of those shares of Stock that you have or will acquire under this option. If the Company exercises its right to purchase the shares, the Company will notify you of its intention to purchase such shares, and will consummate the purchase within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of your termination of Service or, in the case of Stock acquired after your termination of Service, within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of the date of exercise. The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of your termination of Service if the Company exercises its

 

5



 

right to purchase such shares within 90 days of your termination of Service or exercises its right within 90 days of the date of your exercise of the option following termination of Service; otherwise the purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date the Company gives you notice of its intent to exercise its right to purchase the shares. The Company’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Retention Rights

 

Neither your option nor this Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) in any capacity. The Company (and any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

Shareholder Rights

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until a certificate for your option’s shares has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made), except as described in the Plan.

 

Adjustments

 

In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the option price per share may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

Legends

 

All certificates representing the Stock issued upon exercise of this option shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO

 

6



 

PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION’S SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

 

Other Agreements

 

You agree, as a condition of the grant of this option, that in connection with the exercise of the option, you will execute such document(s) as necessary to become a party to any shareholder agreement or voting trust as the

 

7



 

Company may require.

 

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

 

8




Exhibit 10.4

 

Exhibit C
Executive Form of Option Agreement

 



 

Executive—Accelerated Vesting on a Change in Control

 

Option No.:              

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its Class B common stock, $.001 par value, (the “Stock”) to the optionee named below. The terms and conditions of the option are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Grant Date:

 

, 200

 

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

Optionee’s Employee Identification Number:

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

Number of Shares Covered by Option:

 

 

Option Price per Share: $

 

 .

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 , 20

 

 

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument

 



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Nonqualified Stock Option

 

This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

Vesting

 

This option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the option. Subject to the preceding sentence, you may exercise this option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares not less than 100 shares, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and below in this Agreement.

 

Your right to purchase shares of Stock under this option vests as to one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares covered by this option, as shown on the cover sheet (the “Option Shares”), on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (“Anniversary Date”), provided you then continue in Service. Thereafter, for each such vesting date that you remain in Service, the number of shares of Stock which you may purchase under this option shall vest at the rate of one-sixteenth (1/16th) of the Option Shares per three month period following the Anniversary Date. The resulting aggregate number of vested shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you cannot vest in more than the number of shares covered by this option.

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, your Option Shares will become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in the Plan provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not include a bona fide, firm commitment underwritten public offering of the common stock of the Corporation pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

No additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

 

Term

 

Your option will expire in any event at the close of

 

2



 

business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier (but never later) if your Service terminates, as described below.

 

Regular Termination

 

If your Service terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 30 th  day after your termination date.

 

Termination for Cause

 

If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your option and the option shall immediately expire.

 

Death

 

If your Service terminates because of your death, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date six (6) months after the date of death. During that six (6) month period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your option.

 

In addition, if you die during the 30-day period described in connection with a regular termination (i.e., a termination of your Service not on account of your death, Disability or Cause), and a vested portion of your option has not yet been exercised, then your option will instead expire on the date six (6) months after your termination date. In such a case, during the period following your death up to the date six (6)  months after your termination date, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your option.

 

Disability

 

If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date six (6) months after your termination date.

 

Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of this option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide employee leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, your Service will be treated as terminating 30 days after you went on employee leave, unless your right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Your Service terminates in any event

 

3



 

when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

The Company determines, in its sole discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

Notice of Exercise

 

When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper “Notice of Exercise” form at the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 100 shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your shares of Stock should be registered (in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

Form of Payment

 

When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

 

·                        Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

 

·                        By causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you with a fair market value, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, equal to the option price.

 

·                        Shares of Stock which have already been owned by you. The value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option price.

 

·                        To the extent a public market for the Stock exists as determined by the Company, by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in

 

4



 

payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You will not be allowed to exercise this option unless you make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the option exercise or sale of Stock acquired under this option. In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or any Affiliate including withholding from the shares of Stock issuable on exercise of this option.

 

Transfer of Option

 

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the option. You cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your option in any other way.

 

Market Stand-off Agreement

 

In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180

 

5



 

days in length).

 

Investment Representation

 

If the sale of Stock under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act, but an exemption is available which requires an investment or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Stock being acquired upon exercise of this option is being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

No Transfer

 

You cannot sell, transfer or assign any shares of Stock acquired on exercise of this option without the Company’s consent other than to immediate family members or a trust established for your benefit or your immediate family members. You may, however, dispose of the shares acquired on exercise of this option in your will or they may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution. These restrictions apply to any person to whom Stock that was originally acquired pursuant to this option is bequeathed, gifted, transferred or otherwise disposed of, without regard to the number of such subsequent transferees or the manner in which they acquire the Stock.

 

This restriction on transfer shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Right to Repurchase

 

Following termination of your Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of those shares of Stock that you have or will acquire under this option. If the Company exercises its right to purchase the shares, the Company will notify you of its intention to purchase such shares, and will consummate the purchase within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of your termination of Service or, in the case of Stock acquired after your termination of Service, within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of the date of exercise. The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of your termination of Service if the Company exercises its

 

6



 

right to purchase such shares within 90 days of your termination of Service or exercises its right within 90 days of the date of your exercise of the option following termination of Service; otherwise the purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date the Company gives you notice of its intent to exercise its right to purchase the shares. The Company’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Retention Rights

 

Neither your option nor this Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) in any capacity. The Company (and any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

Shareholder Rights

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until a certificate for your option’s shares has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made), except as described in the Plan.

 

Adjustments

 

In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the option price per share may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

Legends

 

All certificates representing the Stock issued upon exercise of this option shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO

 

7



 

PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION’S SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

 

Other Agreements

 

You agree, as a condition of the grant of this option, that in connection with the exercise of the option, you will execute such document(s) as necessary to become a party to any shareholder agreement or voting trust as the

 

8



 

Company may require.

 

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

 

9




Exhibit 10.5

 

Exhibit B

Standard Form of Option Agreement

 



 

Option No.:                  

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its Class  B Common Stock, $.001 par value, (the “Stock”) to the optionee named below. The terms and conditions of the option are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Grant Date:

 

, 200

 

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

Optionee’s Employee Identification Number:

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

Number of Shares Covered by Option:

 

 

Option Price per Share: $

 

 .

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 , 20

 

 

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

At ta ch ment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument

 



 

ROSETTA STONE INC .

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Nonqualified Stock Option

 

This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

Vesting

 

This option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the option. Subject to the preceding sentence, you may exercise this option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares not less than 10 shares, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and below in this Agreement.

 

Your right to purchase shares of Stock under this option vests as to one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares covered by this option, as shown on the cover sheet (the “Option Shares”), on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (“Anniversary Date”), provided you then continue in Service. Thereafter, for each such vesting date that you remain in Service, the number of shares of Stock which you may purchase under this option shall vest at the rate of one-sixteenth (1/16) of the Option Shares per three month period following the Anniversary Date. The resulting aggregate number of vested shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you cannot vest in more than the number of shares covered by this option.

 

No additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

 

Term

 

Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier (but never later) if your Service terminates, as described below.

 

Regular Termination

 

If your Service terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 30 th

 

2



 

day after your termination date.

 

Termination for Cause

 

If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your option and the option shall immediately expire.

 

Death

 

If your Service terminates because of your death, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date six (6) months after the date of death. During that six (6) month period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your option.

 

In addition, if you die during the 30-day period described in connection with a regular termination (i.e., a termination of your Service not on account of your death, Disability or Cause), and a vested portion of your option has not yet been exercised, then your option will instead expire on the date six (6) months after your termination date. In such a case, during the period following your death up to the date six (6) months after your termination date, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your option.

 

Disability

 

If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date six (6) months after your termination date.

 

Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of this option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide employee leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, your Service will be treated as terminating 30 days after you went on employee leave, unless your right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

The Company determines, in its sole discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

Notice of Exercise

 

When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper “Notice of Exercise” form at

 

3



 

the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 10 shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your shares of Stock should be registered (in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

Form of Payment

 

When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

 

·         Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

 

·         By causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you with a Fair Market Value, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, equal to the option price.

 

·         Shares of Stock which have already been owned by you. The Fair Market Value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option price.

 

·         To the extent a public market for the Stock exists as determined by the Company, by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You will not be allowed to exercise this option unless you make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the option exercise or sale of Stock acquired under this option. In the event that the Company determines that any federal,

 

4



 

state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or any Affiliate including withholding from the shares of Stock issuable on exercise of this option.

 

Transfer of Option

 

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the option. You cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your option in any other way.

 

Market Stand-off Agreement

 

In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length).

 

Investment Representation

 

If the sale of Stock under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act, but an exemption is available which requires an investment or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Stock being acquired upon exercise of this option is being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other

 

5



 

representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

No Transfer

 

You cannot sell, transfer or assign any shares of Stock acquired on exercise of this option without the Company’s consent. You may, however, dispose of the shares acquired on exercise of this option in your will or they may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

This restriction on transfer shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Right to Repurchase

 

Following termination of your Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of those shares of Stock that you have or will acquire under this option. If the Company exercises its right to purchase the shares, the Company will notify you of its intention to purchase such shares, and will consummate the purchase within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of your termination of Service or, in the case of Stock acquired after your termination of Service, within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of the date of exercise.

 

The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of your termination of Service if the Company exercises its right to purchase such shares within 90 days of your termination of Service or exercises its right within 90 days of the date of your exercise of the option following termination of Service; otherwise the purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date the Company gives you notice of its intent to exercise its right to purchase the shares.

 

The Company’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

Retention Rights

 

Neither your option nor this Agreement give you the right

 

6



 

to be retained by the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) in any capacity. The Company (and any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

Shareholder Rights

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until a certificate for your option’s shares has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made), except as described in the Plan.

 

Adjustments

 

In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the option price per share may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan.

 

Legends

 

All certificates representing the Stock issued upon exercise of this option shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION

 

7



 

THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION’S SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

 

Other Agreements

 

You agree, as a condition of the grant of this option, that in connection with the exercise of the option, you will execute such document(s) as necessary to become a party to any shareholder agreement or voting trust as the Company may require.

 

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

 

8




Exhibit 10.7

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of «Date» by and between Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Name» (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS , it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS , Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

 

WHEREAS , both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

 

WHEREAS , the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and

 

WHEREAS , in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid certificate of incorporation and bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company) and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Certain Definitions:

 

(a)           “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)           “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with, the person specified, including, without limitation, with respect to the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

 



 

(c)           A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “ person ” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Act or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his or her spouse or lineal descendants), is or becomes the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(d)           “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability or loss, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal) or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(e)           “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as described above.

 

2



 

(f)            “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(g)           “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.

 

(h)           “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(i)            “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2.             Agreement to Indemnify .

 

(a)           General Agreement .  In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto).  The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

 

(b)           Initiation of Proceeding .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5 or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

 

(c)           Expense Advances .  If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within thirty (30) days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”).  The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and

 

3



 

no interest shall be charged thereon.  This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(f).

 

(d)           Mandatory Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e)           Partial Indemnification .  If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f)            Prohibited Indemnification .  No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which a final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee or Indemnitee enters into a settlement, in each case (i) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws; (ii) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or (iii) for which payment is prohibited by law.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated or implied in this Section 2(f), indemnification pursuant to this Agreement relating to any Proceeding against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws shall not be prohibited if Indemnitee ultimately establishes in any Proceeding that no recovery of such profits from Indemnitee is permitted under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws.

 

3.             Reviewing Party .  Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; provided that if all members of the Board are parties to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party.  With respect to all matters arising before a Change in Control for which Independent Counsel shall be the Reviewing Party and all matters arising after a Change in Control, in each case concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters)

 

4



 

within the last five years.  The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4.             Indemnification Process and Appeal .

 

(a)           Indemnification Payment .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, but in no event later than thirty (30) business days after demand, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Reviewing Party making a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to the Reviewing Party upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.

 

(b)           Suit to Enforce Rights .  Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof.  The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any such proceeding that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

(c)           Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions .  It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed.  In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.  Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper

 

5



 

under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.  For purposes of any determination of good faith under any applicable standard of conduct, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or the Board or counsel selected by any committee of the Board or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board.  The provisions of the preceding sentence shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct.  The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, or any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

5.             Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for

 

(i)            indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

 

(ii)           recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company; but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.  In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

6.             Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

 

(a)           Notice .  Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

 

6



 

(b)           Defense .  With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company.  The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company, or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or under the circumstances provided for in (iii) and (iv) above.

 

(c)           Settlement of Claims .  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement.  The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity as a result of Indemnitee’s failure to provide notice, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, and the lack of such notice materially prejudiced the Company’s ability to participate in defense of such action.  The Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

 

7.             Establishment of Trust .  In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event.  The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel.  The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within thirty (30) days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under

 

7



 

Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise no later than thirty (30) days after notice pursuant to Section 4(a) and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement.  The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee.  Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.  All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes.  The Company shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

 

8.             Non-Exclusivity .  The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, applicable law or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee.  To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, applicable law or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9.             Liability Insurance .  To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

10.           Period of Limitations .  No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances.  Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

11.           Amendment of this Agreement .  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

8



 

12.           Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

13.           No Duplication of Payments .  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

14.           Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement relating thereto.

 

15.           Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.  The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

16.           Severability .  If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (a) the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable.

 

17.           Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is available to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall pay all or a portion of the amount that would otherwise be incurred by Indemnitee for Expenses in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in

 

9



 

order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

18.           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.  The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery, (ii) consent to submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii)waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

19.           Notices .  All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to the Company at:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc.
1101 Wilson Blvd.

Suite 1130

Arlington, VA 22209
Attention: General Counsel

 

and to Indemnitee at:

 

the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.  Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section.  All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

20.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

* * * * *

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE ,

 

an individual

 

 

 

 

 

«name»

 

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of January 4, 2006

 

among

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.
as a Borrower,

 

THE OTHER PERSONS THAT JOIN THIS AGREEMENT AS A BORROWER
FROM TIME TO TIME PURSUANT TO A BORROWER JOINDER AGREEMENT,
as Borrowers

 

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,
as Lenders,

 

and

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1.   

 

Definitions; Interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1.

 

Definitions

 

1

1.2.

 

Interpretation

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.   

 

Credit Facilities

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.

 

Commitments

 

15

 

 

2.1.1.

Revolving Loan Commitments

 

15

 

 

2.1.2.

Term A Loan Commitments

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.

 

Loan Procedures

 

15

 

 

2.2.1.

Loan Types

 

15

 

 

2.2.2.

Borrowing

 

15

 

 

2.2.3.

Conversion; Continuation

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.

 

Letters of Credit

 

16

 

 

2.3.1.

Commitment

 

16

 

 

2.3.2.

Application

 

17

 

 

2.3.3.

Reimbursement Obligations

 

17

 

 

2.3.4.

Participations in Letters of Credit

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

2.4.

 

Commitments Several

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.

 

Certain Conditions

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

2.6.

 

Loan Accounting

 

19

 

 

2.6.1.

Recordkeeping

 

19

 

 

2.6.2.

Notes

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

2.7.

 

Interest

 

19

 

 

2.7.1.

Interest Rates

 

19

 

 

2.7.2.

Interest Payment Dates

 

19

 

 

2.7.3.

Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates

 

20

 

 

2.7.4.

Computation of Interest

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

2.8.

 

Fees

 

20

 

 

2.8.1.

Commitment Fee

 

20

 

 

2.8.2.

Letter of Credit Fees

 

20

 

 

2.8.3.

Agent’s Fees

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

2.9.

 

Commitment Reduction

 

21

 

 

2.9.1.

Voluntary Reduction or Termination of Revolving Loan Commitment

 

21

 

 

2.9.2.

Mandatory Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitment

 

21

 

 

2.9.3.

All Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitment

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

2.10.

 

Prepayment

 

21

 

 

2.10.1.

Voluntary Prepayment

 

21

 

 

2.10.2.

Mandatory Prepayment

 

21

 

 

2.10.3.

All Prepayments

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

2.11.

 

Repayment

 

22

 

 

2.11.1.

Revolving Loans

 

22

 

 

2.11.2.

Term A Loan

 

22

 

i



 

2.12.

 

Payment

 

23

 

 

2.12.1.

Making and Settlement of Payments

 

23

 

 

2.12.2.

Application of Payments and Proceeds

 

23

 

 

2.12.3.

Payment Dates

 

25

 

 

2.12.4.

Set-off

 

25

 

 

2.12.5.

Proration of Payments

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

2.13.

 

Joinder and Joint and Several Liability

 

25

 

 

2.13.1.

Joinder of Opco Borrower

 

25

 

 

2.13.2.

Joint and Several

 

25

 

 

2.13.3.

Waivers by Borrowers

 

26

 

 

2.13.4.

Benefit of Joint and Several Obligations

 

26

 

 

2.13.5.

Subordination of Subrogation, Etc.

 

26

 

 

2.13.6.

Election of Remedies

 

27

 

 

2.13.7.

Limitation

 

27

 

 

2.13.8.

Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations

 

27

 

 

2.13.9.

Liability Cumulative

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.   

 

Yield Protection

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.

 

Taxes

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

3.2.

 

Increased Cost

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

3.3.

 

Inadequate or Unfair Basis

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

3.4.

 

Change in Law

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

3.5.

 

Funding Losses

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

3.6.

 

Manner of Funding; Alternate Funding Offices

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

3.7.

 

Mitigation of Circumstances; Replacement of Lenders

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

3.8.

 

Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.   

 

Conditions Precedent

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.

 

Initial Credit Extension

 

32

 

 

4.1.1.

Capitalization; Adjusted EBITDA

 

32

 

 

4.1.2.

Initial Loans; Availability

 

32

 

 

4.1.3.

Closing Date Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio

 

32

 

 

4.1.4.

Prior Debt

 

32

 

 

4.1.5.

Related Transactions

 

32

 

 

4.1.6.

Fees

 

32

 

 

4.1.7.

Delivery of Loan Documents

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

4.2.

 

All Credit Extensions

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.   

 

Representations and Warranties

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.

 

Organization

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.

 

Authorization; No Conflict

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

5.3.

 

Validity; Binding Nature

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

5.4.

 

Financial Condition

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

5.5.

 

No Material Adverse Change

 

35

 

ii



 

5.6.

 

Litigation

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

5.7.

 

Ownership of Properties; Liens

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

5.8.

 

Capitalization

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

5.9.

 

Pension Plans

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

5.10.

 

Investment Company Act

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.11.

 

Public Utility Holding Company Act

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.12.

 

Margin Stock

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.13.

 

Taxes

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.14.

 

Solvency

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.15.

 

Environmental Matters

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

5.16.

 

Insurance

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

5.17.

 

Information

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

5.18.

 

Proprietary Rights

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

5.19.

 

Restrictive Provisions

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

5.20.

 

Labor Matters

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

5.21.

 

No Default

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

5.22.

 

Related Agreements

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

5.23.

 

Inactive Subsidiary

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.   

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

6.1.

 

Information

 

42

 

 

6.1.1.

Annual Report

 

42

 

 

6.1.2.

Interim Reports

 

42

 

 

6.1.3.

Compliance Certificate and Excess Cash Flow Certificate

 

42

 

 

6.1.4.

Reports to SEC and Shareholders

 

43

 

 

6.1.5.

Notice of Default; Litigation; ER1SA and Other Matters

 

43

 

 

6.1.6.

Availability Certificate

 

44

 

 

6.1.7.

Management Report

 

44

 

 

6.1.8.

Projections

 

44

 

 

6.1.9.

Other Information

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

6.2.

 

Books; Records; Inspections

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

6.3.

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

6.4.

 

Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

6.5.

 

Maintenance of Existence

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

6.6.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

6.7.

 

Environmental Matters

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

6.8.

 

Intellectual Property

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

6.9.

 

Further Assurances

 

46

 

iii



 

Section 7.   

 

Negative Covenants

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

7.1.

 

Debt

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.

 

Liens

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

7.3.

 

Operating Leases

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

7.4.

 

Restricted Payments

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

7.5.

 

Mergers; Consolidations; Asset Sales

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

7.6.

 

Modification of Organizational Documents

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

7.7.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

7.8.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.

 

Inconsistent Agreements

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

7.10.

 

Business Activities

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

7.11.

 

Investments

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

7.12.

 

Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

7.13.

 

Fiscal Year

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

7.14.

 

Financial Covenants

 

53

 

 

7.14.1.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 

53

 

 

7.14.2.

Interest Coverage Ratio

 

53

 

 

7.14.3.

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

53

 

 

7.14.4.

Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio

 

53

 

 

7.14.5.

EBITDA

 

53

 

 

7.14.6.

Capital Expenditures

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

7.15.

 

Bank Accounts

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

7.16.

 

Subsidiaries

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.   

 

Events of Default; Remedies

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.

 

Events of Default

 

54

 

 

8.1.1.

Non-Payment of Credit

 

54

 

 

8.1.2.

Default Under Other Debt

 

54

 

 

8.1.3.

Bankruptcy; Insolvency

 

55

 

 

8.1.4.

Non-Compliance with Loan Documents

 

55

 

 

8.1.5.

Representations; Warranties

 

55

 

 

8.1.6.

Pension Plans

 

55

 

 

8.1.7.

Judgments

 

55

 

 

8.1.8.

Invalidity of Collateral Documents

 

56

 

 

8.1.9.

Change of Control

 

56

 

 

8.1.10.

Activities of Parent and Holdings

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.

 

Remedies

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.   

 

Agent

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.

 

Appointment; Authorization

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

9.2.

 

Delegation of Duties

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

9.3.

 

Limited Liability

 

57

 

iv



 

9.4.

 

Reliance

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

9.5.

 

Notice of Default

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

9.6.

 

Credit Decision

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

9.7.

 

Indemnification

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

9.8.

 

Agent Individually

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

9.9.

 

Successor Agent

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

9.10.

 

Collateral Matters

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.   

 

Miscellaneous

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

10.1.

 

Waiver; Amendments

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.

 

Notices

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.

 

Computations

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.

 

Costs; Expenses

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

10.5.

 

Indemnification by Borrowers

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

10.6.

 

Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

10.7.

 

Nonliability of Lenders

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

10.8.

 

Assignments; Participations

 

63

 

 

10.8.1.

Assignments

 

63

 

 

10.8.2.

Participations

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

10.9.

 

Confidentiality

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

10.10.

 

Captions

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.

 

Nature of Remedies

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

10.12.

 

Counterparts

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

10.13.

 

Severability

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

10.14.

 

Entire Agreement

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

10.15.

 

Successors; Assigns

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

10.16.

 

Governing Law

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

10.17.

 

Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

10.18.

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

10.19.

 

Holdings as Agent for Borrowers

 

66

 

v



 

Annexes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex I

 

Commitments and Pro Rata Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex II

 

Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment Agreement

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Availability Certificate

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Note

 

 

Exhibit E

 

Form of Borrowing Notice

 

 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Conversion/Continuation Notice

 

 

Exhibit G

 

Form of Borrower Joinder Agreement

 

 

Exhibit H

 

Form of Excess Cash Flow Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4.1.4

 

Prior Debt

 

 

Schedule 5.6

 

Litigation

 

 

Schedule 5.8

 

Capitalization

 

 

Schedule 5.13

 

Taxes

 

 

Schedule 5.16

 

Insurance

 

 

Schedule 5.18

 

Proprietary Rights

 

 

Schedule 5.20

 

Labor Matters

 

 

Schedule 7.1

 

Existing Debt

 

 

Schedule 7.2

 

Existing Liens

 

 

Schedule 7.11

 

Existing Investments

 

 

Schedule 7.15

 

Bank Accounts

 

 

 

vi


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) among Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the other Persons that join this Agreement as a borrower pursuant to a Borrower Joinder Agreement and become party hereto from time to time (Holdings and such other Persons are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and collectively as the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions party hereto from time to time (together with their respective successors and assigns, “ Lenders ”) and Madison Capital Funding LLC (in its individual capacity, “ Madison ”), as Agent for all Lenders.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section I.      Definitions; Interpretation .

 

1.1.           Definitions .

 

When used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Administrative Borrower has the meaning set forth in Section 10.19 .

 

Acceleration Event means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) an Event of Default under Section 8.1.3 ; (ii) an Event of Default under Section 8.1.1 and the termination of the Commitments: or (iii) any other Event of Default under Section 8.1 and the election by the Required Lenders to declare the Obligations to be due and payable or to terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment.

 

Account has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Account Debtor means any Person who is obligated to Opco Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to any Account.

 

Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets of a Person, or of all or a substantial portion of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is already a Subsidiary).

 

Adjusted Working Capital means the remainder of (a) the consolidated current assets of Holdings and the Subsidiaries minus the amount of cash and cash equivalents included in such consolidated current assets, minus (b) the consolidated current liabilities of Holdings and the Subsidiaries minus the amount of consolidated short-term Debt (including current maturities of long-term Debt) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries included in such consolidated current liabilities.

 

Affiliate of any Person means (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (b) any officer or director of such Person and (c) with respect to any Lender, any entity administered or managed by such Lender or an Affiliate or investment advisor thereof which is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans. A Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” any other Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers or power to direct or cause the

 

1



 

direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. Unless expressly stated otherwise herein, neither Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed an Affiliate of any Borrower or of any Subsidiary.

 

Agent means Madison in its capacity as agent for all Lenders hereunder and any successor thereto in such capacity.

 

Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

Applicable Margin means the applicable rate per annum corresponding to the applicable Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio, all as set forth in the following table:

 

 

 

Revolving Loans and the Term A Loan

 

Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio

 

Base Rate

 

LIBOR Rate

 

> 1.50:1.00

 

2.00

%

3.00

%

< 1.50:1.00

 

1.75

%

2.75

%

 

The Applicable Margin shall be adjusted quarterly, to the extent applicable, on the date financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1.2(a)  (or, in the case of the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, Section 6.1.1 ) after the end of each related Fiscal Quarter based on the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) until the date that the financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2006 are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1.2(a) , the Applicable Margin shall be the rates corresponding to the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio of ³ 1.50:1.00 in the foregoing table, (b) if Borrowers fail to deliver the financial statements required by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2(a) , as applicable, and the related Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.1.3 , by the respective date required thereunder after the end of any related Fiscal Quarter, the Applicable Margin shall be the rates corresponding to the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio of ³ 1.50:1.00 in the foregoing table until such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, and (c) no reduction to the Applicable Margin shall become effective at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Applicable Multiple means the maximum Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio permitted under Section 7.14.4 as of the last day of the then most recently ended Computation Period.

 

Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Availability Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

Base Rate means, for any day, the greater of (a) the rate of interest which is identified as the “Prime Rate” and normally published in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street Journal (or, if such rate ceases to be so published, as quoted from such other generally available and recognizable source as Agent may select) and (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in such Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in such Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate.

 

Base Rate Loan means any Loan which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate.

 

Borrower has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

Borrower Joinder Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

 

2



 

Borrowing Availability means, at the time of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Revolving Loan Commitment and (b) the sum of (i) EBITDA for the most recently ended 12 month period multiplied by the Applicable Multiple minus (ii) outstanding Total Debt as of such date, in each case less such reserves and allowances as Agent deems necessary in its reasonable discretion to protect or preserve the Collateral or the value thereof.

 

Borrowing Notice means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit E .

 

Business Day means any day on which commercial banks are open for commercial banking business in Chicago, Illinois and New York, New York, and, in the case of a Business Day which relates to a LIBOR Loan, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures means all expenditures which, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, but excluding expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets to the extent financed (a) from insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored or (b) with cash awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced.

 

Capital Lease means, with respect to any Person, any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by such Person that, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

Cash Equivalent Investment means, at any time, (a) any evidence of Debt, maturing not more than one year after such time, issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) commercial paper, or corporate demand notes, in each case (unless issued by a Lender or its holding company) rated at least A-l by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-l by Moody’s Investors Service. Inc., (c) any certificate of deposit (or time deposit represented by a certificate of deposit) or banker’s acceptance maturing not more than one year after such time, or any overnight Federal Funds transaction that is issued or sold by any Lender (or by a commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000), (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with any Lender (or commercial banking institution of the nature referred to in clause (c) above) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (c) above and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such Lender (or other commercial banking institution) thereunder, (e) money market accounts or mutual funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the foregoing requirements and (f) other short term liquid investments approved in writing by Agent.

 

Closing Date means the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied or waived in writing by Agent and Lenders.

 

Closing, Date Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio means, as of the Closing Date, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such day (and after giving effect to the initial Loans made hereunder) to (b) EBITDA as of such day, provided that, solely in the case of calculating Closing Date Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio, EBITDA shall be calculated by multiplying (i) EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2005 to September 30, 2005 by (ii) 1.336996.

 

Collateral has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Collateral Access Agreement means an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or

 

3



 

otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of Inventory or other property owned by any Loan Party acknowledges the Liens of Agent and waives or subordinates any Liens held by such Person on such property, and. in the case of any such agreement with a mortgagee or lessor, permits Agent reasonable access to and use of such real property during the continuance of an Event of Default to assemble, complete and sell any Collateral stored or otherwise located thereon.

 

Collateral Documents means, collectively, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Mortgage, and each other agreement or instrument pursuant to or in connection with which any Loan Party or any other Person grants a security interest in any Collateral to Agent for the benefit of Lenders, each as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Commercial Software means packaged commercially available software programs generally available to the public which have been licensed to a Loan Party pursuant to end-user licenses and which are used in a Loan Party’s business but not a component of or incorporated into any Loan Party product.

 

Commitment means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of the Revolving Loan Commitment and such Lender’s Pro Rata Term A Share of the Term A Loan Commitment.

 

Commitment Fee means the fee payable by Borrowers to Lenders pursuant to Section 2.8.1 .

 

Company Software means proprietary rights in the software for which Proprietary Rights are owned by any Loan Party, including copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets.

 

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Computation Period means each period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on the last day of a Fiscal Quarter.

 

Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to Holdings and the Subsidiaries for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any gains from Dispositions, any extraordinary gains and any gains from discontinued operations.

 

Contingent Obligation means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise to invest in a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) any indebtedness, obligation or other liability of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the shares of any other Person. The amount of any Person’s obligation in respect of any Contingent Obligation shall (subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be the principal amount of the debt, obligation or other liability supported thereby.

 

Controlled Group means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with Holdings, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the IRC or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

Conversion/Continuation Notice means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit F .

 

Debt of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (b) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases which have been or should be recorded as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the

 

4



 

deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and obligations with respect to post-closing adjustments and other payments to be made under Sections 2.5, 2.6, 5.4, 5.5, 5.9 and 8.1 of the Stock Purchase Agreement), (d) all indebtedness secured by a Lien on the property of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person (with the amount thereof being measured as the fair market value of such property), (e) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the undrawn amount of all letters of credit, the drawn but not reimbursed amount of all letters of credit and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of such Person (including the Letters of Credit), (f) all Hedging Obligations of such Person, (g) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, (h) all full recourse indebtedness of any partnership of which such Person is a general partner, (i) all earn-out and non-compete obligations to the extent such obligations are required to be shown as liabilities of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (j) all obligations of such Person under any synthetic lease transaction, where such obligations are considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but the transaction is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

 

Default means any event that, if it continues uncured, will, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

Disposition means, as to any asset or right of any Loan Party, (a) any sale, lease, assignment or other transfer (other than to Opco Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries), (b) any loss, abandonment, destruction or damage thereof or (c) any actual or threatened condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking thereof, in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above excluding (i) assets subject to a Disposition which are repaired, restored or replaced within 180 days with assets performing the same or a similar function, (ii) Dispositions in any Fiscal Year, the Net Cash Proceeds of which do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 and (iii) the sale or other transfer of Inventory in the ordinary course of business.

 

Dollar and $ mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a Slate within the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

 

EBITDA means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) Interest Expense, amortization or write-off of Debt discount. Debt issuance costs and other fees and charges with respect to Debt, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation and amortization for such period including but not limited to amortization of intangibles, (d) any extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses or non-cash losses, including but not limited to non-cash losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business and write-downs of intangibles, (e) any other non-cash expenses or non-cash losses, including but not limited to any stock-based compensation expense, (f) transaction costs and other expenses associated with the Related Transactions, including but not limited to legal and advisory fees and incentives based on the performance of Opco Borrower, (g) management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) to the extent permitted under Section 7.4 and (h) any purchase accounting adjustments associated with the Related Transactions, including but not limited to expensing in-process research and development, minus, to the extent not otherwise deducted from Consolidated Net Income, any cash payments made in such period related to any non-cash expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period or prior periods. For the 12 month period following the consummation of the Related Transactions, EBITDA may be adjusted, in an amount acceptable to Agent, to reflect the impact, if any, of the non-cash purchase price adjustments to the current deferred revenue balance and inventory carrying value and other similar purchase price adjustments;

 

5



 

provided , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) EBITDA for the month of December, 2005 shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the adjustments to EBITDA for the months of January, 2005 through November, 2005 set forth below, and (ii) for each of the calendar months listed below, EBITDA shall be deemed to be the amount set forth below opposite such month:

 

 

Calendar Month

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

January, 2005

 

$

226,034

 

 

 

 

 

February, 2005

 

$

29,164

 

 

 

 

 

March, 2005

 

$

371,522

 

 

 

 

 

April, 2005

 

$

603,524

 

 

 

 

 

May, 2005

 

$

774,088

 

 

 

 

 

June, 2005

 

$

927,354

 

 

 

 

 

July, 2005

 

$

817,535

 

 

 

 

 

August, 2005

 

$

896,375

 

 

 

 

 

September, 2005

 

$

756,333

 

 

 

 

 

October, 2005

 

$

974,064

 

 

 

 

 

November, 2005

 

$

609,536

 

 

ECF Percentage means, for any fiscal year, 50% if the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio equals or exceeds 1.0:1.0 as of the last day of such fiscal year; and 0% if the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less than 1.0:1.0 as of the last day of such fiscal year.

 

Embedded Products means all products containing components that are subject to licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which any Loan Party is a party and pursuant to which any Loan Party is authorized to use any third party patents, patent rights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets or copyrights, including software, which are distributed by a Loan Party or incorporated in any existing product or service of a Loan Party.

 

Environmental Claims means all claims, however asserted, by any governmental, regulatory or judicial authority or other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury to the environment or any Person or property.

 

Environmental Laws means all present or future federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any governmental authority, in each case relating to any matter arising out of or relating to health and safety, or pollution or protection of the environment or workplace, including any of the foregoing relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transport, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, discharge, release, control or cleanup of any Hazardous Substance.

 

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Escrow Agreement means the Escrow Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Parent, Holdings, Opco Borrower, Sponsor, Madison, Tom Adams, the holders of the capital stock of Opco Borrower, Eugene Stoltzfus, and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as escrow agent.

 

6



 

Event of Default means any of the events described in Section 8.1 .

 

Excess Cash Flow means, for any period, the remainder of (a) the sum of (i) EBITDA for such period, plus (ii) any net decrease in Adjusted Working Capital during such period, minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) scheduled repayments of principal of Term A Loan made during such period, plus (ii) voluntary prepayments of the Term A Loan pursuant to Section 2.10.1 during such period, plus (iii) cash payments (not financed with the proceeds of Debt) made in such period with respect to Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 7.14.6 . plus (iv) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash by Opco Borrower and the Subsidiaries, or paid in cash by Holdings on account of the income of Opco Borrower and the Subsidiaries, during such period, plus (v) any net increase in Adjusted Working Capital during such period, plus (vi) transaction costs and other cash expenses associated with the Related Transactions, plus (vii) Interest Expense paid in cash during such period, plus (viii) amounts paid in cash during such period to repurchase or fund the repurchase of equity securities pursuant to Section 7.4f(v) , plus (ix) management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) during such period to the extent permitted under Section 7.4 .

 

Excess Cash Flow Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

 

Fairfield U.K. means Fairfield & Sons Limited, a private limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales.

 

Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest l/100th of 1%) equal to the rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the preceding Business Day or, if no such rate is so published, the average rate per annum, as determined by Agent, quoted for overnight Federal Funds transactions last arranged prior to such day by three (3) Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing.

 

Fee Letter means that certain amended and restated letter agreement dated as of even date herewith by Agent and acknowledged by each Borrower, as further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Fiscal Quarter means a fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year means the fiscal year of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, which period shall be the 12-month period ending on December 31 of each year.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, for any Computation Period, the ratio of (a) the total for such period of EBITDA minus the sum of all income taxes and tax distributions described in Section 7.4 paid by Holdings and the Subsidiaries and all Capital Expenditures to (b) the sum for such period of (i) Interest Expense paid in cash by Holdings and the Subsidiaries plus (ii) required payments of principal of Debt by Holdings and the Subsidiaries (including the Term A Loan but excluding the Revolving Loans) plus (iii) management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor); provided, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or prior to September 30, 2006, (A) income taxes and tax distributions, Interest Expense paid in cash, required payments of principal of Debt and management fees shall each be deemed to be the actual amount for each such category for the period commencing January 1, 2006 and ending on the last day of such Computation Period, multiplied by (x) 4, for the Computation Period ending March 31, 2006, (y) 2, for the Computation Period ending June 30, 2006, and (z) 1.33, for the Computation Period ending September 30, 2006, and (B) Capital Expenditures shall be deemed to be the sum of (I) the actual amount of Capital Expenditures (up to $1,000,000) incurred in the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2006 in connection with the purchase of a parcel of real property and improvements thereon in Harrisonburg, Virginia (such Capital Expenditure (up to $1,000,000), the “ Harrisonburg Real Property Expenditures ”).

 

7



 

plus (II) the actual amount of all other Capital Expenditures (excluding the Harrisonburg Real Property Expenditures) for the period commencing January 1, 2006 and ending on the last day of such Computation Period, multiplied by (1) 4, for the Computation Period ending March 31, 2006, (2) 2, for the Computation Period ending June 30, 2006, and (3) 1.33, for the Computation Period ending September 30, 2006.

 

Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that is not incorporated or organized under the laws of a State within the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

 

FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

 

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by each Loan Party signatory thereto in favor of Agent and Lenders, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Harrisonburg Real Property Expenditures has the meaning set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Hazardous Substances means hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, toxic substance, oil, hazardous material, chemical or other substance regulated by any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Obligation means, with respect to any Person, any liability of such Person under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, cap agreement or collar agreement, and any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices. The amount of any Person’s obligation in respect of any Hedging Obligation shall be deemed to be the incremental obligation that would be reflected in the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

 

Holdings has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

Holdings Promissory Note means that certain Promissory Note dated January 4, 2006 issued by Holdings and guaranteed by Parent, in the amount of $51,924,177.00 in cash, 12,238 shares of Class A Common Stock of Parent and 111,031 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock of Parent, due and payable in full on January 5, 2006.

 

Inactive Subsidiary means Language Success!, Inc., a Virginia corporation.

 

Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Coverage Ratio means, for any Computation Period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such Computation Period to (b) Interest Expense paid in cash by Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such Computation Period; provided, for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or prior to September 30, 2006. Interest Expense shall be deemed to be the actual amount of Interest Expense for the period commencing January 1, 2006 and ending on the last day

 

8



 

of such Computation Period, multiplied by (i) 4, for the Computation Period ending March 31, 2006, (ii) 2, for the Computation Period ending June 30, 2006, and (iii) 1.33, for the Computation Period ending September 30, 2006.

 

Interest Expense means for any period the consolidated interest expense of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such period (including all imputed interest on Capital Leases).

 

Interest Period means, as to any LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date such Loan is borrowed or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2.2 or 2.2.3 , as the case may be; provided, that: (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; (c) Administrative Borrower may not select any Interest Period for a Revolving Loan which would extend beyond the scheduled Termination Date; and (d) Administrative Borrower may not select any Interest Period for the Term A Loan if, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate principal amount of the Term A Loan having Interest Periods ending after any date on which an installment of the Term A Loan is scheduled to be repaid would exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Term A Loan scheduled to be outstanding after giving effect to such repayment.

 

Inventory has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Investment means, with respect to any Person, (a) the purchase of any debt or equity security of any other Person, (b) the making of any loan or advance to any other Person, (c) becoming obligated with respect to a Contingent Obligation in respect of obligations of any other Person (other than travel and similar advances to employees in the ordinary course of business) or (d) the making of an Acquisition. The amount of any Investment of any Loan Party in any Subsidiary shall be determined on a GAAP basis, thus meaning that the amount of any such Investment shall be adjusted for net income and losses of such Subsidiary, reduced by the amount of cash dividends paid by such Subsidiary and increased by loans, advances and equity contributions by such Loan Party to such Subsidiary (provided, that for any period, only those items of income included in the calculation of EBITDA for such period, and only those items of expenses deducted in determining EBITDA for such period, shall be taken into account in the calculation of losses of such Subsidiary for such period).

 

Investment Affiliate means, with respect to Sponsor, any fund or investment vehicle that (a) is organized by Sponsor for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies and (b) is controlled by Sponsor. For purposes of this definition “control” means the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

IRC means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Issuing Lender means Madison, or such other financial institution approved by Agent and specified to Administrative Borrower by Agent.

 

Legal Costs means, with respect to any Person, (a) all reasonable fees and charges of any counsel, accountants, auditors, appraisers, consultants and other professionals to such Person, (b) the reasonable allocable cost of internal legal services of such Person and all reasonable disbursements of such internal counsel and (c) all court costs and similar legal expenses.

 

9


 

Lenders has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

Letter of Credit has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1 .

 

Letter of Credit Fee means the fee payable by Borrowers to Lenders pursuant to Section 2.8.2 .

 

LIBOR Loan means any Loan which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

 

LIBOR Rate means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan for any Interest Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to (i) the offered rate for deposits in Dollars for the applicable Interest Period and for the amount of the applicable LIBOR Loan that appears on Telerate Page 3750 at 11:00 a.m. London time (or, if not so appearing, as published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal or another national publication selected by Agent) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, divided by (ii) the sum of one minus the daily average during such Interest Period of the aggregate maximum reserve requirement (expressed as a decimal) then imposed under Regulation D of the FRB for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined therein).

 

Lien means, with respect to any Person, any interest granted by such Person in any real or personal property, asset or other right owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person which secures payment or performance of any obligation and shall include any mortgage, lien, encumbrance, charge or other security interest of any kind, whether arising by contract, as a matter of law, by judicial process or otherwise.

 

Loan Documents means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letter, and all documents, instruments and agreements delivered in connection with the foregoing, all as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Loan Party means Parent, Holdings, Opco Borrower and each other Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Loans means Revolving Loans and the Term A Loan.

 

Madison has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

Margin Stock means any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation T, U or X of the FRB.

 

Material Adverse Effect means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the financial condition, operations, assets, business or properties of the Loan Parties taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its Obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect upon the Lien of Agent on any substantial portion of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents or upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document.

 

Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit means an amount equal to $3,000,000.

 

Mortgage means a mortgage, deed of trust, leasehold mortgage or similar instrument granting Agent a Lien on a real property interest of any Loan Party, each as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Multiemployer Pension Plan means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability.

 

10



 

Net Cash Proceeds means:

 

(a) with respect to any Disposition, the aggregate cash proceeds (including cash proceeds received pursuant to policies of insurance and by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) received by Holdings or any Subsidiary pursuant to such Disposition net of (i) the reasonable direct costs relating to such Disposition (including sales commissions and legal, accounting and investment banking fees, commissions and expenses), (ii) any portion of such proceeds deposited in an escrow account pursuant to the documentation relating to such Disposition (provided that such amounts shall be treated as Net Cash Proceeds upon their release from such escrow account to the Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary), (iii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated by Holdings to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (iv) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of any Debt secured by a Lien prior to the Lien of Agent on the asset subject to such Disposition and (v) with respect to any Disposition described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition thereof, all money actually applied within 180 days to repair, replace or reconstruct damaged property or property affected by loss, destruction, damage, condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking, all of the costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the collection of such proceeds, award or other payments, and any amounts retained by or paid to parties having superior rights to such proceeds, awards or other payments; and

 

(b) with respect to any issuance of equity securities not permitted by Section 7.10(a) , ( b)  or (c), the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any Subsidiary pursuant to such issuance, net of the reasonable direct costs relating to such issuance (including reasonable sales and underwriter’s commission).

 

Note means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit D , as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Note Payment Account means deposit account number 1000037861696 of Holdings located at SunTrust Bank.

 

Obligations means all liabilities, indebtedness and obligations (monetary (including post-petition interest, allowed or not) or otherwise) of any Loan Party under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Collateral Document or any other document or instrument executed in connection herewith or therewith (excluding the Related Agreements) and all Hedging Obligations permitted hereunder which are owed to any Lender or its Affiliate, in each case howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become clue.

 

Opco Borrower means Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., a Virginia corporation, which does business under the fictitious name of Fairfield Language Technologies.

 

Operating Lease means any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by Holdings or any Subsidiary, as lessee, other than any Capital Lease.

 

Paid in Full means, with respect to any Obligations, (a) the payment in full in cash and performance of all such Obligations, (b) the termination of all Commitments relating to such Obligations and (c) in connection with the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment, either (i) the cancellation and return to Agent of all Letters of Credit or (ii) the cash collateralization of all Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

11



 

Parent means Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Pension Plan means a “pension plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Pension Plan), and to which any Loan Party or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

 

Person means any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, governmental authority or unit, or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

Prior Debt means the Debt listed on Schedule 4.1.4 .

 

Proprietary Rights means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part. revisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (f) all computer software (including data and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

 

Pro Rata Revolving Share means, with respect to any Lender, the applicable percentage (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof) specified opposite such Lender’s name on Annex I which corresponds to the Revolving Loan Commitment, which percentage shall be with respect to Revolving Outstandings if the Revolving Loan Commitment has terminated.

 

Pro Rata Share means, with respect to any Lender, the applicable percentage (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof) obtained by dividing (a) the sum of (i) such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of the Revolving Loan Commitment (or if the Revolving Loan Commitment has terminated, such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of the Revolving Outstandings) and (ii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Term A Share of the Term A Loan Commitment (or if the Term A Commitment has terminated, such Lender’s Pro Rata Term A Share of the Term A Loan) by (b) the Total Loan Commitment.

 

Pro Rata Term A Loan Share means, with respect to any Lender, the applicable percentage (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof) specified opposite such Lender’s name on Annex I which corresponds to the Term A Loan Commitment, which percentage shall be with respect to the Term A Loan if the Term A Loan Commitment has terminated.

 

12



 

Purchase Money Debt Limit means (i) $500,000, if EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year is less than $12,000,000, (ii) $1,000,000, if EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year equals or exceeds $12,000,000 but is less than $16,000,000, (iii) $1,500,000, if EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year equals or exceeds $16,000,000 but is less than $20,000,000, or (iv) $2,000,000, if EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year equals or exceeds $20,000,000.

 

Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Parent, Madison and certain other shareholders of Parent.

 

Related Agreements means the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement.

 

Related Fund means (a) any fund, trust or similar entity that invests in commercial loans in the ordinary course of business and is advised or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an affiliate of a Lender, (iii) the same investment advisor that manages a Lender or (iv) an affiliate of an investment advisor that manages a Lender or (b) any finance company, insurance company or other financial institution which temporarily warehouses Loans for any Lender or any Person described in clause (a) above.

 

Related Transactions means the transactions contemplated by the Related Agreements.

 

Required Lenders means Lenders having Pro Rata Shares the aggregate Dollar equivalent amount of which equals or exceeds 66 2/3% of the Revolving Loan Commitment (or, if the Revolving Loan Commitments have been terminated, Revolving Outstandings) and the outstanding Term A Loan, collectively.

 

Revolving Loan Commitment means $4,000,000, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Revolving Loans has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1 .

 

Revolving Outstandings means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, plus (b) the Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit.

 

Shareholders Agreement means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Parent, Madison and certain other shareholders of Parent.

 

Short Term Kiosk Leases means those Operating Leases with a lease term of not greater than one year which pertain to the lease of real or personal property at kiosk sales locations of any Loan Party.

 

Sponsor means collectively ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P. and Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P.

 

Stated Amount means, with respect to any Letter of Credit at any date of determination, (a) the maximum aggregate amount available for drawing thereunder under any and all circumstances, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed payments and disbursements under such Letter of Credit.

 

Stock Purchase Agreement means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 by and among Opco Borrower, Holdings, Parent, the shareholders of Opco Borrower, Tom Adams and, solely for the purposes of Section 7.7 thereof, Eugene Stoltzfus, as the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

13



 

Subscription Agreement means the Subscription Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Parent, Sponsor, Madison and certain individual purchasers.

 

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, such number of outstanding shares or other equity interests as to have more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to Subsidiaries herein shall be a reference to Subsidiaries of Holdings.

 

Term A Loan Commitment means $ 17,000,000.

 

Term A Loan Maturity Date means January 4, 2011 or such earlier date on which the Commitments terminate pursuant to Section 8 .

 

Term A Loan has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2 .

 

Termination Date means January 4, 2011 or such earlier date on which the Revolving Loan Commitment terminates pursuant to Section 2.9 or 8 .

 

Total Debt means all Debt (other than Debt described in clause (g) of the definition thereof unless reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings as a liability in accordance with GAAP) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.

 

Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such day to (b) EBITDA for the Computation Period ending on such day.

 

Total Loan Commitment means at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Revolving Loan Commitment at such date (or if the Revolving Loan Commitment has terminated, the Revolving Outstandings) plus (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Term A Loan at such date.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means, as to any Person, another Person all of the equity interests of which (except directors’ qualifying shares) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person and/or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

 

1.2.           Interpretation .

 

In the case of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, (a) the meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms; (b) Annex, Exhibit, Schedule and Section references are to such Loan Document unless otherwise specified; (c) the term “including” is not limiting and means “including but not limited to”; (d) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”; (e) unless otherwise expressly provided in such Loan Document, (i) references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation; (f) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters, all of which are cumulative and each shall be performed in accordance with its terms; and (g) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent, Borrowers, Lenders and the

 

14



 

other parties hereto and thereto and are the products of all parties; accordingly, they shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or Lenders’ involvement in their preparation.

 

Section 2.                  Credit Facilities .

 

2.1.           Commitments .

 

On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender, severally and for itself alone, agrees as follows:

 

2.1.1.                Revolving Loan Commitments .

 

Each Lender will make loans to Borrowers on a revolving basis (“ Revolving Loans ”) from time to time until the Termination Date in such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Revolving Share of such aggregate amounts as Administrative Borrower may request from all Lenders; provided, that after giving effect to such Revolving Loans, the Revolving Outstandings will not at any time exceed Borrowing Availability. No Revolving Loans shall be made until Opco Borrower becomes a Borrower hereunder and all proceeds of Revolving Loans shall be remitted to Opco Borrower. Borrowers may repay the Revolving Loans from time to time without prior notice and without penalty or premium (but subject to the provisions of Section 3.5) .

 

2.1.2.                Term A Loan Commitments .

 

Each Lender agrees to make a loan to Borrowers (all of such loans, collectively the “ Term A Loan ”) on the Closing Date in such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Term A Share of the Term A Loan Commitment. The Commitments of Lenders to make the Term A Loan shall terminate concurrently with the making of the Term A Loan on the Closing Date. Any portion of the Term A Loan which is repaid or prepaid by Borrowers, in whole or in part, may not be reborrowed.

 

2.2.           Loan Procedures .

 

2.2.1.                Loan Types .

 

Each Loan shall be either a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan, as Administrative Borrower shall specify in the related notice of borrowing or conversion pursuant to Section 2.2.2 or 2.2.3 . Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at the same time, provided that not more than five different Interest Periods shall exist among outstanding LIBOR Loans at any one time. All borrowings, conversions and repayments of Revolving Loans shall be effected so that each Lender will have a ratable share (according to its Pro Rata Revolving Share) of all Revolving Loans and all Interest Periods of LIBOR Loans.

 

2.2.2.                Borrowing .

 

Administrative Borrower shall give written notice or telephonic notice (followed immediately by written confirmation thereof) to Agent of each proposed borrowing of a Revolving Loan not later than (a) in the case of a Base Rate borrowing, 11:00 a.m. Chicago time on the proposed date of such borrowing, and (b) in the case of a LIBOR borrowing. 11:00 a.m. Chicago time at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of such borrowing. Each such notice shall be effective upon receipt by Agent, shall be irrevocable, and shall specify, in the form of a Borrowing Notice, the date, amount and type of borrowing and, in the case of a LIBOR borrowing, the initial Interest Period therefor. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, Agent shall advise each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment thereof in writing. Not later than 1:00 p.m. Chicago time on the date of a proposed

 

15



 

Revolving Loan borrowing, each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment shall provide Agent at the office specified by Agent with immediately available funds covering such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Revolving Share of such borrowing and, so long as Agent has not received written notice that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 with respect to such borrowing have not been satisfied, Agent shall pay over the funds received by Agent to Opco Borrower on the requested borrowing date. Each borrowing shall be on a Business Day. Each Base Rate borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of $50,000, and each LIBOR borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of at least $50,000.

 

2.2.3.                Conversion; Continuation .

 

(a) Subject to Section 2.2.1 , Administrative Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Agent in accordance with clause (b) below, elect (i) as of any Business Day, to convert any Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than $100,000 or a higher integral multiple of $50,000) into Loans of the other type or (ii) as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, to continue any LIBOR Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount not less than $100,000 or a higher integral multiple of $50,000) for a new Interest Period; provided, that any conversion of a LIBOR Loan on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor shall be subject to Section 3.5 .

 

(b) Administrative Borrower shall give written or telephonic notice (followed immediately by written confirmation thereof) to Agent of each proposed conversion or continuation not later than (i) in the case of conversion into Base Rate Loans, 11:00 a.m. Chicago time on the proposed date of such conversion and (ii) in the case of conversion into or continuation of LIBOR Loans, 11:00 a.m. Chicago time at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of such conversion or continuation, specifying in each case in the form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice: (i) the proposed date of conversion or continuation; (ii) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued; (iii) the type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or continuation; and (iv) in the case of conversion into, or continuation of, LIBOR Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period therefor.

 

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to LIBOR Loans, Administrative Borrower has failed to select timely a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Loans. Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans effective on the last day of such Interest Period.

 

(d) Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of its receipt of a notice of conversion or continuation pursuant to this Section 2.2.3 or, if no timely notice is provided by Administrative Borrower, of the details of any automatic conversion.

 

2.3.           Letters of Credit .

 

2.3.1.                Commitment.

 

At the request of Administrative Borrower, Issuing Lender will issue from time to time before the date which is 30 days prior to the Termination Date either (at Issuing Lender’s election) (a) standby letters of credit and/or (b) participation agreements confirming payment to issuers (reasonably acceptable to Issuing Lender) of standby letters of credit, in each case for the account of Opco Borrower and containing terms and conditions which are consistent with this Agreement and reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Lender (each such letter of credit or participation agreement, a “ Letter of Credit ”). After giving effect to each such issuance, (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed $1,000,000 and (ii) Revolving Outstandings will not at any time exceed Borrowing Availability. No Letter of Credit shall be issued until Opco Borrower becomes a Borrower hereunder.

 

16



 

2.3.2                 Application .

 

Administrative Borrower shall give notice to Agent and Issuing Lender of the proposed issuance of each Letter of Credit on a Business Day which is at least ten Business Days (or such lesser number of days as Agent and Issuing Lender shall agree) prior to the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each such notice shall be accompanied by a Letter of Credit application in Issuing Lender’s form (or, as the case may be, in the form of application of the underlying letter of credit), duly executed by Opco Borrower and in all respects satisfactory to Agent and Issuing Lender, together with such other documentation as Agent or Issuing Lender may request in support thereof, it being understood that each Letter of Credit application (or, as the case may be, form of application of underlying letter of credit) shall specify, among other things, the date on which the proposed Letter of Credit is to be issued, and the expiration date of such Letter of Credit (which shall not be later than the earlier to occur of (a) one year after the date of issuance thereof and (b) 15 days prior to the scheduled Termination Date). So long as Issuing Lender has not received written notice that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 with respect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit have not been satisfied, Issuing Lender shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Letter of Credit on the requested issuance date. Issuing Lender shall promptly advise Agent of the issuance of each Letter of Credit and of any amendment thereto, extension thereof or event or circumstance changing the amount available for drawing thereunder. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of any Letter of Credit application and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. Issuing Lender shall deliver to Agent upon its request a list of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender, together with such information related thereto as Agent may reasonably request.

 

2.3.3.                Reimbursement Obligations .

 

(a) Borrowers hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to reimburse Issuing Lender for each payment or disbursement made by Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit honoring any demand for payment made thereunder, in each case on the date that such payment or disbursement is made. Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Administrative Borrower and Agent whenever any demand for payment is made under any Letter of Credit; provided, that the failure of Issuing Lender to so notify Administrative Borrower shall not affect the rights of Issuing Lender or Lenders in any manner whatsoever. Any amount not reimbursed on the date of such payment or disbursement (whether or not through the making of a Loan pursuant to Section 2.3.4 ) shall bear interest from the date of such payment or disbursement to the date that Issuing Lender is reimbursed by Borrowers therefor, payable on demand, at the interest rate per annum from time to time in effect for Revolving Loans which are Base Rate Loans.

 

(b) Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional under all circumstances, including (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which any Loan Party may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), Agent, Issuing Lender, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with any Letter of Credit, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between any Loan Party and the beneficiary named in any Letter of Credit), (iii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of any document which Issuing Lender (or, as applicable, the issuer of any underlying letter of credit) has determined complies on its face with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit (or. if applicable, underlying letter of credit), even if such document should later prove to have been forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein shall have been untrue or inaccurate in any respect, or (iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms hereof.

 

17


 

2.3.4.                 Participations in Letters of Credit .

 

(a) Concurrently with the issuance of each Letter of Credit, Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each other Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment, and each other Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from Issuing Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share, in such Letter of Credit and Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. If Borrowers do not pay any reimbursement obligation when due, then Borrowers shall be deemed to have immediately requested that Lenders with a Revolving Loan Commitment make a Revolving Loan which is a Base Rate Loan in a principal amount equal to such reimbursement obligation. Agent shall promptly notify Lenders that have a Revolving Loan Commitment of such deemed request and, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of Section 2.2.2 or 4.2 , each such Lender shall make available to Agent its Pro Rata Revolving Share of such Loan. The proceeds of such Loan shall be paid over by Agent to Issuing Lender for the account of Borrowers in satisfaction of such reimbursement obligations.

 

(b) If Issuing Lender makes any payment or disbursement under any Letter of Credit and (i) Borrowers have not reimbursed Issuing Lender in full for such payment or disbursement in accordance with Section 2.3.3 , (ii) a Revolving Loan may not be made pursuant to Section 2.3.4(a)  or (iii) any reimbursement received by Issuing Lender from Borrowers is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party or otherwise, each other Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay to Agent for the account of Issuing Lender its Pro Rata Revolving Share of such payment or disbursement (but no such payment shall diminish the Obligations of Borrowers under Section 2.3.3 ). Upon notice from Issuing Lender to Agent that it has not received any such amount, Agent shall promptly notify each such other Lender thereof. To the extent any such Lender shall not have made such amount available to Agent by 2:00 p.m. Chicago time on the Business Day on which such Lender receives notice from Agent of such payment or disbursement (it being understood that any such notice received after 12:00 noon Chicago time on any Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day), such Lender agrees to pay interest on such amount to Agent for Issuing Lender’s account forthwith on demand, for each day from the date such amount was to have been delivered to Agent to the date such amount is paid, at a rate per annum equal to (x) for the first 3 days after demand, the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect and (y) thereafter, the Base Rate from time to time in effect for Revolving Loans. Any such Lender’s failure to make available to Agent its Pro Rata Revolving Share of any such payment or disbursement shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to Agent such other Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of such payment, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make available to Agent such other Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of any such payment or disbursement.

 

2.4.            Commitments Several .

 

The failure of any Lender to make a requested Loan on any date shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation (if any) to make a Loan on such date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan to be made by such other Lender.

 

2.5.            Certain Conditions .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Lender shall have an obligation to make any Loan, or to permit the continuation of or any conversion into any LIBOR Loan, and Issuing Lender shall not have any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit, if an Event of Default or Default exists.

 

18



 

2.6.            Loan Accounting .

 

2.6.1.                 Recordkeeping .

 

Agent, on behalf of each Lender, shall record in its records the date and amount of each Loan made by each Lender, each repayment or conversion thereof and, in the case of each LIBOR Loan, the dates on which each Interest Period for such Loan shall begin and end. The aggregate unpaid principal amount so recorded shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount of the Loans owing and unpaid. The failure to so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the Obligations of Borrowers hereunder or under any Note to repay the principal amount of the Loans hereunder, together with all interest accruing thereon.

 

2.6.2.                 Notes .

 

At the request of any Lender, the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by a Note, with appropriate insertions, payable to the order of such Lender in a face principal amount equal to the sum of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Total Loan Commitment and payable in such amounts and on such dates as are set forth herein.

 

2.7.            Interest .

 

2.7.1.                 Interest Rates .

 

Borrowers promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan for the period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Loan is paid in full as follows: (a) at all times while such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin from time to time in effect; and (b) at all times while such Loan is a LIBOR Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate applicable to each Interest Period for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin from time to time in effect; provided, that (i) at any time an Event of Default exists, if requested by Required Lenders, the Applicable Margin corresponding to each Loan shall be increased by two percentage points per annum (and, in the case of Obligations not subject to an Applicable Margin, such Obligations shall bear interest at the Base Rate applicable to Revolving Loans plus the Applicable Margin plus two percentage points per annum), (ii) any such increase may thereafter be rescinded by Required Lenders, notwithstanding Section 10.1 and (iii) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.1.1 or 8.1.3 , any such increase described in the foregoing clause (i) shall occur automatically. In no event shall interest payable by Borrowers to Agent and Lenders hereunder exceed the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and if any such provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law, such provision shall be deemed modified to limit such interest to the maximum rate permitted under such law.

 

2.7.2.                 Interest Payment Dates .

 

Accrued interest on each Base Rate Loan shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and at maturity. Accrued interest on each LIBOR Loan shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period relating to such Loan (and, in the case of a LIBOR Loan with an Interest Period in excess of 3 months, on the last day of each 3-month interval of such Interest Period), upon a prepayment of such Loan in accordance with Section 2.10 and at maturity in cash. After maturity and at any time an Event of Default exists, all accrued interest on all Loans shall be payable in cash on demand at the rates specified in Section 2.7.1 .

 

19



 

2.7.3.                 Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates .

 

The applicable LIBOR Rate for each Interest Period shall be determined by Agent, and notice thereof shall be given by Agent promptly to Administrative Borrower and each Lender. Each determination of the applicable LIBOR Rate by Agent shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto, in the absence of demonstrable error. Agent shall, upon written request of Administrative Borrower or any Lender, deliver to Administrative Borrower or such Lender a statement showing the computations used by Agent in determining any applicable LIBOR Rate hereunder.

 

2.7.4.                 Computation of Interest .

 

Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of (a) 360 days for interest calculated at the LIBOR Rate and (b) 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for interest calculated at the Base Rate. The applicable interest rate for each Base Rate Loan shall change simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.

 

2.8.            Fees .

 

2.8.1.                 Commitment Fee .

 

For the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, Borrowers agree to pay to Agent, for the account of each Lender according to such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share (as adjusted from time to time), a Commitment Fee equal to 0.50% per annum multiplied by the amount by which the Revolving Loan Commitment exceeds the average daily Revolving Outstandings. The Commitment Fee shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter and on the Termination Date for any period then ending for which the Commitment Fee shall not have previously been paid. The Commitment Fee shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 360 days.

 

2.8.2.                 Letter of Credit Fees .

 

(a) Borrowers agree to pay to Agent, for the account of each Lender according to such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share (as adjusted from time to time), a Letter of Credit Fee equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for Revolving Loans which are LIBOR Loans multiplied by the Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit. Each Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter and on the Termination Date (or such later date on which such Letter of Credit expires or is terminated) for the period from the date of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (or the last day on which the Letter of Credit Fee was paid with respect thereto) to the date such payment is due or, if earlier, the date on which such Letter of Credit expired or was terminated. Each Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 360 days.

 

(b) In addition, with respect to each Letter of Credit, Borrowers agree to pay to Issuing Lender, for its own account, (i) such fees and expenses as Issuing Lender customarily requires (or, as the case may be, is required to pay to the issuer of the letter of credit) in connection with the issuance, negotiation, processing and/or administration of letters of credit in similar situations and (ii) a letter of credit fronting fee in the amount and at the times agreed to by Borrowers and Issuing Lender.

 

2.8.3.                 Agent’s Fees .

 

Borrowers agree to pay to Agent, for its accounts, on the Closing Date and on certain other dates pursuant to the Fee Letter and as otherwise agreed to from time to time by Borrowers and Agent, fees in the amounts agreed to between Borrowers and Agent.

 

20



 

2.9.            Commitment Reduction .

 

2.9.1.                 Voluntary Reduction or Termination of Revolving Loan Commitment .

 

Borrowers may from time to time, after the Term A Loan has been Paid in Full and on at least five Business Days’ prior written notice received by Agent (which shall promptly advise each Lender thereof), permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitment to an amount not less than the Revolving Outstandings. Any such reduction shall be in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $500,000. Concurrently with any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment to zero, Borrowers shall pay all interest on the Revolving Loans, all commitment fees and all letter of credit fees and shall cash collateralize in full all Obligations arising with respect to the Letters of Credit in a manner reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

2.9.2.                 Mandatory Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitment .

 

On the date of any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10.2(a) , the Revolving Loan Commitment shall be permanently reduced by the amount of such mandatory prepayment applied to prepay the Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.10.2(a) .

 

2.9.3.                 All Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitment .

 

All reductions of the Revolving Loan Commitment shall reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments pro rata among Lenders according to their respective Pro Rata Revolving Shares.

 

2.10.          Prepayment .

 

2.10.1.               Voluntary Prepayment .

 

Borrowers may from time to time, on at least one Business Day’s written notice or telephonic notice (followed immediately by written confirmation thereof) to Agent (which shall promptly advise each Lender thereof) not later than 11:00 a.m. Chicago time on such day, prepay the Term A Loan in whole or in part without penalty or premium (but subject to the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof). Such notice to Agent shall specify the Loans to be prepaid and the date and amount of prepayment. Any such partial prepayment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000.

 

2.10.2.               Mandatory Prepayment .

 

(a) Borrowers shall (x) prepay the Term A Loan (in the order set forth in Section 2.10.3 ) until paid in full and (y) thereafter repay the Revolving Loans in each case, at the following times and in the following amounts:

 

(i)         concurrently with the receipt by Holdings or any Subsidiary of any Net Cash Proceeds (or to the extent such Loan Party may wish to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds, on or before the end of the 180 day period described in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds) from any Disposition, in an amount equal lo such Net Cash Proceeds;

 

(ii)        concurrently with the receipt by Parent, Holdings or any Subsidiary of any Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of its equity securities (other than equity securities that are issued pursuant to Section 7.10(a)  or to equity holders of Parent and the proceeds of which are used to fund an Acquisition approved by Agent in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds), in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds; and

 

21



 

(iii)       within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year (commencing with Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2006), in an amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year.

 

(b) If on any day the Revolving Outstandings exceed Borrowing Availability, whether pursuant to a reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.9.2 or otherwise, Borrowers shall immediately prepay Revolving Loans and/or cash collateralize the outstanding Letters of Credit in a manner acceptable to Agent, or do a combination of the foregoing, in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

 

2.10.3.               All Prepayments .

 

(a) Any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor shall include interest on the principal amount being repaid and shall be subject to Section 3.5 . All prepayments of a Loan shall be applied first to that portion of such Loan comprised of Base Rate Loans and then to that portion of such Loan comprised of LIBOR Loans, in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments of the Term A Loan shall be applied pro rata to the remaining installments thereof.

 

2.11.          Repayment .

 

2.11.1.               Revolving Loans .

 

The Revolving Loans shall be paid, for the account of each Lender according to its Pro Rata Revolving Share, in full on the Termination Date.

 

2.11.2.               Term A Loan .

 

The Term A Loan shall be paid, for the account of each Lender according to its Pro Rata Term A Share thereof, in the installments and on the dates set forth below:

 

Date

 

Installment

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2006

 

$

284,750

 

June 30, 2006

 

$

284,750

 

September 30, 2006

 

$

284,750

 

December 31, 2006

 

$

284,750

  

March 31, 2007

 

$

637,500

 

June 30, 2007

 

$

637,500

 

September 30, 2007

 

$

637,500

 

December 31, 2007

 

$

637,500

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

850,000

 

June 30, 2008

 

$

850,000

 

September 30, 2008

 

$

850,000

 

December 31, 2008

 

$

850,000

 

March 31, 2009

 

$

1,062,500

 

June 30, 2009

 

$

1,062,500

 

September 30, 2009

 

$

1,062,500

 

December 31, 2009

 

$

1,062,500

 

March 31, 2010

 

$

1,415,250

 

June 30, 2010

 

$

1,415,250

 

September 30, 2010

 

$

1,415,250

 

Term A Loan Maturity Date

 

$

1,415,250

 

 

22



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the outstanding principal balance of the Term A Loan shall be paid in full on the Term A Loan Maturity Date.

 

2.12.          Payment .

 

2.12.1.               Making and Settlement of Payments .

 

All payments of principal of or interest on the Notes, and of all fees, shall be made by Borrowers to Agent without setoff, recoupment or counterclaim and in immediately available funds at the office specified by Agent not later than 12:00 noon Chicago time on the date due, and funds received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received by Agent on the following Business Day. Agent shall promptly remit to each Lender its share of all principal payments received in collected funds by Agent for the account of such Lender. On the first Business Day of each week or more frequently as Agent may elect (each such day being a “ Settlement Date ”). Agent will notify each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment in writing of the amount of such Lender’s actual share of the Revolving Loans as of the close of business of the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date. In the event that payments are necessary to adjust the amount of such Lender’s actual share of the Revolving Loans to equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share of the Revolving Loans as of any Settlement Date, such Lender will pay to Agent, or Agent will pay to such Lender (as applicable) the amount necessary in same day funds by wire transfer to the other’s account not later than 2:00 p.m. Chicago time on the first Business Day following the Settlement Date. On the first Business Day of each month (each, an “ Interest Settlement Date ”). Agent will notify each Lender in writing of the amount of such Lender’s applicable (i) Pro Rata Revolving Share of interest and fees on the Revolving Outstandings and Revolving Loan Commitment and (ii) Pro Rata Term A Loan Share of interest and fees on the Term A Loan as of the end of the last day of the immediately preceding month. Provided that such Lender has made all payments required to be made by it under this Agreement. Agent will pay to such Lender, by wire transfer to such Lender’s account not later than 2:00 p.m. Chicago time on the next Business Day following the Interest Settlement Date, such Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share and Pro Rata Term A Loan Share, as applicable, of interest and fees, in each instance, received by Agent for the immediately preceding month. All payments under Section 3.2 shall be made by Borrowers directly to Lender entitled thereto.

 

2.12.2.               Application of Payments and Proceeds .

 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.10.2 and Section 2.10.3 . and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.12.2(b)  and 2.12.2(c)  below, each payment of principal shall be applied to such Loans as Administrative Borrower shall direct by notice to be received by Agent on or before the date of such payment or, in the absence of such notice, as Agent shall determine in its discretion. Concurrently with each remittance to any Lender of its share of any such payment. Agent shall advise such Lender as to the application of such payment.

 

(b) If an Acceleration Event shall have occurred and be continuing, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, Agent shall apply all or any part of payments in respect of the Obligations and proceeds of Collateral, in each case as received by Agent, to the payment of the Obligations in the following order:

 

(i)         FIRST, to the payment of all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities due and owing to Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any other Obligations owing to Agent in respect of sums advanced by Agent to preserve or protect the Collateral or to preserve or protect its security interest in the Collateral (whether or not such Obligations are then due and owing to Agent), until paid in full;

 

23



 

(ii)        SECOND, to the payment of all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities due and owing to Lenders, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(iii)       THIRD, to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest due and owing to Lenders, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(iv)       FOURTH, to the payment of all principal of the Loans due and owing and to cash collateralize Obligations in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 8.2 , pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(v)        FIFTH, to the payment of all Hedging Obligations due and owing to any Lender or its Affiliates, pro rata in accordance with each Lender’s (or one of its Affiliate’s) share thereof, until paid in full; and

 

(vi)       SIXTH, to the payment of all other Obligations owing to each Lender, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full.

 

(c) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing but an Acceleration Event shall not exist, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, Agent shall apply all or any part of payments in respect of the obligations and proceeds of Collateral, in each case as received by Agent, to the payment of the Obligations in such order as Agent may elect. In the absence of a specific determination by Agent, payments in respect of the Obligations and proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied in the following order;

 

(i)         FIRST, to the payment of all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities due and owing to Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any other Obligations owing to Agent in respect of sums advanced by Agent to preserve or protect the Collateral or to preserve or protect its security interest in the Collateral (whether or not such Obligations are then due and owing to Agent), until paid in full:

 

(ii)        SECOND, to the payment of all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities due and owing to Lenders, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(iii)       THIRD, to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest due and owing to Lenders, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(iv)       FOURTH, to the payment of all principal of Loans then due and owing, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(v)        FIFTH, to the payment of Revolving Loans not then due and owing, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Revolving Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(vi)       SIXTH, to cash collateralize Obligations consisting of the Term A Loan not yet due and owing and Letters of Credit (in the case of such Letters of Credit, in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 8.2 ), pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full;

 

(vii)      SEVENTH, to the payment of all Hedging Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or its Affiliates, pro rata in accordance with each Lender’s (or one of its Affiliate’s) share thereof, until paid in full; and

 

(viii)     EIGHTH, to the payment of all other Obligations owing to each Lender, pro rata based on each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, until paid in full.

 

24



 

In the event payments in respect of the Obligations and proceeds of collateral received by Agent are applied in the manner provided for in clause (vi) of this Section 2.l2.2(c)  as a result of an Event of Default and such Event of Default is subsequently waived in writing by Agent, the cash collateral held by Agent pursuant to such clause (vi) shall be released by Agent to Opco Borrower so long as no Event of Default shall then exist or would be caused thereby.

 

2.12.3.               Payment Dates .

 

If any payment of principal or interest with respect to any of the Loans, or of any fees, falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the immediately following Business Day (unless, in the case of a LIBOR Loan, such immediately following Business Day is the first Business Day of a calendar month, in which case such due date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day) and, in the case of principal, additional interest shall accrue and be payable for the period of any such extension.

 

2.12.4.               Set-off .

 

Borrowers agree that Agent and each Lender and its Affiliates have all rights of set-off and bankers’ lien provided by applicable law, and in addition thereto, Borrowers agree that at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent and each Lender may apply to the payment of any Obligations of Borrowers hereunder, whether or not then due, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of Borrowers then or thereafter with Agent or such Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall exercise any rights described in the preceding sentence without the prior written consent of Agent.

 

2.12.5.               Proration of Payments .

 

If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of set-off or otherwise, on account of (a) principal of or interest on an Loan, but excluding (i) any payment pursuant to Section 3.1 , 3.2 . 3.7 or 10.8 and (ii) payments of interest on any Base Rate Loan referred to in the last sentence of Section 3.4 , or (b) its participation in any Letter of Credit) in excess of its applicable Pro Rata Revolving Share or Pro Rata Term A Share, respectively, of payments and other recoveries obtained by all Lenders on account of principal of and interest on such Revolving Loans or Term A Loan (or such participation) then held by them, then such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans or sub-participations in Letters of Credit held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery.

 

2.13.          Joinder and Joint and Several Liability .

 

2.13.1.               Joinder of Opco Borrower .

 

Immediately after the consummation of the acquisition by Holdings of Opco Borrower. Holdings agrees to cause Opco Borrower to execute and deliver a Borrower Joinder Agreement and Opco Borrower will become a Borrower hereunder.

 

2.13.2.               Joint and Several .

 

Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of.

 

25



 

all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Agent and Lenders by each other Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that its obligation hereunder shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Section 2.13 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by,

 

(a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Borrower is or may become a party;

 

(b) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 2.13 ) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Agent and Lenders with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

(c) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Agent and Lenders in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

(d) the insolvency of any Loan Party; or

 

(e) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

 

2.13.3.               Waivers by Borrowers .

 

Each Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Agent or Lenders to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations against any other Loan Party, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower. It is agreed among each Borrower, Agent and Lenders that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 2.13 and such waivers, Agent and Lenders would decline to enter into this Agreement.

 

2.13.4.               Benefit of Joint and Several Obligations .

 

Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.13 are for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and their respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and Agent or Lenders, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

2.13.5.               Subordination of Subrogation, Etc .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably subordinates to payment of the Obligations any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor with respect to am other Loan Party until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit Agent and Lenders and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 2.13 , and that Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 2.13.5 .

 

26



 

2.13.6.               Election of Remedies .

 

If Agent or any Lender may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Agent or such Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement. Agent or any Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Section 2.13 . If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Agent or any Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Borrower hereby consents to such action by Agent or such Lender, even if such action by Agent or such Lender shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Agent or such Lender.

 

2.13.7.               Limitation .

 

(a) Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Borrower’s liability under this Section 2.13 shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the amount that could be claimed by Agent and Lenders from such Borrower under this Section 2.13 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Borrower under Section 2.13.8 .

 

2.13.8.               Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations .

 

(a) To the extent that any Borrower shall make a payment under this Section 2.13 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans made to that Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Borrower would otherwise have paid if each Borrower had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments, such Borrower shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by each other Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

 

(b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Borrower under this Section 2.13 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act. Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

 

(c) This Section 2.13.8 is intended only to define the relative rights of Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 2.13.8 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 2.13.2 . Nothing contained in this Section 2.13.8 shall limit the liability of any Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to that Borrower and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable.

 

27


 

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of each Borrower to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

 

(e) The rights of the indemnifying Borrowers against other Loan Parties under this Section 2.13.8 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.

 

2.13.9.               Liability Cumulative .

 

The liability of Borrowers under this Section 2.13 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Borrower, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

 

Section 3.                  Yield Protection .

 

3.1.            Taxes .

 

(a) All payments of principal and interest on the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future income, excise, stamp, documentary, property or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, levies, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any taxing authority, excluding (i) taxes imposed on or measured by any Lender’s net income by the jurisdiction under which such Lender is organized or conducts business, (ii) any branch profit taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which a Lender is located and (iii) in the case of any foreign Lender, any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such foreign Lender at the time such foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (all non-excluded items being called “ Taxes ”). If any withholding or deduction from any payment to be made by any Borrower hereunder is required in respect of any Taxes pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation, then Borrowers will: (i) pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted; (ii) promptly forward to Agent an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to Agent evidencing such payment to such authority; and (iii) pay to Agent for the account of Lenders such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by each Lender will equal the full amount such Lender would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required. If any Taxes are directly asserted against Agent or any Lender with respect to any payment received by Agent or such Lender hereunder. Agent or such Lender may pay such Taxes and Borrowers will promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalty, interest or expense) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Person after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had such Taxes not been asserted so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is 180 days prior to the date on which Agent or such Lender first made demand therefor; provided, that if the event giving rise to such costs or reductions has retroactive effect, such ISO day period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect. If any payment is made by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.1 to or for the benefit of any Lender and such Lender thereafter obtains a credit against, or relief from or repayment of any Tax in respect of which such payment was made, such Lender shall refund such amount to the Opco Borrower.

 

(b) If Borrowers fail to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders, the required receipts or other required documentary evidence. Borrowers shall indemnity Lenders for any incremental Taxes, interest or

 

28



 

penalties that may become payable by any Lender as a result of any such failure. For purposes of this Section 3.1 . a distribution hereunder by Agent or any Lender to or for the account of any Lender shall be deemed a payment by Borrowers.

 

(c) Each Lender that (i) is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America and (ii)(A) is a party hereto on the Closing Date or (B) becomes an assignee of an interest under this Agreement under Section 10.8.1 after the Closing Date (unless such Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment) shall execute and deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent one or more (as Administrative Borrower or Agent may reasonably request) Forms W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-81MY (as applicable) or other applicable form, certificate or document prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to exemption from withholding or deduction of Taxes. In addition, each such Lender shall deliver replacement forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Lender. No Borrower shall be required to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to this Section 3.1 to the extent that the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but for the failure of such Lender to comply with this paragraph.

 

3.2.            Increased Cost .

 

(a) If, after the Closing Date, the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration of any applicable law, rule or regulation by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency: (i) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any reserve imposed by the FRB, but excluding any reserve included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate pursuant to Section 2.7 ), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by any Lender; or (ii) shall impose on any Lender any other condition affecting its LIBOR Loans, its Note or its obligation to make LIBOR Loans; and the result of anything described in clauses (i) above and (ii) is to increase the cost to (or to impose a cost on) such Lender of making or maintaining any LIBOR Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or under its Note with respect thereto, then upon demand by such Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which shall be furnished to Agent and Administrative Borrower), Borrowers shall pay directly to such Lender such additional amount as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or such reduction, so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is 180 days prior to the date on which such Lender first made demand therefor; provided, that if the event giving rise to such costs or reductions has retroactive effect, such 180 day period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect.

 

(b) If any Lender shall reasonably determine that any change in, or the adoption or phase-in of, any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or the compliance by any Lender or any Person controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such change, adoption, phase-in or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or such controlling Person to be material, then from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement

 

29



 

setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which shall be furnished to Agent and Administrative Borrower), Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount as will compensate such Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction, so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is 180 days prior to the date on which such Lender first made demand therefor; provided, that if the event giving rise to such costs or reductions has retroactive effect, such 180 day period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect.

 

3.3.            Inadequate or Unfair Basis .

 

If Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be binding and conclusive on Borrowers) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate, then Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and Administrative Borrower thereof and, so long as such circumstances shall continue, (a) no Lender shall be under any obligation to make or convert any Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans and (b) on the last day of the current Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan, such Loan shall, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to a Base Rate Loan.

 

3.4.            Change in Law .

 

If any change in, or the adoption of any new, law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation of any applicable law or regulation by any governmental or other regulatory body charged with the administration thereof, would make it (or in the good faith judgment of any Lender cause a substantial question as to whether it is) unlawful for any Lender to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans, then such Lender shall promptly notify each of the other parties hereto and, so long as such circumstances shall continue, (a) such Lender shall have no obligation to make or convert any Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan (but shall make Base Rate Loans concurrently with the making of LIBOR Loans or conversion of Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans by Lenders which are not so affected, in each case in an amount equal to the amount of LIBOR Loans which would be made or converted into by such Lender at such time in the absence of such circumstances) and (b) on the last day of the current Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan of such Lender (or, in any event, on such earlier date as may be required by the relevant law, regulation or interpretation), such LIBOR Loan shall, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to a Base Rate Loan. Each Base Rate Loan made by a Lender which, but for the circumstances described in the foregoing sentence, would be a LIBOR Loan shall remain outstanding for the period corresponding to the Interest Period originally applicable to such LIBOR Loan absent such circumstances.

 

3.5.            Funding Losses .

 

Borrowers hereby agree that upon demand by any Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for the amount being claimed, a copy of which shall be furnished to Agent and Administrative Borrower), Borrowers will indemnify such Lender against any net loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (including any net loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan), as reasonably determined by such Lender, as a result of (a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of any LIBOR Loan of such Lender on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for such Loan (including any conversion pursuant to Section 3.4 ) or (b) any failure of any Borrower to borrow, convert or continue any Loan on a date specified therefor in a notice of borrowing, conversion or continuation pursuant to this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 3.5 . all determinations shall be made as if such Lender had actually funded and maintained each LIBOR Loan during each Interest Period for such Loan through the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

 

30



 

3.6.            Manner of Funding; Alternate Funding Offices .

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it may determine at its sole discretion. Each Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment to make any LIBOR Loan by causing any branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that in such event for the purposes of this Agreement such Loan shall be deemed to have been made by such Lender and the obligation of Borrowers to repay such Loan shall nevertheless be to such Lender and shall be deemed held by it, to the extent of such Loan, for the account of such branch or Affiliate.

 

3.7.            Mitigation of Circumstances; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a) Each Lender shall promptly notify Administrative Borrower and Agent of any event of which it has knowledge which will result in, and will use reasonable commercial efforts available to it (and not, in such Lender’s sole judgment, otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender) to mitigate or avoid, (i) any obligation by Borrowers to pay any amount pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 or (ii) the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 3.3 or 3.4 (and, if any Lender has given notice of any such event described in clause (i) or (ii) above and thereafter such event ceases to exist, such Lender shall promptly so notify Administrative Borrower and Agent). Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender will designate a different funding office if such designation will avoid (or reduce the cost to Borrowers of) any event described in clause (i) or (ii) above and such designation would not, in such Lender’s sole judgment, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(b) If (i) any Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 , or any Lender gives notice of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 3.3 or 3.4 , (ii) any Lender does not consent to any matter requiring its consent under Section 10.1 when the Required Lenders have otherwise consented to such matter or (iii) any Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment defaults in its obligation to make Revolving Loans under Section 2.1.1 , then Borrowers may within 90 days thereafter designate another bank which is acceptable to Agent and Issuing Lender in their reasonable discretion (such other bank being called a “ Replacement Lender ”) to purchase the Loans of such Lender and such Lender’s rights hereunder, without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, such Lender, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable to such Lender plus any accrued but unpaid interest on such Loans and all accrued but unpaid fees owed to such Lender and any other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement, and to assume all the obligations of such Lender hereunder, and, upon such purchase and assumption (pursuant to an Assignment Agreement), such Lender shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights hereunder (other than rights with respect to indemnities and similar rights applicable to such Lender prior to the date of such purchase and assumption) and shall be relieved from all obligations to Borrowers hereunder, and the Replacement Lender shall succeed to the rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder.

 

3.8.           Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival .

 

Determinations and statements of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 or 3.5 shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error. Lenders may use reasonable averaging and attribution methods in determining compensation under Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.5 , and the provisions of such Sections shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and termination of this Agreement.

 

31



 

Section 4.                  Conditions Precedent .

 

The obligation of each Lender to make its Loans and of issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1.            Initial Credit Extension .

 

The obligation of Lenders to make the initial Loans and the obligation of Issuing Lender to issue the initial Letter of Credit hereunder (whichever first occurs) is, in addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 4.2 , subject to the following conditions precedent, each of which shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent:

 

4.1.1.                 Capitalization; Adjusted EBITDA .

 

Holdings has received cash equity contributions from Parent (and Parent has received such cash equity contributions from Sponsor and its Investment Affiliates and co-investors (including Madison)) in an amount not less than $46,000,000. Annualized EBITDA, as adjusted by adjustments satisfactory to Agent, for the 9 month period ending September 30, 2005 shall not be less than $6,500,000 (EBITDA for such period shall be annualized by multiplying (i) EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2005 to September 30, 2005 by (ii) 1.336996.

 

4.1.2.                 Initial Loans; Availability .

 

No Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit shall be advanced or issued (as applicable) on the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the consummation of the Related Transactions and funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date, cash on hand of Opco Borrower shall not be less than $4,500,000.

 

4.1.3.                 Closing Date Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio .

 

The Closing Date Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the Closing Date shall not exceed 2.75:1.00.

 

4.1.4.                 Prior Debt .

 

The Prior Debt has been (or concurrently with the initial borrowing will be) paid in full.

 

4.1.5.                 Related Transactions .

 

Holdings has completed (or concurrently with the initial credit extension hereunder will complete) the Related Transactions in accordance with the terms of the Related Agreements (without any amendment thereto or waiver thereunder unless consented to by Lenders).

 

4.1.6.                 Fees .

 

Borrowers shall have paid all fees, costs and expenses due and payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on the Closing Date.

 

4.1.7.                 Delivery of Loan Documents .

 

Borrowers shall have delivered the following documents in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion (and, as applicable, duly executed and dated the Closing Date or an earlier date satisfactory to Agent):

 

32



 

(a)  Agreement . This Agreement.

 

(b)  Notes . Notes, for each Lender requesting a Note.

 

(c)  Collateral Documents . The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, all other Collateral Documents, and all instruments, documents, certificates and agreements executed or delivered pursuant thereto (including intellectual property assignments and pledged Collateral, with undated irrevocable transfer powers executed in blank).

 

(d)  Financing Statements . Properly completed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and other filings and documents required by law or the Loan Documents to provide Agent perfected Liens (subject only to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 ) in the Collateral.

 

(e)  Lien Searches . Copies of Uniform Commercial Code search reports listing all effective financing statements filed against any Loan Party, with copies of such financing statements.

 

(f)  Mortgages . Mortgages providing Agent perfected Liens (subject only to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 ) in the real property Collateral, with ALTA loan title insurance policies issued by insurers reasonably acceptable to Agent, ALTA surveys and such Hood and/or earthquake insurance as Agent may reasonably request.

 

(g)  Collateral Access Agreements . Collateral Access Agreements reasonably requested by Agent with respect to the Collateral.

 

(h)  Payoff; Release . Payoff letters evidencing repayment in full of all Prior Debt, termination of all agreements relating thereto and the release of all Liens granted in connection therewith, with Uniform Commercial Code or other appropriate termination statements and documents effective to evidence the foregoing.

 

(i)  Availability Certificate . Availability Certificate reflecting required information as of a date not more than 5 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(j)  Letter of Direction . A letter of direction containing funds flow information, with respect to the proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date.

 

(k)  Authorization Documents . For each Loan Party, such Person’s (i) charter (or similar formation document), certified by the appropriate governmental authority, (ii) good standing certificates in its state of incorporation (or formation) and in each other state requested by Agent, (iii) bylaws (or similar governing document), (iv) resolutions of its board of directors (or similar governing body) approving and authorizing such Person’s execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is party and the transactions contemplated thereby, and (v) signature and incumbency certificates of its officers executing any of the Loan Documents, all certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary (or similar officer) as being in full force and effect without modification.

 

(l)  Opinions of Counsel . Opinions of counsel for each Loan Party, including local counsel reasonably requested by Agent, and all other opinions issued pursuant to the Related Transactions, and Borrowers hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions and authorizes Agent and Lenders to rely thereon.

 

(m)  Insurance . Certificates or other evidence of insurance in effect as required by Section 6.3(b) , with endorsements naming Agent as lenders’ loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable.

 

33



 

(n)  Financials . The financial statements, projections and pro forma balance sheet described in Section 5.4 .

 

(o)  Environmental Reports . Environmental site assessment reports for all real property collateral reasonably requested by Agent, prepared by environmental engineers reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

(p)  Consents . Evidence that all necessary consents, permits and approvals (governmental or otherwise) required for the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents and the Related Transactions have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(q)  Certified Documents . Copies of the Related Agreements (including a consent to the collateral assignment of rights and indemnities under the appropriate Related Agreements in favor of Agent and Lenders) certified by Holdings’ secretary or an assistant secretary (or similar officer) as being in true, accurate and complete.

 

(r)  Other Documents . Such other certificates, documents and agreements as Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

 

4.2.            All Credit Extensions .

 

The obligation of each Lender to make each Loan and of Issuing Lender to issue each Letter of Credit is subject to the additional conditions precedent that (unless such conditions are waived by the Agent and Required Lenders), both before and after giving effect to any borrowing and the issuance of any Letter of Credit, (a) the representations and warranties of each Borrower and each other Loan Party set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as if then made (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date) and (b) no Event of Default or Default shall have then occurred and be continuing. Each request by Administrative Borrower for the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Borrower that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 will be satisfied at the time of the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

 

Section 5.                  Representations and Warranties .

 

To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to induce Lenders to make Loans and to issue and participate in Letters of Credit hereunder, each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that, both before and after giving effect to the Related Transactions and after giving effect to the Borrower Joinder Agreement executed by Opco Borrower:

 

5.1.            Organization .

 

Holdings is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; Opco Borrower is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia; each other Loan Party is validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; and each Loan Party is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where, because of the nature of its activities or properties, such qualification is required, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

34



 

5.2.            Authorization; No Conflict .

 

Each Loan Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver each Loan Document and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, each Borrower is duly authorized to borrow monies hereunder, and each Loan Party is duly authorized to perform its Obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement and by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and the borrowings by Borrowers hereunder, do not and will not (a) require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority (other than any consent or approval which has been obtained and is in full force and effect), (b) conflict with (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or (iii) any agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, which is binding upon any Loan Party or any of their respective properties or (c) require, or result in, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of Agent created pursuant to the Collateral Documents).

 

5.3.            Validity; Binding Nature .

 

Each of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

5.4.            Financial Condition .

 

(a) The audited consolidated financial statements of Opco Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at its Fiscal Years ending December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004, and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Opco Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2005, copies of each of which have been delivered pursuant hereto, were prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of such unaudited statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments) and present fairly the consolidated financial condition of such Persons as at such dates and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.

 

(b) The consolidated financial projections (including an operating budget and a cash flow budget) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for the three year period commencing January 1, 2006 delivered to Agent and Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date (i) were prepared by Opco Borrower in good faith and (ii) were prepared in accordance with assumptions for which Opco Borrower had, as of the Closing Date, a reasonable basis; provided, however, that the projections do not reflect (x) purchase accounting adjustments and (y) expenses related to the Related Transactions or the financing pursuant to the Loan Documents. The accompanying consolidated pro forma balance sheet of Holdings and the Subsidiaries based on Opco Borrower’s November 30, 2005 balance sheet has been adjusted to give effect to the consummation of the Related Transactions and the financings contemplated hereby as if such transactions had occurred on such date; provided, however, that (x) the excess of the purchase price paid in the Related Transactions over the net assets of Opco Borrower’s pre-closing balance sheet is reflected as goodwill, and (y) the fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities under GAAP are not reflected in such balance sheet. It is understood and agreed that the financial projections delivered to Agent and Lenders contain estimates which Borrowers believe to be reasonable, but shall not represent guarantees of future performance in accordance therewith.

 

5.5.            No Material Adverse Change .

 

Since December 31, 2004, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, assets, business or properties of the Loan Parties taken as a whole.

 

35



 

5.6.            Litigation .

 

No litigation (including derivative actions), arbitration proceeding or governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to any Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in Schedule 5.6 . As of the Closing Date, other than any liability incident to such litigation or proceedings, no Loan Party has any material Contingent Obligations not listed on Schedule 7.1 .

 

5.7.            Ownership of Properties; Liens .

 

Each Loan Party owns good and, in the case of real property, marketable title to all of its properties and assets, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever (including patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights), free and clear of all Liens, charges and claims (including infringement claims with respect to patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and the like), except as permitted by Section 1.2 .

 

5.8.            Capitalization .

 

All issued and outstanding equity securities of each Loan Party is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens other than those in favor of Agent, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. Schedule 5.8 sets forth the authorized equity securities of each Loan Party as of the Closing Date. All of the issued and outstanding equity of Parent is owned as set forth on Schedule 5.8 as of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding equity of Holdings is owned by Parent, all of the issued and outstanding equity of Opco Borrower is owned by Holdings, and all of the issued and outstanding equity of each other Subsidiary is, directly or indirectly, owned by Borrowers. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.8 , there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or other similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition of any equity interests of any Loan Party.

 

5.9.            Pension Plans .

 

During the twelve-consecutive-month period prior to the Closing Date or the making of any Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, (i) no steps have been taken to terminate any Pension Plan and (ii) no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA. No condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan which could result in the incurrence by any Loan Party of any material liability, fine or penalty. All contributions (if any) have been made to any Multiemployer Pension Plan that are required to be made by any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group under the terms of the plan or of any collective bargaining agreement or by applicable law; neither any Loan Party nor any member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer Pension Plan, incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any such plan or received notice of any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal liability from any such plan, and no condition has occurred which, if continued, could result in a withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any such plan, and neither any Loan Party nor any member of the Controlled Group has received any notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of any excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the IRC, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent.

 

36


 

5.10.     Investment Company Act .

 

Neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” or a “subsidiary” of an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

5.11.     Public Utility Holding Company Act .

 

Neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party is a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

 

5.12.     Margin Stock .

 

Neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of any Loan or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock,

 

5.13.     Taxes .

 

Each Loan Party has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books and except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 5.13 .

 

5.14.     Solvency .

 

On the Closing Date, and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the issuance of each Letter of Credit and each borrowing hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof, with respect to each Loan Party, individually, (a) the fair value of its assets is greater than the amount of its liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated, (b) the present fair saleable value of its assets is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) it is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) it does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (e) it is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

 

5.15.     Environmental Matters .

 

The on-going operations of each Loan Party comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws, except such non-compliance which could not (if enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has obtained, and maintained in good standing, all licenses, permits, authorizations and registrations required under any Environmental Law and necessary for their respective ordinary course operations, and each Loan Party is in compliance with all material terms and conditions thereof, except in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its properties or operations is subject to any outstanding written order from or agreement with any Federal, state or local governmental

 

37



 

authority, nor subject to any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding, respecting any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim or Hazardous Substance. There are no Hazardous Substances or other conditions or circumstances existing with respect to any property, or arising from operations prior to the Closing Date, of any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party has any underground storage tanks that are not properly registered or permitted under applicable Environmental Laws or that are leaking or disposing of Hazardous Substances.

 

5.16.      Insurance .

 

Each Loan Party and its properties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where such Loan Party operates. A true and complete listing of such insurance as of the Closing Date, including issuers, coverages and deductibles, is set forth on Schedule 5.16 .

 

5.17.     Information .

 

All information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished in writing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is, and all written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender pursuant hereto or in connection herewith will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and none of such information is or will be incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading in light of the circumstances under which made (it being recognized by Agent and Lenders that any projections and forecasts provided by Holdings are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable projections or assumptions and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from projected or forecasted results).

 

5.18.     Proprietary Rights .

 

(a) Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed, or otherwise possesses legally enforceable rights, to use. sell or license, as applicable, all Proprietary Rights used or held for use in the business of such Loan Party, except where any such failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.18(a)  contains a complete and correct list as of the Closing Date of all of each Loan Party’s patents and patent applications; trademark and service mark registrations and applications for registration thereof; domain names; copyright registrations and applications for registration thereof; and material computer software owned or used by each Loan Party (excluding Commercial Software). Each Loan Party has delivered to Agent correct and complete copies of all such patents, registrations and applications and has made available to Agent correct and complete copies of all written documentation evidencing ownership and prosecution (if applicable) of each such item. Each Loan Party has licenses for all Commercial Software used in its business and no Loan Party has any obligation to pay fees, royalties and other amounts at any time pursuant to any such license.

 

(b)  Schedule 5.18(b)  sets forth a compete list as of the Closing Date of all (excluding Commercial Software) (i) licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which any Loan Party is a party (as licensor, licensee or otherwise) and pursuant to which any Loan Party or any other Person is authorized to use, sell, distribute or license any Proprietary Rights and (ii) licenses, sublicenses or other agreements with resellers and distributors that grant any rights to use or modify and resell or sublicense any Loan Party software products. Opco Borrower or the applicable Loan Party has delivered to Agent correct and complete copies of all such licenses, sublicenses and agreements (as amended to date). No

 

38



 

Loan Party is in violation, in any material respect, of any such license, sublicense or agreement, and such license, sublicense and agreement will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect following the Closing Date. Except as described on Schedule 5.18(b) , as of the Closing Date no vendor contract with a supplier is material to any Loan Party.

 

(c) Except for Commercial Software and Embedded Products for which the applicable Loan Party has valid non-exclusive licenses, each Loan Party is the sole and exclusive owner of the Proprietary Rights (free and clear of any Liens) used by it, and has sole and exclusive rights to the use and distribution therefor or the material covered thereby in connection with the services or products in respect of which such Proprietary Rights are currently being used, sold, licensed or distributed. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18(c) , no open source or public library software, including any version of any software licensed pursuant to any GNU public license, is, in whole or in part, embodied or incorporated, in any manner, into any Loan Party software products. Schedule 5.18(c) lists all (excluding Commercial Software) Embedded Products (other than Embedded Products for which the applicable Loan Party has a valid non-exclusive license). Opco Borrower or the applicable Loan Party has delivered to Agent correct and complete copies of all such licenses, sublicenses and agreements (as amended to date). No Loan Party is in violation of any such license, sublicense or agreement except for such violations which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and each such license, sublicense and agreement will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect following the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party is contractually obligated to pay compensation to any third party with respect to any Proprietary Rights, except pursuant to the agreements disclosed on Schedule 5.18(c) .

 

(d) Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.18(d) , as of the Closing Date (i) no Loan Party has infringed on any intellectual property rights of any third party and (ii) none of the Proprietary Rights infringes on any intellectual property rights of any third party, in either case, except for such infringements that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.18(e) , as of the Closing Date no claims with respect to the Proprietary Rights are pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened against any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any other Person, (i) alleging that the manufacture, sale, licensing or use of any Proprietary Rights as now manufactured, sold, licensed or used by any Loan Party or any third party infringes on any intellectual property rights of any third party, (ii) against the use by any Loan Party or any third party of any technology, know-how or computer software used in any Loan Party’s business as currently conducted or (iii) challenging the ownership by any Loan Party, or the validity or effectiveness, of any such Proprietary Rights.

 

(f) Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.18(f) , as of the Closing Date no Loan Party has entered into any agreement under which such Loan Party is restricted, and is not otherwise restricted, (i) from selling, licensing or otherwise distributing any products to any class or type of customers or through any type of channel in any geographic area or during any period of time, or (ii) from combining, incorporating, embedding or bundling or allowing others to combine, incorporate, embed or bundle any of its products with those of another party. Opco Borrower or the applicable Loan Party has delivered to Agent correct and complete copies of all such agreements (as amended to date).

 

(g) Each Loan Party has taken all reasonable security measures to safeguard and maintain its property rights in all Proprietary Rights owned by such Loan Party. All officers, employees and consultants of each Loan Party who have access to proprietary information have executed and delivered to such Loan Party an agreement regarding the protection of proprietary information, and the assignment to or ownership by such Loan Party of all Proprietary Rights arising from the services performed for such Loan Party by such Persons. No current or prior officer, employee or consultant of any Loan Party claims, and no Loan Party is aware of any grounds to assert a claim to or any ownership

 

39



 

interest in, any Proprietary Right as a result of having been involved in the development of such property while employed by or consulting to any Loan Party or otherwise. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.18(g)  and except for Embedded Products or Commercial Software, all of the computer software products within the Proprietary Rights owned by any Loan Party have been developed by employees of such Loan Party within the scope of their employment, as a “work made for hire” and was directed by such Loan Party to work on Company Software, or by consultants who have assigned all rights to such products to such Loan Party and whose names are listed on Schedule 5.18(g)  or have otherwise been assigned to or licensed for such use by such Loan Party.

 

(h) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(i)  Except for language content errors (mistranslations) which occur and are corrected in the ordinary course of business, there are no material defects in any Loan Party’s software products and such products shall perform in accordance with related documentation and promotional material supplied by any Loan Party, and there are no material errors in any end-user documentation, internal notes and memos, technical documentation, drawings, flow charts, diagrams, source language statements, demo disks, benchmark test results, and other written materials related to, associated with or used or produced in the development of such Loan Party’s software products. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.18(i) , computer software included in the Proprietary Rights does not contain any “back door,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “worm,” “drop dead device,” “virus” (as these terms are commonly used in the computer software industry), or other software routines designed to permit unauthorized access, to disable or erase software or data, or to perform any other similar type of functions.

 

(j)  As of the Closing Date, except as described in Schedule 5.18(j) , no government funding or university or college facilities were used in the development of the computer software programs or applications owned by any Loan Party.

 

(k) Opco Borrower or another Loan Party has delivered to Agent complete and accurate records of each Loan Party with respect to software fixes (including fixes currently in process), problem lists and maintenance of Company Software. Schedule 5.18(k) lists all warranty claims (including any pending claims) related to Company Software and the nature of such claims as of the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18(k) , as of the Closing Date no Loan Party has made oral or written representations or warranties with respect to its products or services.

 

(l) The Proprietary Rights of each Loan Party that are sold or licensed to customers of the applicable Loan Party are and have at all times been in compliance with all Laws applicable thereto, except for such instances of non-compliance which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.19.     Restrictive Provisions .

 

No Loan Party is a party to any agreement or contract or subject to any restriction contained in its operative documents which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.20.     Labor Matters .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.20 , no Loan Party is subject to any labor or collective bargaining agreement. There are no existing or threatened strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes involving any Loan Party that singly or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Loan Parties are not in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation dealing with such matters, other than violations which could not reasonable be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

40



 

5.21.     No Default .

 

No Event of Default or Default exists or would result from the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Debt hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

5.22.     Related Agreements .

 

Borrowers have furnished Agent a true and correct copy of each of the Related Agreements. Each Borrower and, to each Borrower’s actual knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements (other than any Lender signatory thereto or any natural person), has duly taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Related Agreements and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby. As of the Closing Date, the Related Transactions have been consummated (or are being consummated substantially contemporaneously with the initial credit extension hereunder) in accordance with the terms of the Related Agreements. The Related Transactions will comply with all applicable legal requirements, and all necessary governmental, regulatory, creditor, shareholder, partner and other material consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained by a Loan Party and, to each Borrower’s actual knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements (other than any Lender signatory thereto) in connection with the Related Transactions will be, prior to consummation of the Related Transactions, duly obtained and will be in full force and effect. As of the date of the Related Agreements, all applicable waiting periods with respect to the Related Transactions will have expired without any action being taken by any competent governmental authority which restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Related Transactions. The execution and delivery of the Related Agreements did not, and the consummation of the Related Transactions will not, violate any statute or regulation of the United States (including any securities law) or of any state or other applicable jurisdiction, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental body binding on any Loan Party or, to each Borrower’s actual knowledge, any other party to the Related Agreements (other than any Lender signatory thereto), or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, to which any Loan Party is a party or by which any Loan Party is bound or, to each Borrower’s actual knowledge, to which any other party to the Related Agreements (other than any Lender signatory thereto) is a party or by which any such party is bound. As of the Closing Date, no statement or representation made in the Related Agreements by any Loan Party or, to each Borrower’s actual knowledge, any other Person (other than any Lender signatory thereto), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time that such statement or representation is made.

 

5.23.      Inactive Subsidiary .

 

The Inactive Subsidiary has been dissolved (such that the assets and liabilities of the Inactive Subsidiary are now assets and liabilities of Opco Borrower) in accordance with applicable laws.

 

Section 6.     Affirmative Covenants .

 

Until the expiration or termination of the Commitments and thereafter until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been terminated, each Borrower agrees that, unless at any time Required Lenders shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it will:

 

41



 

6.1.     Information .

 

Furnish to Agent and each Lender;

 

6.1.1.       Annual Report .

 

Promptly when available and in any event within (a) 150 days after the close of the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2005, and (b) 120 days after the close of each other Fiscal Year: (i) a copy of the annual audit report of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, including therein a consolidated balance sheet and statement of earnings and cash flows of Holdings and the Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, certified without qualification (except for qualifications relating to changes in accounting principles or practices reflecting changes in generally accepted principles of accounting and required or approved by Holdings’ independent certified public accountants) by independent auditors of recognized standing selected by Holdings and reasonably acceptable to Agent, together with (A) a written statement from such accountants to the effect that in making the examination necessary for the signing of such annual audit report by such accountants, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that Borrowers were not in compliance with any provision of Section 7.1 , 7.3 , 7.4 or 7.14 insofar as such provision relates to accounting matters or, if something has come to their attention that caused them to believe that Borrowers were not in compliance with any such provision, describing such non-compliance in reasonable detail and (B) a comparison with the previous Fiscal Year; and (ii) a consolidating balance sheet of Holdings and the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and consolidating statements of earnings and cash flows for Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, together with a comparison of actual results for such Fiscal Year with the budget for such Fiscal Year, each certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

 

6.1.2.     Interim Reports .

 

(a) Promptly when available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each month (commencing with November, 2005), consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Holdings and the Subsidiaries as of the end of such month, together with consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings and a consolidated and consolidating statement of cash flows for such month and for the period beginning with the first day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of such month, together with a comparison with the corresponding period of the previous Fiscal Year and a comparison with the budget for such period of the current Fiscal Year, certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

 

(b) Promptly when available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (or within 45 days of the end of each month if requested by Agent), a written statement of Holdings’ management setting forth a discussion of Holdings’ financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations.

 

6.1.3.     Compliance Certificate and Excess Cash Flow Certificate .

 

(a) Contemporaneously with the furnishing of a copy of each annual audit report pursuant to Section 6.1.1 and each set of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1.2(a)  for the last month of a Fiscal Quarter a duly completed Compliance Certificate, with appropriate insertions, dated the date of such annual report or such quarterly statements, and signed by the chief financial officer of Holdings, containing a computation of each of the financial ratios and restrictions set forth in Section 7.14 and to the effect that such officer has not become aware of any Event of Default or Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it.

 

42



 

(b) Contemporaneously with the making of the Excess Cash Flow payment required by Section 2.10.2(a) , a duly completed Excess Cash Flow Certificate, with appropriate insertions, signed by the chief financial officer or the vice president of finance of Opco Borrower, calculating the Excess Cash Flow payment then being made.

 

6.1.4.     Reports to SEC and Shareholders .

 

Promptly upon the tiling or sending thereof, copies of (a) all regular, periodic or special reports of each Loan Party filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, (b) all registration statements of each Loan Party filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (other than on Form S-8) and (c) all proxy statements or other communications made to security holders generally.

 

6.1.5.     Notice of Default; Litigation; ER1SA and Other Matters .

 

Promptly upon becoming aware of any of the following, written notice describing the same and the steps being taken by the applicable Loan Party affected thereby with respect thereto:

 

(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Default;

 

(b) any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed by any Borrower to Lenders which has been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, is threatened against any Loan Party or to which any of the properties of any thereof is subject which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) the institution of any steps by any member of the Controlled Group or any other Person to terminate any Pension Plan, or the failure of any member of the Controlled Group to make a required contribution to any Pension Plan (if such failure is sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA) or to any Multiemployer Pension Plan, or the taking of any action with respect to a Pension Plan which could result in the requirement that any Loan Party furnish a bond or other security to the PBGC or such Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan which could result in the incurrence by any member of the Controlled Group of any material liability, fine or penalty (including any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Pension Plan), or any material increase in the contingent liability of any Loan Party with respect to any post-retirement welfare plan benefit, or any notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of an excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the IRC, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent:

 

(d) any cancellation or material change in any insurance maintained by any Loan Party:

 

(e) any Loan Party becomes contractually obligated to pay compensation to any third party with respect to any Proprietary Rights used in connection with any services or products sold, licensed or distributed by any Loan Party;

 

(f) any Loan Party infringes on any intellectual property rights of any third party or any third party infringes on the Proprietary Rights of any Loan Party;

 

(g) the institution or threat of institution of any claim with respect to the Proprietary Rights against any Loan Party or any other Person, (i) alleging that the manufacture, sale, licensing or use of any Proprietary Rights as manufactured, sold, licensed or used by any Loan Party or any third party infringes on any intellectual property rights of any third party, (ii) against the use by any Loan Party or

 

43



 

any third party of any technology, know-how or computer software used in any Loan Party’s business or (iii) challenging the ownership by any Loan Party, or the validity or effectiveness, of any such Proprietary Rights; or

 

(h) any other event (including (i) any violation of any Environmental Law or the assertion of any Environmental Claim or (ii) the enactment or effectiveness of any law, rule or regulation) which could reasonably be expected lo have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.1.6.     Availability Certificate .

 

Within 45 days of the end of each month, an Availability Certificate dated as of the end of the most recently ended month and executed by a chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower on behalf of all Borrowers: provided that at any time an Event of Default exists. Agent may require Administrative Borrower to deliver Availability Certificates more frequently.

 

6.1.7.     Management Report .

 

Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all detailed financial and management reports submitted to any Loan Party by independent auditors in connection with each annual or interim audit made by such auditors of the books of any Loan Party.

 

6.1.8.     Projections .

 

As soon as practicable, and in any event prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year, financial projections for Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year (including monthly operating and cash flow budgets) prepared in a manner consistent with the projections delivered by Holdings to Agent prior to the Closing Date or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent, accompanied by a certificate of a chief financial officer of Holdings on behalf of all Borrowers to the effect that (a) such projections were prepared by Holdings in good faith, (b) Holdings has a reasonable basis for the assumptions contained in such projections and (c) such projections have been prepared in accordance with such assumptions.

 

6.1.9.     Other Information .

 

Promptly from time to time, such other information concerning any Loan Party as any Lender or Agent may reasonably request.

 

6.2.     Books; Records: Inspections .

 

Keep, and cause each other Loan Party to keep, its books and records in accordance with sound business practices sufficient to allow the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP; permit, and cause each other Loan Party to permit, Agent (accompanied by any Lender) or any representative thereof to inspect the properties and operations of such Loan Party; and permit, and cause each other Loan Party to permit, at any reasonable time and with reasonable notice (or at any time without notice if an Event of Default exists), Agent (accompanied by any Lender) or any representative thereof to visit any or all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its officers and its independent auditors (and each Borrower hereby authorizes such independent auditors to discuss such financial mailers with any Lender or Agent or any representative thereof), and to examine (and photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other records; and permit, and cause each other Loan Party to permit, Agent and its representatives to inspect the Collateral and other tangible assets of such Loan Party, and to inspect, audit, check and make copies of and extracts from the books, records, computer data, computer programs, journals, orders, receipts, correspondence and other data relating to any Collateral. All out-of-pocket

 

44



 

expenses of Agent incurred in connection with such inspections or audits shall be at Borrowers’ expense, provided that so long as no Event of Default or Default exists, Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket expenses more frequently than once each Fiscal Year.

 

6.3.     Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

 

(a) Keep, and cause each other Loan Party to keep, all property useful and necessary in the business of the Loan Parties in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(b) Maintain, and cause each other Loan Party to maintain, with responsible insurance companies, such insurance coverage as shall be required by all laws, governmental regulations and court decrees and orders applicable to it and such other insurance, to such extent and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated. Upon request of Agent or any Lender, Administrative Borrower shall furnish to Agent or such Lender a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by each Loan Party. Borrowers shall cause each issuer of an insurance policy to provide Agent with an endorsement (i) showing Agent as a loss payee with respect to each policy of property or casualty insurance and naming Agent as an additional insured with respect to each policy of liability insurance, (ii) providing that 30 days’ notice will be given to Agent prior to any cancellation of, or reduction or change in coverage provided by or other material modification to such policy and (iii) reasonably acceptable in all other respects to Agent. Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Agent a collateral assignment, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, of each business interruption insurance policy maintained by the Loan Parties.

 

(c) Unless Borrowers provide Agent with evidence of the continuing insurance coverage required by this Agreement, Agent may purchase insurance at Borrowers’ expense to protect Agent’s and Lenders’ interests in the Collateral. This insurance may, but need not, protect each Loan Party’s interests. The coverage that Agent purchases may, but need not, pay any claim that is made against any Loan Party in connection with the Collateral. Borrowers may later cancel any insurance purchased by Agent, but only after providing Agent with evidence that Borrowers have obtained the insurance coverage required by this Agreement. If Agent purchases insurance for the Collateral, as set forth above, Borrowers will be responsible for the costs of that insurance, including interest and any other charges that may be imposed with the placement of the insurance, until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the insurance and the costs of the insurance may be added to the principal amount of the Loans owing hereunder.

 

6.4.     Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities .

 

(a) Comply, and cause each other Loan Party to comply, in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, decrees, orders, judgments, licenses and permits, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) without limiting clause (a) above, ensure, and cause each other Loan Party to ensure, that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls a Loan Party is or shall be (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”). Department of the Treasury, and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation or (ii) a person designated under Section 1(b) , (c)  or (d)  or Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders; (c) without limiting clause (a) above, comply and cause each other Loan Party to comply, with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering laws and regulations and (d) pay, and cause each other Loan Party to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes and other governmental charges against it or any of its property, as well as claims of any kind which, if unpaid, could become a Lien on any of its property; provided that the foregoing shall not require any Loan Party to pay any such tax or charge so long as it

 

45



 

shall contest the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

6.5 .       Maintenance of Existence .

 

Maintain and preserve, and (subject to Section 7.5 ) cause each other Loan Party to maintain and preserve, (a) its existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary, other than any such jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.6.     Employee Benefit Plans .

 

Maintain, and cause each other Loan Party to maintain, each Pension Plan in substantial compliance with all applicable requirements of law and regulations.

 

6.7.     Environmental Matters .

 

If any release or disposal of Hazardous Substances shall occur or shall have occurred on any real property or any other assets of any Loan Party, cause, or direct the applicable Loan Party to cause, the prompt containment and removal of such Hazardous Substances and the remediation of such real properly or other assets as is necessary to comply with all Environmental Laws and to preserve the value of such real property or other assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, comply with each valid Federal or state judicial or administrative order requiring the performance at any real property by any Loan Party of activities in response to the release or threatened release of a Hazardous Substance (provided that no Loan Party shall be required to comply with any such order while it is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall be maintained).

 

6.8.     Intellectual Property .

 

Notify, and cause each other Loan Party to notify, Agent whenever such Loan Party, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall intend to file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and concurrently with the filing of such application. Borrower shall or shall cause such Loan Party to cause a security agreement (in form and substance satisfactory to Agent) to be executed and delivered, evidencing Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in such Intellectual Property, subject to such application being tiled in the applicable filing office. Upon the request of Agent, Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party, to execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as Agent may request to evidence Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (as each such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Borrower or other Loan Party relating thereto or represented thereby. Borrowers shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, cause the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.18 to be true and correct in all material respects at all times (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date).

 

6.9.     Further Assurances .

 

Take, and cause each other Loan Party to take, such actions as are necessary or as Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations of each

 

46



 

Borrower and each other Loan Party under the Loan Documents are secured by a first priority perfected Lien in favor of Agent (subject only to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2 ) in substantially all of the assets (other than leasehold interests) of each Borrower and each Loan Party (as well as all equity interests of each Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary and 65% of all equity interests of each Foreign Subsidiary) and guaranteed by each Loan Party other than Borrowers (including, promptly upon the acquisition or creation thereof, any Domestic Subsidiary acquired or created after the Closing Date), in each case including (a) the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, financing statements and other documents, and the filing or recording of any of the foregoing and (b) the delivery of certificated securities and other Collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession.

 

Section 7. Negative Covenants .

 

Until the expiration or termination of the Commitments and thereafter until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been terminated, each Borrower agrees that, unless at any time Required Lenders shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it will:

 

7.1.     Debt .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

 

(a) Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b) Debt (other than Debt incurred to finance the Harrisonburg Real Property Expenditures) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.2(d) , and extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof (provided that the aggregate amount of all such Debt at any time outstanding during a Fiscal Year shall not exceed the Purchase Money Debt Limit); and Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 incurred on or prior to March 31, 2006 to finance the Harrisonburg Real Property Expenditures (which may also be secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.2(d)), and extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof (without increase in the amount thereof);

 

(c) Debt of any Domestic Subsidiary owing to any Loan Party subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.11(1) , and Debt of Opco Borrower owing to any Loan Party; provided that such Debt shall be evidenced by a demand note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and pledged and delivered to Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as additional collateral security for the Obligations, and the obligations under such demand note shall be subordinated to the Obligations hereunder in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

 

(d) Hedging Obligations of a Lender or an Affiliate thereof for bona tide hedging purposes and not for speculation;

 

(e) Debt described on Schedule 7.1 as of the Closing Date, and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof so long as the principal amount thereof is not increased;

 

(f) Contingent Obligations arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions permitted under Section 7.5 ;

 

(g) Debt of Parent payable to officers, directors, managers (that are natural persons) and employees of Opco Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their assigns, estates or heirs, issued to repurchase

 

47



 

equity securities of Parent held by such payee in accordance with and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.4(v) ;

 

(h) Debt of Fairfield U.K. owing to Opco Borrower, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.11(j) ; and

 

(i) other Debt, in addition to the Debt listed above, in an aggregate outstanding amount not at any time exceeding $100,000.

 

7.2.     Liens .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its real or personal properties, assets or rights of whatsoever nature (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), except:

 

(a) Liens for taxes or other governmental charges not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which it maintains adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and the execution or other enforcement of which is effectively stayed;

 

(b) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business (such as (i) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, landlords and materialmen and other similar Liens imposed by law and (ii) Liens incurred in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation and other types of social security (excluding Liens arising under ERISA) or in connection with surety bonds, bids, performance bonds and similar obligations) for sums not overdue or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and not involving any deposits or advances or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services and, in each case, for which it maintains adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and the execution or other enforcement of which is effectively stayed;

 

(c) Liens described on Schedule 7.2 as of the Closing Date;

 

(d) subject to the limitation set forth in Section 7.1(b) , (i) Liens arising in connection with Capital Leases (and attaching only to the property being leased), (ii) Liens existing on property at the time of the acquisition thereof by Opco Borrower or any Subsidiary (and not created in contemplation of such acquisition) and (iii) Liens that constitute purchase money Liens on any property securing debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring such property, provided that any such Lien attaches to such property within 60 days of the acquisition thereof and attaches solely to the property so acquired and all proceeds thereof;

 

(e) attachments, appeal bonds, judgments and other similar Liens, for sums not exceeding $250,000 arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(f) easements, rights of way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar Liens not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Opco Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(g) Liens arising under the Loan Documents; and

 

48


 

(h) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (c) or (d) above upon or in the same property subject thereto arising out of the extension, renewal or replacement of the Debt secured thereby (without increase in the amount thereof).

 

7.3.     Operating Leases .

 

Not permit the aggregate amount of all rental payments under Operating Leases (other than Short Term Kiosk Leases) made (or scheduled to be made) by Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to exceed $1,500,000 in any Fiscal Year and not permit the average (calculated on a per kiosk basis) per annum amount of rental payments under Short Term Kiosk Leases made (or scheduled to be made) by Holdings and its Subsidiaries to exceed $65,000 at any time.

 

7.4.     Restricted Payments .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, (a) make any dividend or other distribution to any of its equity holders (other than distributions in the form of equity), (b) purchase or redeem any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights in respect thereof (including, without limitation, redeem the Class B Preferred Stock of Parent as provided for in the Parent’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), or (c) pay any management fees or similar fees to any of its equity holders or any Affiliate thereof or (d) make any redemption, prepayment (whether mandatory or optional), defeasance, repurchase or any other payment in respect of any Debt that is subordinated to the Obligations (other than intercompany Debt permitted by Section 7.1(c)  to the extent such payments are permitted by the subordination terms of such Debt) or (e) set aside funds for any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Subsidiary may pay dividends or make other distributions to Opco Borrower or to a domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Opco Borrower; (ii) Opco Borrower may make distributions to Holdings (and Holdings may distribute the same to Parent) to permit Holdings or Parent, as applicable, to pay federal and state income taxes then due and owing by Holdings or Parent, as applicable (or Parent’s equity holders), so long as the amount of such distributions shall not be greater, nor the receipt by Opco Borrower of tax benefits less, than they would have been had Opco Borrower not filed consolidated income tax returns with such Person, (iii) so long as no Event of Default or Default exists or would result therefrom, Opco Borrower may pay management fees to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; (iv) so long as no Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby, Opco Borrower may make dividends or other distributions to Holdings (and Holdings may distribute the same to Parent) in any Fiscal Year ending on or after December 31, 2007 to permit Parent to make dividends or other distributions to any of its equity holders in an amount by which Excess Cash Flow for the previous Fiscal Year exceeds Capital Expenditures made in such Fiscal Year in excess of the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit, provided EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year equals or exceeds $12,000,000 and the Total Debt (after making such dividend or distribution) to EBITDA Ratio for the most recent Computation Period is less than 1.0:1.0, (v) Opco Borrower may make distributions to Holdings (and Holdings may make distributions to Parent) to permit Holdings or Parent, as applicable, to pay franchise taxes and other similar licensing expenses, legal fees and audit and tax preparation fees incurred for the benefit of Opco Borrower and in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year, (vi) Opco Borrower may make distributions to Holdings (and Holdings may make distributions to Parent) to permit Parent to repurchase its equity securities (or to pay promissory notes issued by Parent to repurchase its equity securities), in each case from any officers, directors, managers (that are natural persons) and employees of Opco Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their assigns, estates or heirs upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or engagement of such Persons, in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year and $1,000,000 in the aggregate after the Closing Date, as long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom (as determined, in respect of Section 7.14 , on a pro forma basis as of the last date for which monthly or annual financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 ), (vii) Opco Borrower may make distributions to Holdings (and Holdings may

 

49



 

make distributions to Parent) in an amount equal to any proceeds received by Opco Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as beneficiary of any life insurance policies covering any officer, director, manager or employee of Opco Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom (as determined, in respect of Section 7.14, on a pro forma basis as of the last date for which monthly or annual financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 ) and only to the extent (A) such distributions are utilized by Parent to repurchase its equity securities from the estate or heirs of the officer, director, manager or employee who is the subject of such insurance policies and (B) Opco Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary shall have executed and delivered to Agent a collateral assignment, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, of such life insurance policy maintained by Opco Borrower or such Subsidiary, and (viii) distributions may be made by Holdings or Opco Borrower with respect to its obligations under Sections 2.5, 2.6, 5.4, 5.5, 5.9 and 8.1 of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Without limiting anything contained in this Section 7.4 , any redemption of the Class B Preferred Stock of Parent as provided for in the Parent’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall only be made with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

 

7.5.     Mergers; Consolidations; Asset Sales .

 

(a) Not, and not permit any other Loan Parry to, be a party to any merger or consolidation, except for any such merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary into Opco Borrower or any domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Opco Borrower.

 

(b) Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, sell, transfer, dispose of, convey or lease any of its assets or equity interests, or sell or assign with or without recourse any receivables, except for (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) sales and dispositions of assets (excluding any equity interests of any Borrower or any Subsidiary) for at least fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of Opco Borrower) so long as the net book value of all assets sold or otherwise disposed of in any Fiscal Year does not exceed 10% of the net book value of the property, plant and equipment of Opco Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the last day of the preceding Fiscal Year and (iii) dispositions of assets by a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any Borrower to Opco Borrower or a domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Opco Borrower that is a Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Loan Party may sell, transfer or dispose of assets based upon its own reasonable determination of fair market value (and without an Opco Borrower Board of Director’s determination) provided that the aggregate book value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in this manner shall not exceed $100,000 in any Fiscal Year.

 

7.6.     Modification of Organizational Documents .

 

Not permit the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party to be amended or modified in any way which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of Agent or any Lender.

 

7.7.     Use of Proceeds .

 

Use the proceeds of the Loans, and the Letters of Credit, solely to finance the Related Transactions and to pay certain fees and expenses associated therewith, for working capital, for Capital Expenditures and for other general business purposes of Holdings and the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Related Agreements and the Loan Documents); and not use or permit any proceeds of any Loan to be used, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of “purchasing or carrying” any Margin Stock.

 

50



 

7.8.     Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into, or cause, suffer or permit to exist any transaction, arrangement or contract with any of its other Affiliates, which is on terms which are less favorable than are obtainable from any Person which is not one of its Affiliates (excluding transactions specifically permitted under this Agreement).

 

7.9.     Inconsistent Agreements .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any agreement containing any provision which would (a) be violated or breached by any borrowing by any Borrower hereunder or by the performance by any Loan Party of any of its Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document. (b) prohibit any Loan Party from granting to Agent and Lenders a Lien on any of its assets or (c) create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any other Loan Party to (i) pay dividends or make other distributions to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary, or pay any Debt owed to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to any Borrower or any other Loan Party or (iii) transfer any of its assets or properties to any Loan Party other than (A) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or all or a substantial part of the equity securities of any Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets or Subsidiary to be sold and such sale is permitted under this Agreement. (B) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Debt, Capital Leases and other secured Debt permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Debt, and (C) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

 

7.10.     Business Activities .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged in on the Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto (including, without limitation, cultural instruction, reading instruction, speech comparison and recognition technology, language practice and experience and language travel services). Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to, issue any equity interest other than (a) any issuance of shares of Parent’s common equity securities pursuant to any employee or director option or stock purchase program, benefit plan or compensation program, (b) any issuance of shares of Parent’s common equity securities in connection with an Acquisition approved by Agent, (c) any issuance by a Subsidiary to Opco Borrower or another Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.4 and any issuance by a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.4(a) , or (d) any issuance by Parent which does not result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1.9 hereof.

 

7.11.     Investments .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party to. make or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person or create or establish any Subsidiary, except the following:

 

(a) contributions by Parent to Holdings, and contributions by any Borrower to the capital of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in existence on the Closing Date that is also a Domestic Subsidiary, or by any Subsidiary to the capital of any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in existence on the Closing Date that is also a Domestic Subsidiary, so long as the recipient of any such capital contribution has guaranteed the Obligations (or is a Borrower hereunder) and such guaranty is (or such Borrower Obligations are) secured by a pledge of all of its equity interests and substantially all of its real and personal property, in each case in accordance with Section 6.9 ;

 

(b) Investments constituting Debt permitted by Section 7.1(c) ;

 

51



 

(c) Contingent Obligations constituting Debt permitted by Section 7.1 or Liens permitted by Section 7.2 ;

 

(d) Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(e) bank deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f) Investments in securities of Account Debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Account Debtors;

 

(g) Investments listed on Schedule 7.11 as of the Closing Date;

 

(h) any purchase or other acquisition by Opco Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is also a Domestic Subsidiary of the assets or equity interests of any Domestic Subsidiary;

 

(i) any Acquisition approved by Agent;

 

(j) Investments in Fairfield U.K., so long as the aggregate amount of such Investments does not exceed $1,500,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(k) Investments consisting of loans to officers and employees of any of Borrowers or Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

 

(l) Holdings and/or Opco Borrower may establish up to two (2) Domestic Subsidiaries and may make Investments in such Domestic Subsidiaries, so long as the aggregate amount of such Investments does not exceed $3,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided that (i) Agent shall receive ten Business Days’ prior written notice of Opco Borrower’s intention to form such Domestic Subsidiary, (ii) on the date of incorporation or other formation, no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, and (iii) Opco Borrower complies, and causes such Domestic Subsidiary to comply, with the provisions set forth in Section 6.9 hereof;

 

(m) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries (excluding Fairfield U.K.) operated as sales, distribution or production offices (such production to be limited to localization, translation and production of Opco Borrower’s products and not content creation or other product development), so long as the aggregate amount of such Investments do not exceed $1,000,000 (the “Initial Cap”) at any time outstanding, provided that the Initial Cap shall increase by an additional $1,000,000 per Fiscal Year if EBITDA for the previous Fiscal Year equals or exceeds $12,000,000 and the Total Debt (after making such Investment) to EBITDA Ratio for the most recent Computation Period is less than 1.0:1.0; provided further that at no time shall the Investment permitted by this clause (m) exceed $3,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and

 

(n) other Investments in an amount not to exceed $100,000 during the term of this Agreement.

 

7.12.     Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents .

 

Not amend or otherwise modify, or waive any rights under any Related Agreement, other than immaterial amendments, modifications and waivers not adverse to the interests of Agent or any Lender.

 

7.13.     Fiscal Year .

 

Not change its Fiscal Year.

 

52



 

7.14.     Financial Covenants .

 

7.14.1.     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

 

Not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or after March 31, 2006 to be less than 1.10:1.00.

 

7.14.2.     Interest Coverage Ratio .

 

Not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or after March 31, 2006 to be less than 3.00:1.00.

 

7.14.3.     [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

7.14.4.     Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio .

 

Not permit the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of any Computation Period to exceed the applicable ratio set forth below for such Computation Period:

 

Computation
Period Ending

 

Total Debt to
EBITDA Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006

 

2.75:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006, March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007

 

2.50:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007 and the last day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

 

2.25:1.00

 

 

7.14.5. EBITDA .

 

Not permit EBITDA for any Computation Period to be less than the applicable amount set forth below for such Computation Period:

 

Computation
Period Ending

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006

 

$

6,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006, March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007

 

$

8,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008

 

$

9,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009

 

$

10,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2010 and the last day of  each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

 

$

11,000,000

 

 

53



 

7.14.6.     Capital Expenditures .

 

Not permit the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Opco Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year to exceed the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit, provided that so long as no Event of Default or Default exists or would result therefrom, Loan Parties may make Capital Expenditures in any Fiscal Year ending on or after December 31, 2007 in excess of the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit only so long as the aggregate amount of such excess Capital Expenditures does not exceed the amount by which Excess Cash Flow for the previous Fiscal Year exceeds the amount of dividends or other distributions pursuant to Section 7.4(iv) for such Fiscal Year.

 

7.15.     Bank Accounts .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party, to maintain or establish any new bank accounts other than the bank accounts set forth on Schedule 7.15 and such other bank accounts which have collectively an average daily balance (calculated over the most recently ended calendar month) of less than $75,000 without prior written notice to Agent and unless Agent or such Loan Party and the bank at which the account is to be opened enter into a tri-party agreement regarding such bank account pursuant to which such bank acknowledges the security interest and control of Agent in such bank account and agrees to limit its set-off rights on terms satisfactory to Agent; provided however that the Note Payment Account shall not be subject to the foregoing requirements until such time as the Holdings Promissory Note has been paid in full.

 

7.16.     Subsidiaries .

 

Not, and not permit any other Loan Party, to establish or acquire any Subsidiary, except as permitted by Sections 7.11(l)  or 7.1l(m) .

 

Section 8.     Events of Default; Remedies .

 

8.1.     Events of Default .

 

Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

8.1.1.     Non-Payment of Credit .

 

Default in the payment when due of the principal of any Loan; or default, and continuance thereof for 2 days, in the payment when due of any interest, fee, reimbursement obligation with respect to any Letter of Credit or other amount payable by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

8.1.2.     Default Under Other Debt .

 

Any default shall occur under the terms applicable to any Debt of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount (for all such Debt so affected and including undrawn committed or available amounts and amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) exceeding $250,000 and such default shall (a) consist of the failure to pay such Debt when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or (b) accelerate the maturity of such Debt or permit the holder or holders thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holder or holders, to cause such Debt to become due and payable

 

54



 

(or require any Loan Party to purchase or redeem such Debt or post cash collateral in respect thereof) prior to its expressed maturity.

 

8.1.3.     Bankruptcy; Insolvency .

 

Any Loan Party becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability or refusal to pay, debts as they become due; or any Loan Party applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for such Loan Party or any property thereof, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of such application. consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver or other custodian is appointed for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof and is not discharged within 60 days; or any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution or liquidation proceeding, is commenced in respect of any Loan Party, and if such case or proceeding is not commenced by such Loan Party, it is consented to or acquiesced in by such Loan Party, or remains for 60 days undismissed; or any Loan Party takes any action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

 

8.1.4.     Non-Compliance with Loan Documents .

 

(a) Failure by any Borrower to comply with or to perform any covenant set forth in Sections 6.1.1 , 6.1.2 , 6.1.3 , 6.1.4 , 6.l.5(a) , 6.1.6 , 6.1.8 , 6.3(b)  and (c), 6.5, 6.7, 6.8 and 7; or (b) failure by any Loan Party to comply with or to perform any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document applicable to it (and not constituting an Event of Default under any other provision of this Section 8 ) and continuance of such failure described in this clause (b) for 30 days following the earlier of (a) any Loan Party receiving written notice thereof or (b) any Loan Party acquiring actual knowledge thereof.

 

8.1.5.     Representations; Warranties .

 

Any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party herein or any other Loan Document is untrue or misleading in any material respect, or any schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice or other writing furnished by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender in connection herewith is untrue or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated or certified.

 

8.1.6.     Pension Plans .

 

(a) Institution of any steps by any Person to terminate a Pension Plan if as a result of such termination any Loan Party or any member of the Controlled Group could be required to make a contribution to such Pension Plan, or could incur a liability or obligation to such Pension Plan, in excess of $250,000; (b) a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA; or (c) there shall occur any withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Pension Plan and the withdrawal liability (without unaccrued interest) to Multiemployer Pension Plans as a result of such withdrawal (including any outstanding withdrawal liability that any Loan Party or any member of the Controlled Group have incurred on the date of such withdrawal) exceeds $250,000.

 

8.1.7.     Judgments .

 

Final judgments which exceed an aggregate of $250,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party and shall not have been paid, discharged or vacated or had execution thereof stayed pending appeal within 30 days after entry or filing of such judgments.

 

55



 

8.1.8.     Invalidity of Collateral Documents .

 

Any Collateral Document shall cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect (other than as a result of any action or inaction on the part of the Agent or the Lenders or as a result of a release of Collateral or any Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents); or any Loan Party (or any Person by, through or on behalf of any Loan Party) shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Collateral Document.

 

8.1.9.     Change of Control .

 

(a) Sponsor and its Investment Affiliates shall collectively cease to, directly or indirectly, own and control at least (i) 51% of the equity interests of Parent or (ii) that percentage of the outstanding voting equity interests of Parent necessary at all times to elect (through contract, ownership of voting securities or otherwise) a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Parent and to direct the management policies and decisions of Parent, (b) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) other than Sponsor or any of its Investment Affiliates shall have acquired a greater beneficial ownership in Parent’s voting equity interests than that held collectively by Sponsor and its Investment Affiliates, (c) a majority of Parent’s board of directors (or similar governing body) shall cease to consist of the directors (or similar parties) of Parent on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Related Transactions) and other directors (or similar parties) whose nomination for election to Parent’s board of directors (or similar governing body) is recommended by at least a majority of the foregoing described directors (or similar parties), (d) Parent shall cease to directly own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding equity interests of Holdings, (e) Holdings shall cease to directly own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding equity interests of Opco Borrower or (f) Opco Borrower shall cease to, directly or indirectly, own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary.

 

8.1.10.     Activities of Parent and Holding .

 

(a) Except in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Related Agreements, Parent (i) conducts any business other than its ownership of equity securities of Holdings, or (ii) incurs any Debt or liabilities other than Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and liabilities incidental to the conduct of its business as a holding company or (b) Holdings (i) conducts any business other than its ownership of equity securities of Opco Borrower and such other Domestic Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.11(1) hereof, or (ii) incurs any Debt or liabilities other than Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and liabilities incidental to the conduct of its business as a holding company.

 

8.2.     Remedies .

 

If any Event of Default described in Section 8.1.3 shall occur, the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans and all other Obligations shall become immediately due and payable and Borrowers shall become immediately obligated to cash collateralize all Letters of Credit in a manner acceptable to Agent, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind; and, if any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Agent (upon the written request of Required Lenders) shall declare the Commitments to be terminated in whole or in part and/or declare all or any part of the Loans and other Obligations to be due and payable and/or demand that Borrowers immediately cash collateralize all or any Letters of Credit in a manner acceptable to Agent, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate (or be reduced, as applicable) and/or the Loans and other Obligations shall become immediately due and payable (in whole or in part, as applicable) and/or Borrowers shall immediately become obligated to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit (all or any, as applicable) in a manner acceptable to Agent, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind. Agent shall

 

56



 

promptly advise Administrative Borrower of any such declaration, but failure to do so shall not impair the effect of such declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the effect as an Event of Default of any event described in Section 8.1.1 may only be waived by the written concurrence of each Lender, and the effect as an Event of Default of any other event described in this Section 8 may be waived by the written concurrence of Required Lenders. Any cash collateral delivered hereunder shall be held by Agent (without liability for interest thereon) and applied to Obligations arising in connection with any drawing under a Letter of Credit. After the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such cash collateral shall be applied by Agent to any remaining Obligations and any excess shall be delivered to Administrative Borrower for the benefit of Borrowers or as a court of competent jurisdiction may elect.

 

Section 9.     Agent .

 

9.1.     Appointment: Authorization .

 

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent.

 

(b) Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of Lenders (according to their Pro Rata Revolving Share) with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith. Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to Agent in this Section 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by Issuing Lender in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent”, as used in this Section 9 , included Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to Issuing Lender.

 

9.2.     Delegation of Duties .

 

Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.

 

9.3.     Limited Liability .

 

None of Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except to the extent resulting from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or Affiliate of any Loan Party, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest therein).

 

57



 

or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its Obligations hereunder or thereunder. Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

9.4.     Reliance .

 

Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of Required Lenders (or all Lenders if expressly required hereunder) as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, confirmation from Lenders of their obligation to indemnify Agent against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of Required Lenders (or all Lenders if expressly required hereunder) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon each Lender.

 

9.5.     Notice of Default .

 

Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to Agent for the account of Lenders, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Administrative Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Event of Default or Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. Agent will notify Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or any such default in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to Agent for the account of Lenders. Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default or Default as may be requested by Required Lenders in accordance with Section 8 ; provided that unless and until Agent has received any such request. Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default or Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of Lenders.

 

9.6.     Credit Decision .

 

Each Lender acknowledges that Agent has not made any representation or warranty to it. and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Loan Parties, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrowers hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to Lenders by Agent. Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning

 

58



 

the business, prospects, operations, property, financial or other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party which may come into the possession of Agent.

 

9.7.     Indemnification .

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Lender shall indemnify upon demand Agent and its directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to do so), based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share, from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses, including Legal Costs, except to the extent any thereof result from the applicable Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Legal Costs) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section 9.7 shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

 

9.8.     Agent Individually .

 

Madison and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with any Loan Party and any Affiliate of any Loan Party as though Madison were not Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that, pursuant to such activities, Madison or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of any such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to their Loans (if any). Madison and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though Madison were not Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Madison and its Affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual capacities.

 

9.9.     Successor Agent .

 

Agent may resign as Agent at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to Lenders. If Agent resigns under this Agreement, Required Lenders shall, with (so long as no Event of Default exists) the consent of Administrative Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint from among Lenders a successor agent for Lenders. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, on behalf after consulting with Lenders and (so long as no Event of Default exists) Administrative Borrower, a successor agent from among Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor agent, and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 and Sections 10.4 and 10.5 shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless

 

59


 

thereupon become effective and Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

 

9.10.        Collateral Matters .

 

Lenders irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its discretion, (a) to release any Lien granted to or held by Agent under any Collateral Document (i) when all Obligations have been Paid in Full; (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder (it being agreed and understood that Agent may conclusively rely without further inquiry on a certificate of an officer of Administrative Borrower as to the sale or other disposition of property being made in compliance with this Agreement); or (iii) subject to Section 10.1 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Required Lenders; or (b) to subordinate its interest in any Collateral to any holder of a Lien on such Collateral which is permitted by clause (d)(i) or (d)(iii) of Section 7.2 (it being understood that Agent may conclusively rely on a certificate from Administrative Borrower in determining whether the Debt secured by any such Lien is permitted by Section 7. 1(b) ). Upon request by Agent at any time. Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release, or subordinate its interest in, particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 9.10 .

 

Section 10. Miscellaneous .

 

10.1.        Waiver; Amendments .

 

No delay on the part of Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of them of any right, power or remedy preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and approved by Lenders having aggregate Pro Rata Shares of not less than the aggregate Pro Rata Shares expressly designated herein with respect thereto or, in the absence of such designation as to any provision of this Agreement, by Required Lenders, and then any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall increase any Commitment, extend the date scheduled for payment of any principal of (except as set forth below) or interest on the Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, the amount or rate of interest thereon (provided, that Required Lenders may rescind an imposition of default interest pursuant to Section 2.7.1 ) or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, without, in each case, the consent of each Lender affected thereby. No amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall release any party from its guaranty under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or all or substantially all of the Collateral granted under the Collateral Documents, the definition of Required Lenders, change any provision of this Section 10.1 . amend the provisions of Section 2.12.2 or reduce the aggregate Pro Rata Share required to effect any amendment, modification, waiver or consent, without, in each case, the consent of all Lenders. No provision of Sections 2.10.2 or 2.10.3 with respect to the timing or application of mandatory prepayments of the Loans shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Lenders having a majority of the aggregate Pro Rata Shares of the Term A Loan. No provision of Section 9 or other provision of this Agreement affecting Agent in its capacity as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Agent. No provision of this Agreement relating to the rights or duties of Issuing Lender in its capacity as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Issuing Lender.

 

60



 

10.2.        Notices .

 

Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 , all notices hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be sent to the applicable party at its address shown on Annex II or at such other address as such party may, by written notice received by the other parties, have designated as its address for such purpose. Notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent; notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given three Business Days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; and notices sent by hand delivery or overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received. For purposes of Sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 , Agent shall be entitled to rely on telephonic instructions from any person that Agent in good faith believes is an authorized officer or employee of Administrative Borrower, and Borrowers shall hold Agent and each other Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense resulting from any such reliance. Borrowers and Lenders each hereby acknowledge that, from time to time, Agent may deliver information and notices to Lenders using the internet service “Intralinks”. Each Borrower and each Lender hereby agree that Agent may, in its discretion, utilize Intralinks for such purpose.

 

10.3.        Computations .

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement (including in Section 7.14 or any related definition) shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations (including pursuant to Section 7.14 and the related definitions, and with respect to the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense, or any consolidation or other accounting computation) hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 10.3 , if Administrative Borrower notifies Agent that Administrative Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Section 7.14 (or any related definition) to eliminate or to take into account the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if Agent notifies Administrative Borrower that Required Lenders wish to amend Section 7.14 (or any related definition) for such purpose), then Borrowers’ compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant (or related definition) is amended in a manner satisfactory to Borrowers and Required Lenders. The explicit qualification of terms or computations by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing. Notwithstanding the forgoing provisions of this Section 10.3 , Holdings and its Subsidiaries will continue to expense (and not capitalize) all research and development costs and expenses and, in the event GAAP shall require any research and development costs or expenses be capitalized, Holdings and its Subsidiaries will continue to expense such costs and expenses for purposes of Section 7.14 and the related definitions.

 

10.4.        Costs; Expenses .

 

Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Agent (including Legal Costs) in connection with the preparation, execution, syndication, delivery and administration (including perfection and protection of Collateral) of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith (including any proposed or actual amendment, supplement or waiver to any Loan Document), and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including Legal Costs) incurred by Agent and each Lender after an Event of Default in connection with the collection of the Obligations and enforcement of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any such other documents. In addition, Borrowers agree to pay, and to save Agent and Lenders harmless from all liability for, any fees of Borrowers’ auditors in connection with any reasonable exercise by Agent and Lenders of their rights pursuant to Section 6.2 . All Obligations provided for in this Section 10.4 shall survive repayment of the

 

61



 

Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and termination of this Agreement).

 

10.5.        Indemnification by Borrowers .

 

In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Agent and Lenders and the agreement to extend the Commitments provided hereunder, Borrowers hereby agree to indemnify, exonerate and hold Agent, each Lender and each of the officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and agents of Agent and each Lender (each a “ Lender Party ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses, including Legal Costs (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by Lender Parties or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any tender offer, merger, purchase of equity interests, purchase of assets (including the Related Transactions) or other similar transaction financed or proposed to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any of the Loans, (b) the use, handling, release, emission, discharge, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Substance at any property owned or leased by any Loan Party, (c) any violation of any Environmental Laws with respect to conditions at any property owned or leased by any Loan Party or the operations conducted thereon, (d) the investigation, cleanup or remediation of offsite locations at which any Loan Party or their respective predecessors are alleged to have directly or indirectly disposed of Hazardous Substances or (e) the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Lender Party, except to the extent any such Indemnified Liabilities result from the applicable Lender Party’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, Borrowers hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. All Obligations provided for in this Section 10.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, any foreclosure under, or any modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents and termination of this Agreement.

 

10.6.        Marshaling; Payments Set Aside .

 

Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Borrower makes a payment or payments to Agent or any Lender, or Agent or any Lender enforces its Liens or exercises its rights of set-off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Agent or any Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation hereunder or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to Agent upon demand its ratable share of the total amount so recovered from or repaid by Agent to the extent paid to such Lender.

 

10.7.        Nonliability of Lenders .

 

The relationship between Borrowers on the one hand and Lenders and Agent on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibility to Borrowers. Neither Agent nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to Borrowers to review or inform any Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of any Borrower’s business or operations. Execution of this Agreement by Borrowers constitutes a full, complete and irrevocable release of any and all claims which Borrowers may have at law or in equity in respect of all prior

 

62



 

discussions and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and Borrowers hereby waive, release and agree not to sue for, any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages or liabilities.

 

10.8.        Assignments; Participations .

 

10.8.1.     Assignments .

 

(a) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Persons (any such Person, an “ Assignee ”) all or any portion of such Lender’s Loans and Commitments, with the prior written consent of Agent, Issuing Lender (for an assignment of the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitment) and, so long as no Event of Default exists, Administrative Borrower (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall not be required for an assignment by a Lender to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund of a Lender). Except as Agent may otherwise agree, any such assignment (other than any assignment by a Lender to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender) shall be in a minimum aggregate amount equal to $3,000,000 or, if less, the Commitment or the principal amount of the Loan being assigned. Borrowers and Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned to an Assignee until Agent shall have received and accepted an effective Assignment Agreement executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto and a processing fee of $3,500 to be paid by the Lender to whom such interest is assigned; provided, that no such fee shall be payable in connection with any assignment by a Lender to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender. No assignment may be made to any Person if at the time of such assignment Borrowers would be obligated to pay any greater amount under Section 3 to the Assignee than Borrowers are then obligated to pay to the assigning Lender under such Sections (and if any assignment is made in violation of the foregoing, Borrowers will not be required to pay such greater amounts). Any attempted assignment not made in accordance with this Section 10.8.1 shall be treated as the sale of a participation under Section 10.8.2 . Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have granted its consent to any assignment requiring its consent hereunder unless Administrative Borrower has expressly objected to such assignment within three Business Days after written notice thereof.

 

(b) From and after the date on which the conditions described above have been met, (i) such Assignee shall be deemed automatically to have become a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to such Assignee pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (ii) the assigning Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, shall be released from its rights (other than its indemnification rights) and obligations hereunder. Upon the request of the Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) pursuant to an effective Assignment Agreement, Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Agent for delivery to the Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) a Note in the principal amount of the Assignee’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan Commitment plus the principal amount of the Assignee’s Term A Loan (and, as applicable, a Note in the principal amount of the Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan Commitment retained by the assigning Lender plus the principal amount of the Term A Loan retained by the assigning Lender). Each such Note shall be dated the effective date of such assignment. Upon receipt by the assigning Lender of such Note, the assigning Lender shall return to Administrative Borrower on behalf of the Borrowers any prior Note held by it.

 

(c) Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each Lender, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, such Lender pursuant to the terms hereof. The entries in such register

 

63



 

shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the matters recited therein, and Borrowers, Agent and Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded therein pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Such register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice to Agent.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.8.1 or any other provision of this Agreement, any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its Loans and its Note (i) as collateral security to a Federal Reserve Bank or, as applicable, to such Lender’s trustee for the benefit of its investors (but no such assignment shall release any Lender from any of its obligations hereunder) and (ii) to (w) an Affiliate of such Lender which is at least 50% owned (directly or indirectly) by such Lender or by its direct or indirect parent company, (x) its direct or indirect parent company, (y) to one or more other Lenders or (z) to a Related Fund.

 

10.8.2.     Participations .

 

Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more Persons participating interests in its Loans, Commitments or other interests hereunder (any such Person, a “ Participant ”). In the event of a sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, (a) such Lender’s obligations hereunder shall remain unchanged for all purposes, (b) Borrowers and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and (c) all amounts payable by Borrowers shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation and shall be paid directly to such Lender. No Participant shall have any direct or indirect voting rights hereunder except with respect to any event described in Section 10.1 expressly requiring the unanimous vote of all Lenders or, as applicable, all affected Lenders. Each Lender agrees to incorporate the requirements of the preceding sentence into each participation agreement which such Lender enters into with any Participant. Each Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and payable (as a result of acceleration or otherwise), each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and with respect to any Letter of Credit to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement; provided that such right of set-off shall be subject to the obligation of each Participant to share with Lenders, and Lenders agree to share with each Participant, as provided in Section 2.12.5 . Each Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 3 as if it were a Lender (provided that no Lender and its Participant(s) shall receive any greater compensation pursuant to Section 3 than would have been paid to the participating Lender if no participation(s) had been sold).

 

10.9.        Confidentiality .

 

Agent and each Lender agree to use commercially reasonable efforts (equivalent to the efforts Agent or such Lender applies to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information) to maintain as confidential all information provided to them by any Loan Party and designated as confidential, except that Agent and each Lender may disclose such information (a) to Persons employed or engaged by Agent or such Lender or any of their Affiliates (including collateral managers of Lenders) in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the Loans and the Commitments; (b) to any assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant that has agreed to comply with the covenant contained in this Section 10.9 (and any such assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant may disclose such information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (a) above); (c) as required or requested by any federal or state regulatory authority or examiner, or any insurance industry association, or as reasonably believed by Agent or such Lender to be compelled by any court decree, subpoena or legal or administrative order or process; (d) as, on the advice of Agent’s or such Lender’s counsel, is required by law; (e) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under the Loan Documents or in connection with any litigation to which Agent or such Lender is a party; (f) to any

 

64



 

nationally recognized rating agency or investor of a Lender that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued or investment decisions with respect to such Lender; (g) that ceases to be confidential through no fault of Agent or any Lender; (h) to a Person that is an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization that agrees that its access to information regarding the Borrowers and the Loans and Commitments is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in such Securitization and who agrees to treat such information as confidential; or (i) to a Person that is a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder or secured party in a Securitization in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for such Securitization. For purposes of this Section, “ Securitization ” means a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns, of securities which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans or the Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Borrowers consent to the publication by Agent or any Lender of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

10.10.      Captions .

 

Captions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

10.11.      Nature of Remedies .

 

All Obligations of Borrowers and rights of Agent and Lenders expressed herein or in any other Loan Document shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

10.12.      Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement. Receipt by telecopy of any executed signature page to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall constitute effective delivery of such signature page.

 

10.13.      Severability .

 

The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

 

10.14.      Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof (except as relates to the fees described in Section 2.8.3 ) and any prior arrangements made with respect to the payment by Borrowers of (or any indemnification for) any fees, costs or expenses payable to or incurred (or to be incurred) by or on behalf of Agent or Lenders.

 

65



 

10.15.      Successors; Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon Borrowers, Lenders and Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Borrowers, Lenders and Agent and the successors and assigns of Lenders and Agent. No other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. No Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or Obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.

 

10.16.      Governing Law .

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

10.17.      Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction .

 

ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS; PROVIDED THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. EACH BORROWER FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF ILLINOIS. EACH BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

10.18.      Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY LENDING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE FOREGOING, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

 

10.19.      Holdings as Agent for Borrowers .

 

Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Holdings as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers (“ Administrative Borrower ”) which appointment shall remain in full

 

66



 

force and effect unless and until Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

67



 

The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

CEO and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 



 

The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 



 

ANNEX I

 

Commitments and Pro Rata Shares

 

Lender

 

Revolving
Commitment
Amount

 

Pro Rata Share

 

Term A Loan
Commitment

 

Pro Rata Share

 

Madison Capital Funding LLC

 

$

4,000,000

 

100

%

$

17,000,000

 

100

%

TOTALS

 

$

4,000,000

 

100

%

$

17,000,000

 

100

%

 

I-1



 

Annex II

 

Addresses

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

135 West Market Street

Harrisonburg, Virginia 22801

Attention:

Tom Adams

Telephone:

(540) 432-6166, ext. 3226

Telecopy:

(703) 991-5843

 

 

Madison Capital Funding LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

Address for Notices:

 

30 South Wacker Drive

Suite 3700

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention:

Fairfield Technologies Account Manager

Telephone:

(312) 596-6900

Telecopy:

(312) 596-6950

 

 

Address for Payments:

 

Bank:

LaSalle Bank National Association

ABA #:

071000505

Account #:

5800299108

Reference:

Madison Capital Funding LLC

Address:

Chicago, Illinois 60603

 

II-1


 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment Agreement

 

This Assignment Agreement (this “ Assignment Agreement ”) is entered into as of                  by and between the Assignor named on the signature page hereto (“ Assignor ”) and the Assignee named on the signature page hereto (“ Assignee ”). Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc. (“ Holdings ”), the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

 

1.         Assignor hereby sells and assigns to Assignee, and Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from Assignor the interests set forth on the schedule attached hereto, in and to Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the Effective Date (as defined below). Such purchase and sale is made without recourse, representation or warranty except as expressly set forth herein.

 

2.         Assignor (i) represents that as of the Effective Date, that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interests assigned hereunder free and clear of any adverse claim, (ii) makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statement, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or any other Person or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of its Obligations under the Credit Agreement or the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

 

3.         Assignee (i) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (ii) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant thereto and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement: (iii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iv) appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender: (vi) represents that on the date of this Assignment Agreement it is not presently aware of any facts that would cause it to make a claim under the Credit Agreement; and (vii) if organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, which have been duly executed, certifying as to Assignee’s exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to Assignee under the Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.

 

A-1



 

4.         The effective date for this Assignment Agreement shall be as set forth on the schedule attached hereto (the “ Effective Date ”). Following the execution of this Assignment Agreement, it will be delivered to Agent for acceptance and recording by Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

5.         Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, (i) Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than indemnification rights) and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

6.         Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, Agent shall make all payments in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignee. Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

 

7.         THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

8.         This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Assignment. Receipt by telecopy of any executed signature page to this Assignment shall constitute effective delivery of such signature page.

 

A-2



 

The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Consented to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Madison Capital Funding LLC,
as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[[Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

]

 

A-3



 

Schedule to Assignment Agreement

 

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Date:

 

 

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., as a Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent

 

Interests Assigned:

 

Commitment/Loan

 

Revolving Loan
Commitment

 

Term A Loan

 

Assignor Amounts

 

$

 

$

 

Amounts Assigned

 

$

 

$

 

Assignee Amounts (post-assignment)

 

$

 

$

 

 

Assignee Information:

 

Address for Notices:

 

Address for Payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank:

 

Attention:

 

 

ABA #:

 

Telephone:

 

 

Account #:

 

Telecopy:

 

 

Reference:

 

 

A-4



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Please refer to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the undersigned (“ Holdings ”), as a Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. This certificate (this “ Certificate ”), together with supporting calculations attached hereto, is delivered to Agent and Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

Enclosed herewith is a copy of the [annual audited/monthly] report of Holdings as at                          (the “ Computation Date ”), which report fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations ( subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year- end adjustments)] of Holdings as of the Computation Date and has been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

Holdings hereby certifies and warrants that the computations set forth on the schedule attached hereto correspond to the ratios and/or financial restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement and such computations are true and correct as at the Computation Date.

 

Holdings further certifies that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.18 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Computation Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

 

Holdings further certifies that no applications for the registration of any copyrights, patents or trademarks have been filed by any Loan Party with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof since [the Closing Date/the date of the last Compliance Certificate] [other than                                               ].

 

Holdings further certifies that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Holdings has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized on                           .

 

 

 

 

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

B-1



 

Schedule to Compliance Certificate
Dated as of                     

 

A.

Section 7.14.1 - Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Consolidated Net Income

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Plus:
Interest Expense, amortization or write-off of Debt discount, Debt issuance costs and other fees and charges with respect to Debt

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

income tax expense

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

depreciation and amortization

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses or non-cash losses

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any other non-cash expenses or non-cash losses

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

transaction costs and other expenses associated with the Related Transactions

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) permitted under Section 7.4

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any purchase accounting adjustments associated with the Related Transactions minus, to the extent not otherwise deducted from Consolidated Net Income, any cash payments related to any non-cash expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period or prior periods

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

solely for the 12 month period following the consummation of the Related Transactions, adjustments in an amount acceptable to Agent to reflect the impact, if any, of the non-cash purchase price adjustments to the current deferred revenue balance and inventory carrying value and other similar purchase price

 

$

 

 

B-2



 

 

 

adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Total (EBITDA)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Income taxes and tax distributions paid

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Capital Expenditures

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Sum of (4) and (5)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Remainder of (3) minus (6)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Interest Expense paid in cash

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Required payments of principal of Debt (including Term A Loan but excluding Revolving Loans)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Sum of (8), (9) and (10)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

Ratio of (7) to (11)

 

    to 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

Minimum Required

 

    to 1

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Section 7.14.2 - Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

EBITDA

 

$

 

 

 

(from Item A(3) above)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Interest Expense paid in cash

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Ratio of (1) to (2)

 

    to 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Minimum required

 

    to 1

 

 

 

 

 

C.

Section 7.14.4 - Maximum Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Total Debt

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

EBITDA

 

$

 

 

 

(from Item A(3) above)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Ratio of (l) to (2)

 

    to 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Maximum allowed

 

    to 1

 

B-3



 

D.

Section 7.14.5-Minimum EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

EBITDA

 

$

 

 

 

(from Item A(3) above)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Minimum required

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Section 7.14.6 - Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Capital Expenditures for the Fiscal Year

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Maximum Permitted Capital Expenditures

 

$

 

 

B-4



 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Availability Certificate

 

Please refer to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the undersigned (“ Administrative Borrower ”), the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. This certificate (this “ Certificate ”), together with supporting calculations attached hereto, is delivered to Agent and Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

 

Administrative Borrower hereby certifies and warrants that at the close of business on                                  (the “ Calculation Date ”), Borrowing Availability was $                            , computed as set forth on the schedule attached hereto.

 

Administrative Borrower has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized on                               .

 

 

 

 

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

C-1



 

Schedule to Availability Certificate

Dated as of                         

 

1.

EBITDA [As defined under Item A(3) from Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement, calculated on a trailing 12 month basis]*

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

2.

The maximum Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio permitted under Section 7.14.4 of the Credit Agreement as of the last day of the then most recently ended Computation Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Item 1 multiplied by Item 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Total Debt

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Item 3 minus Item 4

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Lesser of Item 5 and Revolving Loan Commitment

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Reserves and Allowances

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Borrowing Availability [Item 6 minus Item 7 ]

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Revolving Outstandings

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Net Availability [Excess of Item 8 over Item 9]

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Required Prepayment [Excess of Item 9 over Item 8]

 

$

 

 


*For purposes of the Availability Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, EBITDA shall be deemed to be the total EBITDA for the period commencing January 1, 2005 and ending on November 30, 2005, multiplied by 1.0909091.

 

C-2


 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Note

 

 

$                          

Chicago, Illinois

 

[Each of] the undersigned ([each, a] “ Borrower ” [and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), for value received, promises to pay to the order of                          (“ Lender ”) at the principal office of Madison Capital Funding LLC (the “ Agent ”) in Chicago, Illinois the aggregate unpaid amount of all Loans made to Borrower[s] by Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, such principal amount to be payable on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

Borrower[s] further promise[s] to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such Loan is paid in full, payable at the rate(s) and at the time(s) set forth in the Credit Agreement. Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under, and is subject to the terms and provisions of, the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement), among Borrower[s], the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions (including Lender) party thereto from time to time and Agent, to which Credit Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and provisions under which this Note may or must be paid prior to its due date or its due date accelerated.

 

This Note is made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

 

 

 

[Borrower[s]]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

D-1



 

Exhibit E

 

Form of Notice of Borrowing

 

Please refer to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the undersigned (“ Administrative Borrower ”), the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.2.2 of the Credit Agreement. Administrative Borrower hereby requests a borrowing under the Credit Agreement as follows:

 

The aggregate amount of the proposed borrowing is $                      . The requested borrowing date for the proposed borrowing (which is a Business Day) is                   ,         . The Revolving Loans comprising the proposed Borrowing are [Base Rate] [LIBOR] Loans. The duration of the Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan made as part of the proposed Borrowing, if applicable, is                      months (which shall be 1, 2, 3 or 6).

 

Administrative Borrower has caused this Notice to be executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized on                               .

 

 

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

E-1



 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

 

Please refer to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2006 as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the undersigned (“ Administrative Borrower ”), the other Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.2.3 of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Administrative Borrower hereby requests a [conversion][continuation] of the [Term A Loan][Revolving Loans] as follows:

 

The date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation] is                     ,            (which shall be a Business Day). The aggregate amount of the [Term A Loan] [Revolving Loans] proposed to be [converted] [continued] is $                      . [Specify which part is to be converted and which part is to be continued, if appropriate.] The Loans to be [continued] [converted] are [Base Rate Loans] [LIBOR Loans] and the Loans resulting from the proposed [conversion] [continuation] will be [Base Rate Loans] [LIBOR Loans] . The duration of the requested Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan made as part of the proposed [conversion] [continuation] is                          months (which shall be 1, 2, 3 or 6).

 

Administrative Borrower has caused this Notice to be executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized on                         .

 

 

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

F-1



 

Exhibit G

 

Form of Borrower Joinder Agreement

 

This Borrower Joinder Agreement dated as of                   , 2006 is by and among                                           , a                                        (“ Company ”), Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ” and, together with Company, each individually a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “ Borrowers ”), and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent for all Lenders.

 

WHEREAS, Holdings, Lenders and Agent have entered into a Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) dated as of January 4, 2006; and

 

WHEREAS, Company desires to join Holdings as a Borrower (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) under the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                                   Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Borrower Joinder Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2006, among Holdings, the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the “ Lenders ” identified therein and Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

Section 2.                                                  Joinder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Borrower Joinder Agreement, Company is hereby joined in the Credit Agreement as a Borrower, and Company hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions (including without limitation all of the representations and warranties and covenants) of each Loan Document to which a Borrower is a party, including without limitation the Credit Agreement, as Borrower, in each case as if Company were a direct signatory thereto. In furtherance of the preceding sentence, without limiting any provision of any Loan Document to which Company is now becoming a party as a Borrower, and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, Company agrees to be jointly and severally liable with Holdings for the Loans and other Obligations.

 

Section 3.                                                  Effectiveness . This Borrower Joinder Agreement shall be effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

Section 4.                                                  Representations and Warranties . Company represents and warrants to Agent and each Lender that both before and after giving effect to the consummation of this Borrower Joinder Agreement (i) each of the representations and warranties of Company set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has, or will have, occurred and is, or will be, continuing. After the execution and delivery by Company of this Borrower Joinder Agreement, Company shall thereafter make the representations and warranties as a Borrower at the times required by the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.                                                 Scope . Except as expressly modified by this Borrower Joinder Agreement, the Credit Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as executed.

 

G-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Borrower Joinder Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

                                        , a                         

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware
corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

 

G-2



 

Exhibit H

 

Form of Excess Cash Flow Certificate

 

Date:                   , 200   

 

Please refer to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the undersigned (together with its respective successors and assigns, the “Opco Borrower”). Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., as a Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent. This certificate (this “Certificate”), together with supporting calculations attached hereto, is delivered to Agent and Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

The officer executing this Certificate is a chief financial officer of the Opco Borrower and as such is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Opco Borrower. By executing this Certificate such officer hereby certifies to Agent and Lenders that:

 

(a) set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto is a correct calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the year ended December 31, 200    and a correct calculation of the required prepayment of

 

$                                   ;

 

(b)  Schedule 1 attached hereto is based on the audited financial statements which have been delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 6.1.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Certificate to be executed by its chief financial officer this                  day of                       , 200   .

 

 

 

FAIRFIELD & SONS, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:  Chief Financial Officer

 

H-1



 

Schedule 1

to

Excess Cash Flow Certificate

 

Excess Cash Flow is defined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA (from item A(3) of Exhibit B)

 

$

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

Decrease in Adjusted Working Capital

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

Scheduled principal payments made with respect to Term A Loan

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voluntary principal payments made with respect to Term A Loan

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments (not financed by Debt) made with respect to Capital Expenditures permitted by Credit Agreement

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in Adjusted Working Capital

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs and cash expenses associated with Related Transactions

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Expense paid in cash

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts permitted by the Credit Agreement to be paid to repurchase equity securities

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) to the extent permitted under Section 7.4

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess Cash Flow

 

$

 

 

 

 

Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio (from item C(3) of Exhibit B)

 

:1

 

 

 

Prepayment percent

 

%

 

 

 

Prepayment amount

 

$

 

 

H-2



 

Decrease (increase) in Adjusted Working Capital, for the purposes of the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, means the following:

 

 

 

Beg. of Period

 

End of Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated current assets:

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted current assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated current liabilities:

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: short-term Debt (including current portion of long-term Debt)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Working Capital (adjusted consolidated current assets minus adjusted consolidated current liabilities)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease (Increase) in Adjusted Working Capital (beginning of period minus end of period Adjusted Working Capital)

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

H-3



 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated as of August 2, 2007 and is entered into by and among Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly known as Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.), a Virginia corporation, which does business under the fictitious name of Fairfield Language Technologies (“ Company ” and, together with Holdings, each individually a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions (together with their respective successors and assigns, “ Lenders ”) party to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), and Madison Capital Funding LLC, agent for all Lenders (“ Agent ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the definitions provided therefore in the Credit Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Agent and Lenders amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects as set forth herein;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement and this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                 Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2 below, and in reliance on the representations set forth in Section 3 below, the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(a)                            The definition of EBITDA set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

EBITDA means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) Interest Expense, amortization or write-off of Debt discount, Debt issuance costs and other fees and charges with respect to Debt, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation and amortization for such period including but not limited to amortization of intangibles, (d) any extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses or non-cash losses, including but not limited to non-cash losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business and write-downs of intangibles, (e) any other non-cash expenses or non-cash losses, including but not limited to any stock-based compensation expense, (f) transaction costs and other expenses associated with the Related Transactions, including but not limited to legal and advisory fees and incentives based on the performance of Opco Borrower, (g) management fees paid to Sponsor (and/or any Affiliates of Sponsor) to the extent permitted under Section 7.4 and (h) purchase accounting adjustments associated with the Related Transactions in connection with the expensing of in-process research and development and to current deferred revenue, minus, to the extent not otherwise deducted from Consolidated Net Income, any cash payments made in such period related to any non-cash expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period or prior periods.

 



 

(b)                           Section 6.1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

6.1.1                  Annual Report .

 

Promptly when available and in any event within (a) 220 days after the close of the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2006, and (b) 120 days after the close of each other Fiscal Year: (i) a copy of the annual audit report of Parent and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, including therein a consolidated balance sheet and statement of earnings and cash flows of Parent and the Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, certified without qualification (except for qualifications relating to changes in accounting principles or practices reflecting changes in generally accepted principles of accounting and required or approved by Parents’ independent certified public accountants) by independent auditors of recognized standing selected by Parent and reasonably acceptable to Agent, together with (A) a written statement from such accountants to the effect that in making the examination necessary for the signing of such annual audit report by such accountants, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that Borrowers were not in compliance with any provision of Section 7.1 , 7.3 , 7.4 or 7.14 insofar as such provision relates to accounting matters or, if something has come to their attention that caused them to believe that Borrowers were not in compliance with any such provision, describing such non-compliance in reasonable detail and (B) a comparison with the previous Fiscal Year; and (ii) a consolidating balance sheet of Parent and the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and consolidating statements of earnings and cash flows for Parent and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, together with a comparison of actual results for such Fiscal Year with the budget for such Fiscal Year, each certified by the chief financial officer of Parent.

 

2.                                 Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent (unless specifically waived in writing by Agent), each to be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent:

 

(a)                            Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of this Amendment, together with the Consent and Reaffirmation attached hereto;

 

(b)                           Agent shall have been reimbursed for all reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by Agent or Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution, administration or enforcement of this Amendment;

 

(c)                            all proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents, instruments and other legal matters incident thereto shall be satisfactory to Agent and its legal counsel; and

 

(d)                           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

3.                                 Representations and Warranties . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrowers represent and warrant to Agent and Lenders that:

 

(a)                            the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Borrower and that this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower;

 

2



 

(b)                           each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent they relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and

 

(c)                            no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

4.                                 Severability . Any provision of this Amendment held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Amendment and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable.

 

5.                                 References . Any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in any document, instrument or Credit Agreement executed in connection with the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified by this Amendment.

 

6.                                 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall be one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

7.                                 Release . Execution of this Amendment by Borrowers constitutes a full, complete and irrevocable release of any and all claims which Borrowers may have at law or in equity in respect of all prior discussions and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Amendment. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and Borrowers hereby waive, release and agree not to sue for, any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages or liabilities.

 

8.                                 Ratification . The terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and shall not be deemed to be a consent to the modification or waiver of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly modified and superseded by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.                                 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to conflict of laws principles that would require the application of laws other than those of the state of Illinois. Whenever possible each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title

CFO

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title

CFO

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title 

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title 

 

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title 

 

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title 

Managing Director

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 



 

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”); (ii) consents to each Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment; and (iv) reaffirms that the Loan Documents to which it is a party (and its obligations thereunder) shall continue to remain in full force and effect. Although Parent has been informed of the matters set forth herein and have acknowledged and agreed to same, Parent understands that Agent and Lenders have no obligation to inform Parent of such matters in the future or to seek Parent’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.

 

This Consent and Reaffirmation shall be a contract made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to conflict of laws principles that would require the application of laws other than those of the state of Illinois.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has executed this Consent and Reaffirmation on and as of the date of the Amendment.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title

CFO

 

 

Consent and Reaffirmation to Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 



 

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated as of April 23, 2008 and is entered into by and among Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly known as Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.), a Virginia corporation (“ Company ” and, together with Holdings, each individually a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions (together with their respective successors and assigns, “ Lenders ”) party to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), and Madison Capital Funding LLC, agent for all Lenders (“Agent”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the definitions provided therefore in the Credit Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, Borrower has advised Agent and Lenders that Events of Default exist under Section 8.1.4 of the Credit Agreement arising as a result of (i) Borrowers failing to comply with the minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Computation Periods ending March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007, each of which constitutes a breach of Section 7.14.1 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) Borrowers failing to comply with the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit for the Computation Periods ending March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007, September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, each of which constitutes a breach of Section 7.14.6 of the Credit Agreement, and (iii) Borrowers failing to comply with the timing requirements of Section 6.8 relating to notification of, and filing with respect to, new patents and trademarks for time periods prior to the date hereof (the foregoing Events of Default collectively the “Existing Events of Default”); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and Lenders waive the Existing Events of Default and amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects as set forth herein;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement and this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.   Waiver . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, and in reliance on the representations set forth in Section 4 below, Agent and Lenders hereby waive the Existing Events of Default. This is a limited waiver and shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default or any future breach of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other requirements of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

 

2.   Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, and in reliance on the representations set forth in Section 4 below, the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(a)  The definition of Maximum Capital Expenditure limit set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit means an amount equal to $9,000,000.

 



 

(b)  Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.14.                  Financial Covenants .

 

7.14.1            Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

 

Not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or after December 31, 2008 to be less than 1.25:1.00.

 

7.14.2            Interest Coverage Ratio .

 

Not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period ending on or after March 31, 2007 to be less than 5.00:1.00.

 

7.14.3            [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

7.14.4            Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio .

 

Not permit the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of any Computation Period to exceed the applicable ratio set forth below for such Computation Period:

 

Computation
Period Ending

 

Total Debt to
EBITDA Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

1.40:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2008

 

1.30:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2008 and the last day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

 

1.25:1.00

 

 

7.14.5            EBITDA .

 

Not permit EBITDA for any Computation Period to be less than the applicable amount set forth below for such Computation Period:

 

Computation
Period Ending

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2008

 

$

11,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2008

 

$

12,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2008

 

$

13,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008 and the last day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

 

$

15,000,000

 

 

2



 

7.14.6            Capital Expenditures .

 

Not permit the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Opco Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year to exceed the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit, provided that so long as no Event of Default or Default exists or would result therefrom, Loan Parties may make Capital Expenditures in any Fiscal Year ending on or after December 31, 2007 in excess of the Maximum Capital Expenditures Limit only so long as the aggregate amount of such excess Capital Expenditures does not exceed the amount by which Excess Cash Flow for the previous Fiscal Year exceeds the amount of dividends or other distributions pursuant to Section 7.4(iv) for such Fiscal Year.

 

3.                            Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent (unless specifically waived in writing by Agent), each to be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent:

 

(a)                       Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of this Amendment, together with the Consent and Reaffirmation attached hereto;

 

(b)                      Borrowers shall have paid an amendment fee in the amount of $25,000 as referred to in Section 5 hereof, and Agent shall have been reimbursed for all reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by Agent or Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution, administration or enforcement of this Amendment;

 

(c)                       all proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents, instruments and other legal matters incident thereto shall be satisfactory to Agent and its legal counsel; and

 

(d)                      no Default or Event of Default (other than the Existing Events of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

4.                            Representations and Warranties . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrowers represent and warrant to Agent and Lenders that:

 

(a)                       the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Borrower and that this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower;

 

(b)                      each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent they relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and

 

(c)                       no Default or Event of Default (other than the Existing Events of Default) has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.                            Amendment Fee . Borrowers agrees to pay Agent for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders an amendment fee in the amount of $25,000, which shall be fully earned and payable on the date hereof.

 

3



 

6                               Severability . Any provision of this Amendment held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Amendment and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable.

 

7.                            References . Any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in any document, instrument or Credit Agreement executed in connection with the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified by this Amendment.

 

8.                            Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall be one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

9.                            Release . Execution of this Amendment by Borrowers constitutes a full, complete and irrevocable release of any and all claims which Borrowers may have at law or in equity in respect of all prior discussions and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Amendment. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and Borrowers hereby waive, release and agree not to sue for, any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages or liabilities.

 

10.                      Ratification . The terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and shall not be deemed to be a consent to the modification or waiver of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly modified and superseded by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.                      Governing Law . This Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to conflict of laws principles that would require the application of laws other than those of the state of Illinois. Whenever possible each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title 

CFO

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title 

CFO

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title 

 

 

 

Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title

Vice President

 

 

Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 



 

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”); (ii) consents to each Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment; and (iv) reaffirms that the Loan Documents to which it is a party (and its obligations thereunder) shall continue to remain in full force and effect. Although Parent has been informed of the matters set forth herein and have acknowledged and agreed to same, Parent understands that Agent and Lenders have no obligation to inform Parent of such matters in the future or to seek Parent’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.

 

This Consent and Reaffirmation shall be a contract made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to conflict of laws principles that would require the application of laws other than those of the state of Illinois.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has executed this Consent and Reaffirmation on and as of the date of the Amendment.

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title

CFO

 

 

Consent and Reaffirmation toWaiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

ROSETTA STONE INC. SUBSIDIARIES

 

Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

 

Delaware

Rosetta Stone Ltd. (Formerly Fairfield & Sons Ltd., d/b/a Fairfield Language Technologies)

 

Virginia

Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited (Formerly Fairfield & Sons Limited)

 

United Kingdom

Rosetta Stone Japan Inc. (Formerly Rosetta World K.K.)

 

Japan

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated September 23, 2008 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the consolidated financial statements of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN No. 48”)), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

September 23, 2008

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

Rosetta Stone ®

 

1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209 USA
T (703) 387-5800 F (540) 432-0953
RosettaStone.com

 

September 18, 2008

 

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

The Nielsen Company

770 Broadway

New York, NY 10003-9595

 

Re: Consent to Use of Data

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc. (“Rosetta Stone”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, Rosetta Stone proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the December 2007 study we commissioned from you entitled, “E-Language Learners.” Furthermore, we also request to cite the Nielsen Company as the source of such data. For example, we seek to include the following statements in the Registration Statement:

 

According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from Nielsen Company, a market research firm, the worldwide consumer language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in sales in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer sales in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

 

According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services was spent outside the United States.

 

According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from Nielsen Company, a market research firm, the consumer language learning industry worldwide represented over $83 billion in sales in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented over $5 billion in consumer sales in 2007, of which over 40% was for self-study.

 

According to the Nielsen study, the worldwide consumer language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of

 

Language Learning Success™

 



 

 

which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer sales in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

 

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter. Please email or fax the executed consent to Michael Wu at (703) 516-2192 or mwu@rosettastone.com, and return the original executed consent to Michael Wu at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209. Please call the undersigned at (703) 387-5814 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to Rosetta Stone, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, you prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.

 

Please note that Rosetta Stone has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential Rosetta Stone’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Wu

 

Michael Wu, General Counsel

 

CONSENT GRANTED:

 

THE NIELSEN COMPANY

 

By:

/s/ David Phillips

 

Name:

DAVID PHILLIPS

 

Title:

RESEARCH MANAGER

 

Date:

18/9/2008

 

 




Exhibit 99.2

 

[ROSETTA STONE INC. LETTERHEAD]

 

September 16, 2008

 

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

Global Market Insite Inc.
3251 Old Lee Highway
Suite 503
Fairfax, VA 22030

 

Re: Consent to Use of Data

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc. (“Rosetta Stone”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock.  In connection with this offering, Rosetta Stone proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the August 2008 survey we commissioned from you.  Furthermore, we also request to cite Global Market Insite Inc. as the source of such data.  For example, we seek to include the following statements in the Registration Statement:

 

According to an August 2008 survey of 4,000 individuals we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States.  The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States.

 

According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States.  Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of the brand, over 80% associated the brand with high quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages.

 

According to an August 2008 survey of 4,000 individuals we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States.  The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States.  Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of the brand, over 80% associated it with high quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages.

 

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter.  Please email or fax the executed consent to Michael Wu at (703) 516-2192 or mwu@rosettastone.com, and return the original executed consent to Michael Wu at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209.  Please call the undersigned at (703) 387-5814 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., outside counsel to Rosetta Stone, at (713) 651-5557 with

 



 

any questions you may have.  Given the urgency of this request, you prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.

 

Please note that Rosetta Stone has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this letter.  In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential Rosetta Stone’s plans with respect to its initial public offering.  Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE

 

 

 

/s/ MICHAEL WU

 

Michael Wu, General Counsel

 

 

CONSENT GRANTED:

 

GLOBAL MARKET INSITE INC.

 

By:

/s/ MARK SCHNEIDER

 

Name:

Mark Schneider

 

Title:

Deputy General Counsel

 

Date:

September 17, 2008

 

 




Exhibit 99.3

 

RosettaStone ®

1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209 USA
T (703)387-5800 F (540) 432-0953
RosettaStone.com

 

September 22, 2008

 

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

Euromonitor International Inc.

224 S. Michigan Ave.

Suite 1500

Chicago, IL 60604

 

Re: Consent to Use of Data

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc. (“Rosetta Stone”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, Rosetta Stone proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the 2008 reports on Worldwide personal computers (PCs) in use and Worldwide internet users. Furthermore, we also request to cite Euromonitor International Inc. as the source of such data. For example, we seek to include the following statements in the Registration Statement:

 

There has been a rapid adoption of interactive technologies and software tools to help learning in both consumer and institutional markets, supported by rapid increase in computing technologies and internet use; according to 2008 reports on “worldwide personal computers (PCs) in use” and “worldwide internet users” by Euromonitor International, a market research firm, there will be more than 1 billion personal computers in use, and 1.7 billion internet users, by 2009.

 

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter. Please email or fax the executed consent to Michael Wu at (703) 516-2192 or mwu@rosettastone.com, and return the original executed consent to Michael Wu at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209. Please call the undersigned at (703) 387-5814 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to Rosetta Stone, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, you prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.

 

Please note that Rosetta Stone has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this

 

Language Learning Success TM

 



 

letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential Rosetta Stone’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Wu

 

Michael Wu, General Counsel

 

CONSENT GRANTED:

 

EUROMONITOR INTERNATIONAL INC.

 

By:

/s/ EUGENE BORISENKO

 

Name:

EUGENE BORISENKO

 

Title:

manager, financial svCs

 

Date:

09/22/2008

 

 




Exhibit 99.4

 

RosettaStone ®

 

1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209 USA
T (703) 387-5800 F (540) 432-0953
RosettaStone.com

 

September 17, 2008

 

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

Global Industry Analysts, Inc.

5645 Silver Creek Valley Road

San Jose, California 95138

 

Re: Consent to Use of Data

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc. (“Rosetta Stone”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, Rosetta Stone proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission,

 

We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the July 2007 report entitled, “eLearning - a Strategic Business Report.” Furthermore, we also request to cite Global Industry Analysts, Inc. as the source of such data. For example, we seek to include the following statements in the Registration Statement:

 

As a result of these trends, according to a July 2007 report entitled, eLearning - a Strategic Business Report, by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. , or GIA, a market researc h firm, the global demand for eLearning will grow 21.3% annually between 2007 and 2010, reaching a total value of $53 billion by 2010. GIA defines eLearning as the delivery of instructional content through the use of electronic technology, which may include compact disks (CDs), computer-based training (CBT), or web-based applications.

 

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter, Please email or fax the executed consent to Michael Wu at (703) 516-2192 or m wu@rosettastone.com, and return the original executed consent to Michael Wu at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, VA 22209, Please call the undersigned at (703) 387-5814 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to Rosetta Stone, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, you prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.

 

Please note that Rosetta Stone has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this

 

Language Learning Success TM

 



 

letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential Rosetta Stone’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Wu

 

Michael Wu, General Counsel

 

 

CONSENT GRANTED:

 

GLOBAL INDUSTRY ANALYSTS, INC.

 

 

By:

GLOBAL INDUSTRY ANALYSTS, INC.

 

Name:

SIMMY SAROYA

 

Title:

MANAGER, SALES/MKTG.

 

Date:

09-19-2008